Cosmetic Surgery and Beauty Magazine #62

RRP $14.95 (incl. GST) (NZ $15.95 incl. GST) 

ISSUE 62 • NOV-JAN 2014 

LATEST 

ON THE 

PIP IMPLANT 

CONTROVERSY 

SUMMER 

SOS 

MAKE THIS YOUR 

BEST SEASON 

DIETS DECODED 

FAST TRACK FITNESS 

SKINCARE BY NUMBERS 

BODY CONTOURING 

9 771833 383011 

ISSN 1834-383X 

02 

ever 

SAVING FACE 

SURGICAL & 

NON-SURGICAL 

TECHNIQUES 

7 

100+ 

NEW BEAUTY 

PRODUCTS 

DEADLY 

MAKEUP 

SINS 

SPECIAL FEATURE 

BREASTS

acTual rhiNoplasTy paTiENT’s oF dr William mooNEy 

DR WILLIAM MOONEY 

ENT & Facial cosmETic surgEoN 

sydNEy’s rhiNoplasTy spEcialisT 

www.drwilliammooney.com.au 

FACE PLUS MEDISPA 

• Laser Therapy • skin Care 

• CosmeTiC injeCTabLes 

www.faceplus.com.au 

Ph: (02) 9389 4497 

FOLLOW DR MOONEY ON:

EXc E llENc E 

sydNEy ’ s rhiN oplasT y spE cialisT 

suite 1902 Level 19, Westfield Tower 2, 101 Grafton st bondi junction sydney nsW 2022

No more 

tattoo regrets... 

PicoSure for fast and 

effective tattoo removal 

Erase unwanted tattoos with PicoSure, the world’s first picosecond 

aesthetic laser treatment available for fast and effective tattoo removal. 

PicoSure targets unwanted ink more effectively than ever before, 

successfully removing difficult ink colors, such as blues and greens, 

as well as previously treated tattoos. Fewer treatments, faster recovery 

time, and greater results are achievable with PicoSure’s ground-breaking 

picosecond technology. 

picosure.com.au 

cynosureaustralia.com 

© 2013 Cynosure, Inc. Cynosure is a registered trademark and 

PicoSure is a trademark of Cynosure, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

Before 

After 20 treatments 

Q-Switched Nd:YAG 

Photo courtesy of Cynosure, Inc. 

After 6 treatments 

PicoSure 

Before & After 3 treatments 

Photo courtesy of K. Arndt, MD & J. Dover, MD 


Photo courtesy of Cynosure, Inc. 


Photo courtesy of R G. Geronemus, MD

FACIAL REJUVENATION & 

RHINOPLASTY SPECIALIST 

HARMONY, 

BALANCE, 

Reduce the signs of ageing with 

natural-looking results for a 

refreshed and youthful appearance 

ARTISTRY

Prosthodontics 

& Implant Surgery 

DESIGNER SMILES TM 

Centre for cosmetic, reconstructive 

and implant dentistry 

Dr Sarkis Nalbandian completed his Bachelor of Dental Surgery with 

Honours in 1983 and Diploma in Clinical Dentistry (Oral Implants) in 

2000 at The University of Sydney. He also completed his Masters in 

Prosthodontics in 2004 at the prestigious King’s College, University 

of London with distinction. He is a fellow of the Royal Australasian 

College of Dental Surgeons. 

B.D.S. (Hons.) Uni.Syd. 

FRACDS 

Grad. Dip. Clin. Dent. (Oral Implants) Uni.Syd. 

M.Clin.Dent (Prosthodontics) King’s College Uni. London 

Dr Nalbandian specialises in Dental Implants and Prosthodontics 

for treating simple to complex dental, functional and aesthetic 

problems. 

He lectures on topics including Dental Implantology, Prosthodontics 

and Implant Surgery. 

He maintains a specialised practice in Sydney limited to Aesthetics, 

Prosthodontics & Implant Surgery. 

Dr Sarkis Nalbandian 

B.D.S. (Hons.) Dip. Clin. Dent. (Oral Implants) Uni.Syd. FRACDS 

M.Clin.Dent (Prosthodontics) King’s College Uni.London 

Designer Smiles 

17 Gerard Street Cremorne NSW 2090 

For more information call 

02 9953 4189 

Fax 02 9953 4358 

www.designersmiles.com.au

Dr Alex Phoon 

MBBS BSc (Med) 

MS (Plast) 

FRACS 

Plastic Surgeon 

HARMONY, 

BALANCE, 

ARTISTRY 

Silkwood Medical 

Level 4, 75 Grafton Street Bondi Junction NSW 2022 

Telephone 1300 SILKWOOD or 1300 745 596 

www.silkwoodmedical.com.au

QR code: http://www.synergieminerals.com/ 

® 

clinical grade cosmeceuticals . clean science philosophy 

Lucy, actual user of Synergie Skin ® 

• Proven results created to protect, change and nurture 

• Proudly formulated and manufactured in Australia by 

an Australian scientist 

• Only available at selected clinics and salons 

Contact us for more information 

1300 689 619 

WWW.SYNERGIESKIN.COM

Dr Pouria Moradi 

MBBS BSc (Med) 

MRCS (Eng) 

FRACS 

Plastic Surgeon 

HARMONY, 

BALANCE, 

ARTISTRY 





You deserve 

to have a Clear 

Complexion 

I know what it is like to have your confidence 

affected by how you feel about your skin. 

Having problem skin since my teens, I discovered 

ground-breaking technologies that were able 

to restore my skin to its original health and 

appearance. And I can do the same for you. 

As a registered nurse, I head up a team of 

qualified doctors and nurses who utilise the 

latest technology to bring about dramatic 

results, in a safe and caring environment. 

So if there’s something bothering you about 

your skin, come and find out how we can help. 

Suzie Hoitink, RN 

Founder of the Clear Complexions Clinics 

Associate Member of the ACCS & ACSM 

clearcomplexions.com.au 

Balmain 

2A Rowntree St. 

T 02 9555 7287 

Bruce 

Cnr of Thynne & Watkin St. 

T 02 6251 8889 

Erindale 

1/43 Comrie St. 

T 02 6231 0003 

Gungahlin 

Suite 13, The Marketplace 

T 02 6241 7660

Body Balance 

Dr John Flynn 

cosmedic& 

Dr John Flynn 

skin clinic 

Reshaping can create 

cosmedic& 

the look you want 

skin clinic 

Breast augmentation can 

enhance the natural size 

and shape of your breasts 

Refi nement in Cosmetic Surgery 

With breast augmentation, your natural form can be 

enhanced and complemented. This results in a balanced 

and symmetrical effect that suits your individual body type 

and achieves a feminine silhouette. 

Liposuction to Shape and Contour 

With liposuction, Dr John Flynn can reshape and contour 

your form to achieve balance between your body’s 

proportions. Areas such as the abdomen and inner and 

outer thighs respond particularly well to this procedure. 

CERTIFIED 

IN COSMETIC 

SURGERY 

Dr John Flynn 

M.B., B.S., Dip. R.A.C.O.G., F.R.A.C.G.P. 

Dip. P. Dermatology., F.A.C.C.S. 

Fellow of the Australasian College of Cosmetic Surgery 

Certifi ed by the American Board of Laser Surgery 

Dr John Flynn has over 20 years of experience as 

a medical practitioner on the Gold Coast 

AD Flynn.indd 1 

CERTIFIED 

IN COSMETIC 

SURGERY 

20/4/09 9:01:39 AM 

AD Flynn.indd 1 

For more information or to make an 

appointment call Cosmedic and Skin Clinic 

1300 88 13 88 

Southport | Gold Coast 

Suite 2, 98 Marine Pde, Southport 4215 

www.cosmedic.com.au | info@cosmedic.com.au 

Dr John Flynn 

20/4/09 9:01:39 AM 

cosmedic& skin clinic 

Dr John Flynn

www.biodermis.com.au

The Australasian College of Cosmetic Surgery 

Raising Standards, 

Protecting Patients 

Dedicated to quality, ethical 

and responsible practice. 

Accreditation is Important 

All Fellows of the Australasian College of Cosmetic 

Surgery (FACCS) are specifically trained in cosmetic 

surgery and are required by the College to maintain 

their skills through a Continuing Professional 

Development programme. 

All Fellows of the Faculty of Medicine (FFMACCS) 

are specifically trained in cosmetic medicine and 

are required by the College to maintain their skills 

through a Continuing Professional Development 

programme. 

CERTIFIED 

IN COSMETIC 

SURGERY 

If doctors display this Seal, 

you can be assured they 

comply with the College’s 

exemplary standards of its 

Code of Practice, available 

at www.accs.org.au 

How qualified is your doctor? 

Do they have the right to display these symbols? 

For further information about the College 

and its members and Fellows in your state call: 

1800 804 781 

admin@accs.org.au 

www.cosmeticsurgery.org.au

CONFERENCE ORGANISER 

F: +61 2 9368 1500 

ARTISTRY 

INTEGRITY 

EXCELLENCE 

AUSTRALASIAN COLLEGE 

. 

A C C. 

S 

. . 

OF COSMETIC SURGERY

AESTHETIC & MEDICAL LASER & ENERGY BASED SYSTEMS 

INNOVATIVE SYSTEMS • PROVEN SCIENCE • EXCEPTIONAL VALUE 

SOLARI 

Square Pulse 

Technology 

THIS CHANGES 

EVERYTHING 

CLARITY 

Long Pulsed 

Alexandrite & 

Nd:YAG Laser 

SPEED. VERSATILITY. 

QUALITY 

ADVANTAGE 

Diode Laser Hair 

Removal 

SPEED AND 

RESULTS WITHOUT 

COMPROMISE 

ACTION II 

4 in 1 Innovative of 

Er:YAG Aesthetic Laser 

DUAL FRACTIONAL 

REJUVENATION & 

SHINING 

ACCUSCULPT II 

1444 nm Micropulsed Nd:YAG 

Laser 

PRECISE FACIAL & BODY 

CONTOURING 

SPECTRA 

Dual Mode 

Q-switched 

Nd:YAG Laser 

TAKE YOUR PRACTICE 

TO THE NEXT LEVEL 

eCO2 

Fractional CO2 Laser 

A NEW TREND FOR 

SKIN CARE CLINICS 

HEALITE II 

SERIES 

830, 633, 415 nm LED 

Phototherapy System 

DISCOVER THE TRUE 

SCIENCE OF LED 

PHOTOTHERAPY 

MOSAIC HP 

1550 nm Er:Glass 

Fractional Laser 

NON-ABLATIVE 

FRACTIONAL LASER 

INFINI 

2 in 1 Fractional RF 

A NEW DIMENSION IN RF 

CONTACT US FOR A FULL PRODUCT 

CATALOGUE & INFORMATION PACK 

Call: 1300 LUTRONIC 

588766 

www.lutronic.com.au 

Australian Authorised Distributor 

Allure Medical Group. 11 Joynton Av. Zetland. NSW 

Tel: 02 8208 7778 - Email: info@alluremedical.com.au - Web: www.alluremedical.com.au 

Australian TGA Medical Device Compliant - Innni ARTG# 208237, Spectra ARTG# 210425

DISCOVER THE TRUE SCIENCE OF LED PHOTOTHERAPY! 

A NOVEL PHOTOTHERAPEUTIC APPROACH INVOLVING 

PHOTOSEQUENCING WITH 590 NM AND 830 NM LED ENERGY. 

HEALITE II 

THE MOST ADVANCED 

PHOTOTHERAPY SYSTEM 

Dr Glen Calderhead, the father 

of 830 nm LED phototherapy, 

and a key figure in the 

development of Healite II. 

Distributed by 

www.advancedcosmeceuticals.com.au 

38 Automotive Drive Wangara WA 6065 T: 08 9409 5433 | 1800 242 011 

| SA | NT | NSW | WA | QLD | VIC | Available at selected clinics and professionals 

FINANCE OPTIONS AVAILABLE

Look and feel good, from top to toe 

Dr Joseph Georghy & Dr Vera Georghy have 

over 65 years of clinical experience between them. 

EXCLUSIVE COSMETIC SERVICES 

Dr Georghy is a world pioneer in PhotoTherm ® , a revolutionary 

procedure used to improve the appearance of rosacea, acne and acne 

scarring, freckles, moles, age spots, large pores, wrinkles, vitiligo, 

pigmentation, cellulite, scars and keloids. 

Dr Georghy has developed HelioTherm ® , an exciting new procedure 

designed to reduce fat deposits and improve the tone and texture of the 

skin. Ideal for reshaping the abdomen, thighs, buttocks and other areas 

with no downtime. Call today for more information. 

Other services include 

• Superbug acne therapy 

• Scarless facelift 

• HelioTherm ® Facelift 

• Wrinkle reduction 

• LipoSculpture 

• Stretch mark treatment 

• Breast reduction (non-surgical) 

• Hair-laser stimulation 

• Skin cancer treatment 

• Labiaplasty & Hymenoplasty 

• Excessive sweating correction 

• Ultroid non-surgical haemorrhoid 

therapy 

COMPREHENSIVE DENTAL SERVICES 

Discover the smile of your dreams thanks 

to dental services from Dr Vera Georghy 

• Painless dentistry 

• Porcelain veneers, crowns and bridges 

• White fi llings 

• Old fi llings replaced 

• Preventative dentistry 

• Home bleaching 

• Mouth guards 

SPECIAL 

Consultation 

Cleaning, scaling & 

Teeth 

Whitening 

DR JOSEPH GEORGHY 

AMEC Specialist Surgeon (Ljubljana, Slovenia) 

B.Sc. General Surgery (Zagreb, Croatia) Fellow 

of the European Society of Aesthetic Surgery, 

Cosmetic Physician; FFMACCS, Degree in Anti- 

Aging & Regenerative Medicine (Germany) Member 

of the American Academy of Cosmetic Surgery 

DR VERA GEORGHY 

Dental Surgeon, University of Adelaide, 

Fellow, Diplomate & Lifetime Member in 

the World Congress of Minimally Invasive 

Dentistry (WCMID). 

Voted Clinician of the Year 2009 San 

Francisco, USA 

NORTH SHORE 

COSMETIC 

313 Pacifi c Highway 

North Sydney NSW 2060 (Opposite Hazelbank Rd) 

02 9956 7200 

www.northshorecosmetic.com.au 

email: doctors@sydneycosmetic.com

Once in a generation. 

A New Range from Hovan’s Group 

Younger Skin Today, Love Affair for Life 

Hovan’s Group Pty Ltd, 

maker of the world famous 

Bikini Saver & Hovan’s ® Gold Ingrown hair products 

www.hovansgroup.com.au sales@hovansgroup.com.au 

Call Toll Free: 1300 88 66 55 

Made in Australia with Marine Herbal & Stem Cell ingredients

contents 

regulars 

26 Editor’s letter 

28 Contributors 

32 Newsfront 

42 Where does that come from? 

Queen Elizabeth I: a toxic beauty 

167 How to subscribe 

186 Directory 

features 

52 Beauty and the breast 

The allure and enigma of breasts 

56 Breast options and choices 

The many components of 

breast augmentation 

60 PIP implants 

What have we learned? 

88 Diets decoded 

We investigate the top 

trending diets 

90 The smarter way to work out 

The benefits of high intensity 

interval training 

142 Skincare for all ages 

What to use and when 

160 Safeguard your skin 

How to choose a quality sunscreen 

172 7 deadly makeup skins 

Our guide to avoiding 

makeup mishaps 

industry 

36 Regenerative medicine 

Behind the scenes at the 

BioBridge Conference 

40 Non-surgical meeting 

Highlights from the ASAPS 

non-surgical symposium 

44 Reap the rewards 

The many benefits of customer 

loyalty programs 

46 Cosmetex 2014 

What’s on the agenda 

breasts 

50 Perfect fit 

New lingerie range specifically 

for augmented breasts 

62 Your guide to breast 

augmentation 2014 

70 Breast curves 

Creating the perfect 

shape for you 

74 Breast augmentation 

case study 

76 The case for polyurethane 

breast implants 

78 Balanced proportions 

Rejuvenating the ageing breast 

84 Restoring shapely breasts 

Breast reduction surgery 

body 

93 The numerous benefits of 

resistance training 

96 Defining touch 

All about body implants 

98 The modern tummy tuck 

Abdominoplasty explained 

100 Refine your shape 

Microcannula liposuction 

102 Body contouring 

Non-surgical body shaping 

104 Trim and tone 

Reduce fat and tighten skin 

intimate surgery 

106 Speaking out 

Empowering women 

with options 

108 What lies beneath 

Cosmetic and functional benefits 

of female genital surgery 

teeth 

112 Rejuvenate your smile 

Ultra-thin porcelain veneers 

114 Teeth whitening 

Next-generation technology

you have youth in your blood 

Regen PRP pioneering platelet rich plasma since 2003 

RegenLab has been pioneering the use of autologous platelet rich plasma for skin cell renewal 

since 2003. 

The proven Regen ACR PRP system concentrates powerful growth factors contained in our 

blood, before reinjecting them back into the skin. 

By harnessing the growth factors contained in our blood, it’s possible to accelerate and 

increase tissue regeneration by stimulating collagen production, stem cell migration, 

differentiation, and proliferation, and stimulation of new blood vessels, nutrients, antioxidants 

and the other components of the extracellular matrix. 

www.amsl.com.au • www.regenlab.com • 1800 201 760

SUBSCRIBE NOW! 

contents 

The fi rst 10 subscribers receive a free pack 

from Synergie Skin valued at $129 each 

Synergie Skin offers the ultimate Anti-Ageing Skincare Kit 

The pack contains the essentials needed to help promote overall skin 

health and radiance: Gentle Cleanser; Ultimate A Serum; Vitamin B 

Serum; Pure-C Crystals; and Reclaim Anti-Ageing Moisturiser. 

Synergie Skin’s newest product, SuperSerum, is also included in the 

kit. It combines the power of scientifi cally generated peptides and 

microbial biotechnology to create the ultimate anti-ageing serum 

with clinical data to support results. This revolutionary 

serum is the culmination of years of scientifi c research 

into the biology and natural ageing processes of skin. 

see page 167 

face 

116 Refresh your look 

Facelift case study 

118 Bespoke beauty 

An individual approach to face, 

neck and nose surgery 

122 In profile 

Male nose and chin surgery 

124 Let’s hear it for the boys 

Facial rejuvenation just for men 

126 Great skin at every age 

The ‘layer cake’ approach to 

skin health and beauty 

128 Building beauty from within 

An injectable that targets skin 

ageing from within 

130 The skin revolution 

World-first dual-mode 

radiofrequency device 

134 Energise your skin 

Light-based energy to boost 

skin health and cellular activity 

136 Platelet-rich plasma 

therapy (PRP) 

Use your own cells to restore 

lost volume 

cosmetic tattoo 

140 Restoring confidence 

Cosmetic and medical tattooing 

skin 

146 The royal suite 

New skincare range to target 

signs of ageing 

148 Spot-on skin 

Treating pigmentation 

150 Vitamin D link to vitiligo 

154 Your best skin ever 

A personalised approach 

156 Tattoo removal revolution 

Breakthrough laser treatment 

158 Cosmeceutical skincare 

beauty & spa 

170 Hair extensions 

174 Beauty buzz 

Latest beauty products 

180 Get glowing 

Shedding light on illuminators 

185 Editor’s favourites 

cover stories 

50 Breast special 

60 PIP implant update 

88 Diets decoded 

90 Fast track fitness 

98 Body contouring 

142 Skincare by numbers 

172 7 deadly makeup sins 

174 100+ beauty products 

Now you can subscribe online at 

www.cosbeauty.com.au

LETTER 

FROM THE EDITOR 

Another year gone and what a full and fulfi lling one it’s been for 

me – both professionally and personally. On a professional level, 

the calendar year was jam-packed with innovative conferences 

Ahighlighting the continuing advances in aesthetics and anti-ageing. 

My most recent travel was to the US, where I also had the opportunity 

to discuss the current proliferation of traditional, new and emerging media 

channels. The big talk these days is how to get the most from marketing 

efforts – the overwhelming view is that the most successful strategies take 

a multi-media approach, integrating both print and online marketing. 

There are very good reasons for this as, according to recent research, 

print advertising is the number-one driver in directing consumers to 

websites. Here at Bella Media, we’ve embraced this cross-platform 

approach by integrating websites and electronic initiatives with print offerings to enhance 

the client and consumer experience. It’s an exciting time to be part of publishing and content 

provision, with the ability to interact with and engage an ever-expanding audience. 

On a personal level, I’ve also adopted this integrated approach to my lifestyle. I believe 

a holistic outlook is integral to optimising health, wellbeing and beauty. The importance of 

an active lifestyle and maintaining a healthy weight are both key to enjoying good health 

for longer, and I have had a rigorous eight months of training for the New York Marathon. 

Unfortunately, a leg injury has hindered this goal, so I am now looking to the Gold Coast 

Marathon in July 2014. 

In this issue, we look at the benefi ts of high intensity interval training on page 90 and 

investigate whether today’s top trending diets really do work on page 88. There’s also great 

advice on page 142 on the right skincare for your age, as well as the seven makeup sins to 

avoid at all cost on page 172. 

A holistic approach is especially important in the cosmetic surgery arena – the best 

results are often seen when aesthetic treatments are combined with a healthy lifestyle and, 

importantly, realistic expectations of what cosmetic surgery can achieve. While a procedure 

can go a long way in improving self-confi dence, it should not be viewed as a panacea. 

One of the cosmetic surgeries with the highest patient satisfaction levels, when done 

for the right reasons, is breast augmentation. This issue contains our annual Breast Special 

from page 50, and we’ve compiled an array of information to help you make an informed 

choice on all aspects of the procedure – and to help you achieve the best possible results. 

The Bella Media team and I wish all of our readers a happy and healthy 2014 – and 

we look forward to continuing to bring you comprehensive, authoritative and relevant 

information about cosmetic surgery and beauty. 

Michelle Kearney 

Editor-in-Chief 

michelle@bellamedia.com.au 

Michelle Kearney is sole director of The Bella Media Group and no other parties or individuals have any fi nancial interest in the 

company or in Australian Cosmetic Surgery & Beauty Magazine (ACSBM). Reproduction in whole or in part is not permitted without 

the written authorisation of the publisher. All reasonable efforts have been made to trace copyright holders. All manuscripts and 

articles submitted for publication remain the property of The Bella Media Group. This magazine contains general information only and 

does not purport to be a substitute for medical advice. All readers are advised to seek medical advice from a doctor if considering 

cosmetic surgery. The publisher and the authors do not accept any liability whatsoever in respect of an action taken by readers in 

reliance on the recommendations set out in this magazine. Except where specifi ed in captions, photographs depict models who have 

not necessarily received treatments described in this magazine. 

Advertising Policy ACSBM follows and upholds the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) Guidelines to 

Advertising Medical Services, the Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA) advertising regulations for therapeutic goods and services, 

and individual state Medical Board guidelines. All reasonable effort is made by ACSBM to ensure that all advertisements accepted 

for publication follow these guidelines. Copies of these guidelines are available from the individual agencies and boards. ACSBM 

reserves the right to reject advertising that is in breach of these guidelines. All ACSBM advertisers assume sole responsibility and 

liability for statements contained in their advertising copy, and hold harmless and indemnify ACSBM, Bella Media, and offi cers, 

directors and employees from and against all liability, loss, claim, damages, costs or expenses arising out of matter contained in the 

advertising. Advertisers accept these terms and responsibilities when signing an advertising contract with ACSBM. 

www.cosbeauty.com.au 

Read the digital edition at www.zinio.com 

Issue 62 

NOV - JAN 2014 

Editor-in-Chief 


Editorial Director 

Aimée Surtenich 

Production Coordinator 

Camila Kawashita 

Art Directors 

Debbie Pilarinos, 

Stéphanie Blandin de Chalain 

Writers 

Caitlin Bishop, Tara Casey, 

Nicola Donovan, Lizzy Fowler, 

Aimée Surtenich 

Photographers 

Debbie Pilarinos, ShutterStock, Picdesk 

Distribution & Subscription 

Enquiries 

Bill Dunk 

Phone 02 9398 2755 Fax 02 9398 2855 

Email acsmag@bellamedia.com.au 

Advertising Enquiries 


Phone 02 9398 2755 Mob 0419 624 246 

Email michelle@bellamedia.com.au 

Lauren Vescio 

Phone 02 9398 2755 Mob 0431 400 381 

Email lauren@bellamedia.com.au 

Editorial Enquiries 

Michelle Kearney, Aimée Surtenich 

Phone 02 9398 2755 Fax 02 9398 2855 

Email acsmag@bellamedia.com.au 

Produced & Published by Bella Media 

ABN 86 082 157 695 

Managing Director 


General Manager 

Bill Dunk 

find us on 

Facebook 

australian cosmetic 

surgery magazine, 

bella beauty magazine, 

cosmetic beauty 

directory 

follow us 

on Twitter 

@cosmetic_beauty 

@bellamedia 

Public Relations, Marketing 

& Event Organisation 

Phone 02 9398 2755 Fax 02 9398 2855 

Office address 

Level 1, 42a Frenchmans Road 

Randwick, NSW, 2031 

Phone +61 2 9398 2755 Fax +61 2 9398 2855 

www.bellamedia.com.au 

All ‘before and after’ photographs in 

Australian Cosmetic Surgery Magazine 

articles are of genuine patients. It is 

important to understand that they represent 

one person’s experience and there is 

no guarantee that any other patient will 

experience similar results. 

26

Expertise is Everything 

More than 30 Years Experience in Cosmetic Plastic Surgery 

Specialising in all Facial, Breast and Body Surgery 

The Cosmetic and 

Restorative Surgery Clinic 

20 Manning Road, 

Double Bay 

02 9362 7400 

Fax: 02 9328 6036 

Email: info@cosmeticsurgeryoz.com 

Dr Darryl J Hodgkinson 

MB, BS (Hons), FRCS (C), FACS, FACCS 

American Board of Plastic Surgery 

Cosmetic Plastic Surgeon 

www.cosmeticsurgeryoz.com 

The definitive website for all your cosmetic surgical queries. More than 50 

megabytes of information and hundreds of Dr Hodgkinson’s outstanding results.

CONTRIBUTORS 

Ricky Allen Dr John Flynn Dr Joseph Georghy Dr Paul Gerarchi Val Glover-Hovan 

Dr Doug Grose Suzie Hoitink Dr Darryl Hodgkinson Eva Karpati Dr Jim Leavesley 

Dr Steven Liew Dr Vlad Milovic Dr William Mooney Dr Colin Moore Dr Pouria Moradi 

Dr Sarkis Nalbandian Dr Warwick Nettle Dr Oseka Onuma Dr Alex Phoon Rita Porreca 

Dr Michael Rich Dr Kourosh Tavakoli Terri Vinson 

28 www.cosbeauty.com.au

RHINOPLASTY SPECIALIST 

MBBS, BSc (MED), MS (UNSW), 

FRACS (PLAST) 

Dr Tavakoli is a renowned 

cosmetic plastic surgeon 

who is a Fellow of the Royal 

Australasian College of Surgeons 

and a Member of the Australian 

Society of Plastic Surgeons. 

He specialises in all aspects of 

facial cosmetic surgery, with a 

particular interest in cosmetic 

rhinoplasty and facelift. 

Follow Dr Tavakoli on 

New premises: Suite 1, 376 New South Head Road, Double Bay 

1300 368 107 | drtavakoli.com.au

JOSEPH 

MOURAD 

Hair & Beauty 

AWARD 

WINNING 

STYLIST & HAIR 

EXTENSION 

SPECIALIST 

Joseph Mourad’s 

styling, colour and 

hair extension 

techniques are 

sought the world 

over, with celebrity 

clients including 

singer and host 

Mel B and Grammywinning 

recording 

artist Mya. 

COMPETITIVE 

PRICES 

475 New South Head Rd Double Bay Sydney 

02 9328 2277 

WWW.JOSEPHMOURAD.COM.AU 

FEATURED ON THE TODAY SHOW!

Microcannula Liposuction 

By Dr Michael Rich 

Dr Rich has been performing liposuction in Australia since 

1992 after training in the United States with Dr Jeffrey Klein 

(acknowledged to be the ‘father of modern liposuction’). With 

20 years of experience and thousands of procedures, Dr Rich is 

considered a leader in Australia for liposuction. He has chaired 

liposuction symposiums at the World Congress of Dermatology 

and has chaired the liposuction symposium for the 

Australian College of Cosmetic Surgery. 

Microcannula Liposuction offers: 

• The benefit of being performed under local anaesthetic 

• Minimised risk of bleeding, bruising and discomfort 

• Smoother liposuction results 

• Virtually undetectable scars 

• Skin tightening and retraction over the ensuing months 

• Minimal downtime 

Microcannula Liposuction can be used for: 

• Abdomen 

• Love handles 

• Legs 

• Buttocks 

Member of: 

• Arms 

• Back 

• Breasts – male and female 

• Double chin and jowls 

MELBOURNE CLINIC 

SYDNEY CLINIC 

enRich Dermatology & Cosmetic Surgery Centre 

872 High St, Armadale 

www.mrich.com.au 

03 9500 9500 

The Facial Rejuvenation Clinic 

263 George St, Sydney 

www.facialrejuvenation.com.au 

1300 88 99 35

newsfront 

NEWSFRONT 

CATCH UP WITH THE LATEST IN THE INDUSTRY... 

East meets West 

Dr Darryl Hodgkinson reports on the 4th Aesthetic Meeting between 

the International Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons and the China 

Society of Plastic Surgeons in Shanghai. 

Held on 24 October, 2013, 250 attendees and 15 international faculty 

met in Shanghai. The main emphasis was on eyelid surgery, particularly the 

experiences of the Korean and Taiwan surgeons treating ptosis. 

Most interesting to me were the breast sessions, with a review of 

anaplastic large cell lymphoma associated with textured implants, and the 

somewhat controversial use of texturing in contemporary implants. 

Presentations on face lifting showed a variety of techniques – some of 

them quite invasive, some of them less invasive – to try to elevate the midface, 

cheeks and jowl areas. 

There was also extensive discussion about non-surgical procedures, 

including fat injections. There is a lot of enthusiasm about this technique, but 

in my opinion I believe there is not enough science to support the enthusiasm 

at this point; I believe the same can be said for ‘stem cell’ face lifting. 

4 Apps to help you butt it out this New Year 

Kick the habit and reap the numerous health and cosmetic benefi ts! Here are four 

tried-and-tested apps worth downloading to help you give up smoking – and stay smoke-free. 

Livestrong My Quit Coach 

Available for the iPhone | Free 

Track your progress with this welldesigned 

app that will help you see 

how well you’re doing on a monthly, 

daily – even hourly – basis, awarding 

achievement badges depending on 

your progress. 

My QuitBuddy 

Available for iPhone 

and Android | Free 

This app, developed by the Australian 

National Preventative Health Agency, 

includes quit tips, countdowns, 

motivational messages and nifty 

features such as a ‘panic button’ 

designed to provide a range of 

distractions when cravings hit a 

high note. 

QuitNow! 

Available for iPhone, 

Android and Blackberry | Free 

As well as outlining how much money 

you’ve saved from avoiding your 

regular cigarette purchases, the app 

delivers messages indicating how 

much your health has improved 

since starting your journey, based on 

information from the 

World Health Organisation. 

Quit Smoking Now with Max Kirsten 

Available for iPhone, iPad 

and Android | $7.49/$4.99 

Having helped thousands of 

people give up smoking through 

hypnotherapy, Max Kirsten has taken 

his Quit Smoking programme to the 

smartphone. With features, fact cards 

and a smoking calculator, alongside 

all the audio sessions, this app has 

been rated amongst the world’s 

best apps. 


Natural diversity 

Women’s Health Victoria has recently launched 

Australia’s fi rst online ‘labia library’, displaying real, 

not pornographic, images of the female anatomy to 

show the natural variations that can occur between 

women’s bodies and to education women that there 

is more than one defi nition of ‘normal’ when it comes 

to the vagina. 

The aim of Labialibrary.com.au is to alleviate 

common concerns about labia size and shape, and 

to help reduce body image anxiety. The site features 

a photo gallery of 20 unaltered vulvas to increase 

awareness about what ‘normal’ looks like. 

Palomar Acquired 

by Cynosure 

Cynosure, a leading company in laser and light based 

treatments for minimally invasive and non-invasive aesthetic 

applications, recently acquired medical device company 

Palomar. 

The acquisition of Palomar is set to complement 

Cynosure’s product range and customer base, with 

added product and service revenues and stronger global 

distribution network. 

Joseph Caruso, Chairman, President and Chief 

Executive Offi cer of Palomar says: “Both companies share 

the same passion for innovation, and this combination 

creates a single, unifi ed organization that is positioned for 

continued success.” 

Cynosure is a leading developer and manufacturer of a 

broad array of light-based aesthetic and medical treatment 

systems. Cynosure’s products are used to provide a diverse 

range of treatment applications such as hair removal, skin 

rejuvenation and scar reduction, as well as the treatment of 

vascular lesions. 

Exercise: a weapon 

against dementia? 

New research has found physical activity is key to leading 

a ‘brain-healthy’ lifestyle and can help fi ght the progression 

of dementia. 

The study, released by Alzheimer’s Australia and Fitness 

Australia, combined and reviewed the latest research from 

Australia and around the world. It found those hours on 

the treadmill can go a long way in improving brain health, 

increasing memory and refi ning cognitive skills. 

Importantly, these improvements occur alongside a 

decreased chance of developing dementia and, in cases 

of existent dementia, a reduction in the disease’s progress. 

Co-author of the study Dr Maree Farrow from The University 

of Melbourne explains the importance of these fi ndings: 

‘Research has found that about half of Alzheimer’s 

disease cases are potentially attributable to risk factors you 

can change,’ Farrow says. ‘Physical activity has a signifi cant 

positive impact on brain health and can reduce the risk of 

developing dementia.’

newsfront 

HARNESS 

YOUR HEALING 

POWER 

DR GLEN CALDERHEAD REVEALED HOW HEALITE II CAN 

BE USED TO REJUVENATE THE SKIN AND ACCELERATE 

HEALING AT A WORKSHOP HOSTED BY ADVANCED 

COSMECEUTICALS. CAITLIN BISHOP REPORTS. 

On the cutting-edge of anti-ageing and regenerative 

medicine, Advance Cosmeceuticals hosted a workshop 

investigating the latest developments in skincare and 

regenerative light therapy at Sydney’s Hilton Hotel in 

August 2013. 

The workshop featured American cosmetic surgeon and 

dermatologist Dr Ronald Moy, who spoke about the benefi ts 

and science behind skincare line DNAEGF Renewal, and 

internationally recognised Scottish scientist Dr Glen Calderhead, 

who spoke on the regenerative benefi ts of Healite II. 

Healite II is a therapeutic and healing light therapy that can 

be used as a standalone aesthetic treatment, or to accelerate 

healing following more invasive procedures. It calls upon different 

light wavelengths, including infrared, to stimulate cellular activity 

in the dermis and underlying tissue. This is effective in helping 

to accelerate wound healing, increase microcirculation, treat 

active acne and rejuvenate the complexion. 

Treatment with Healite involves the delivery of yellow light, at 

590nm, and infrared light, at 830nm. Dr Calderhead explains 

the two wavelengths target different areas. 

‘Treatment with Healite II starts with one minute of yellow 

light, which stimulates cells in the epidermis,’ he says. ‘The 

yellow light targets keratinocytes and merkel cells, which are 

highly endowed with mitochondria, or energy stores. This fl oods 

the epidermis with energy and prepares the skin for the delivery 

of infrared light, which targets the dermis and underlying tissue.’ 

Dr Calderhead explains infrared light activates cellular 

membranes and enhances microcirculation in the dermis, 

increasing cellular turnover and fl ooding the site with oxygen 

and nutrients. He showed several case studies where treatment 

with Healite II not only achieved rejuvenation at the treatment 

site but also caused a larger systemic effect – where heat, 

increased blood fl ow and heightened cellular activity occurred 

throughout the body after treatment. 

Treatment with Healite II can be used for facial 

rejuvenation, and also to accelerate healing following more 

invasive procedures such as laser treatment or cosmetic 

surgery. Because of its regenerative and healing properties, 

Healite II is effective in helping to reduce the amount of 

bruising, swelling and scarring post-operatively. 

‘By harnessing the body’s natural processes and 

accelerating and boosting their activity, Healite II can be 

used for a variety of rejuvenating and healing applications,’ 

says Dr Calderhead. ‘It heightens blood fl ow, which delivers 

increased oxygen and nutrients to the treatment site, and 

incurs a rejuvenating, brightening and energising effect.’ 


New from Allergan 

Allergan has introduced dermal fi llers Juvederm 

Volbella and Juvederm Volift to Australia. Used 

to enhance the lips, reduce the appearance of 

wrinkles and fi ne lines and restore volume, the fi llers 

are formulated with a local anaesthetic to reduce 

discomfort during treatment. 

At the launch, French plastic surgeon Dr Herve 

Raspaldo shared his experience in using dermal 

fi llers for facial rejuvenation: ‘The loss of volume in 

the face is now also recognised as a fundamental 

part of ageing and can be treated using minimally 

invasive procedures and products to provide a more 

natural, relaxed look.’ 

Sydney plastic surgeon Dr Steven Liew agrees: 

‘Juvederm Volbella and Juvederm Volift are a 

welcome addition to current treatments that 

rejuvenate the face and restore volume.’ 

Minimally-invasive solutions 

Japanese plastic surgeon and internationally renowned researcher 

Dr Yohei Tanaka spoke on the benefi ts of non-invasive methods 

for body contouring and facial rejuvenation at a recent breakfast 

hosted by Cutera. He spoke on the benefi ts of the Cutera systems 

TruSculpt and Titan, which use radiofrequency and infrared 

technology to achieve aesthetic results. 

Dr Tanaka presented several case studies on TruSculpt, showing 

its effect on wrinkle reduction and general facial rejuvenation, as 

well as his non-invasive body contouring results using Titan. 

Cynosure Acquires Palomar 

Cynosure, a leading company in light-based treatments for 

minimally invasive and non-invasive aesthetic applications, recently 

acquired medical device company Palomar. 

The acquisition of Palomar is set to complement Cynosure’s 

product range and customer base, with added product and 

service, and stronger global distribution network. 

Joseph Caruso, Chairman, President and Chief Executive 

Offi cer of Palomar says: “Both companies share the same passion 

for innovation, and this combination creates a single, unifi ed 

organisation that is positioned for continued success. 

Cynosure is a leading developer and manufacturer of a broad 

array of light-based aesthetic and medical treatment systems. 

Its products are used to provide a diverse range of treatment 

applications such as hair removal, tattoo removal, skin rejuvenation 

and scar reduction.

industry 

A Regenerative Revolution 

An amalgamation of world leaders in regenerative medicine met in 

Venice for the 5th International BioBridge Foundation Conference. 

Caitlin Bishop reports. 

The canals of Venice framed the innovative, inspiring 

and cutting-edge hub of the 5th International 

BioBridge Foundation Conference, held in September 

2013. Some of the world’s greatest minds in regenerative 

medicine, alongside cosmetic and medical practitioners, 

scientists, commercial professionals and biotechnology 

experts, descended on the beautiful Italian city to discuss, 

dissect and advance the field of regenerative medicine. 

Australian guest speakers included Dr Herbert Hooi, Nicole 

Belle RN and Dr Philip Lim. 

BioBridge is a foundation dedicated to funding research 

and ongoing education in regenerative medicine. In support 

of this, RegenLab hosted the Venice conference and 

put together two days of keynote talks, workshops and 

discussions. Regen Lab has been at the forefront of technical 

and science-based solutions in Australia since 2007, when 

it received TGA registration for Regen Platelet Rich Plasma 

(PRP). Indeed, according to Dr Abbas Al-Taif in Sydney, it was 

PRP that was the main focus of this year’s BioBridge event. 

‘Most of the topics covered at the BioBridge conference 

in Venice were based on detailed medical applications 

for the use of autologous PRP in the field of regenerative 

medicine,’ says Dr Al-Taif. 

The potential for using PRP in conjunction with fat 

transfer in both medical and aesthetic settings was a hot 

topic at the 2013 event. Indeed, PRP has been touted to 

improve graft adherence, endurance and survival following 

surgical procedures 

‘PRP can be used with fat transfer in both breast 

augmentation and facial rejuvenation procedures,’ Dr 

Al-Taif says. ‘Stem cells and fat transfer applications were 

also part of the conference agenda.’ 


industry 

Autologous PRP 

Signifying an innovative and endlessly applicable 

rejuvenating therapy, autologous PRP utilises a 

concentration of human platelets to promote healing in 

both hard and soft tissues. It is used in orthopaedics, sports 

medicine, wound healing, neurosurgery, dentistry and 

ophthalmology, as well as in cosmetic, plastic, maxillofacial 

and cardiothoracic surgery. 

‘Platelets are not only important for clotting of the blood 

but actually play a much greater role in the repair and 

modelling of tissue,’ explains cosmetic physician Dr May 

Marr from Lennox Head in NSW. ‘They orchestrate the 

repair and rejuvenation process via growth factor proteins, 

which is how cells communicate with each other.’ 

The treatment involves sampling the patient’s own 

blood, centrifuging the sample to effectively concentrate 

the platelets in a small volume of plasma, and reinjecting the 

Regenerative medicine is a 

“Golden Field” of creative 

thoughts, scientific knowledge 

and practical applications 

One of the speakers at this year’s conference, Dr Ali 

Modaressi, a plastic surgeon from Geneva, uses PRP 

with many different surgical and non-surgical aesthetic 

procedures. ‘We use Regen PRP in a wide variety of facial 

plastic and reconstructive procedures,’ he says. ‘I have 

found Regen PRP aids in healing, reduces bruising and 

swelling, and expedites the healing process after surgical 

procedures such as facelift and rhinoplasty. Regen PRP 

can also enhance the effects of laser treatment, resulting 

in even better outcomes, particularly in the reduction of 

lines and wrinkles and the improvement of skin tone, colour 

and texture.’  

Regenerative medicine 

In Australia, regenerative medicine, and the use of PRP, is an 

emerging field gaining significant attention. The possibilities 

that lay in utilising the body’s own processes to repair and 

replace damaged tissue has profound implications in both 

medical and aesthetic rejuvenation. 

‘Regenerative medicine is a “Golden Field” of creative 

thoughts, scientific knowledge and practical applications. 

Moving forward, we need to find safe and creative ways for 

its management, and continue to explore the different ways 

we can use a person’s own tissue to achieve results,’ Dr 

Al-Taif concludes. csbm 

concentrated product into the treatment area. Platelets act 

as vehicles for the delivery of growth factors, which induce 

the proliferation of fibroblasts, osteoblasts and endothelial 

cells. Simply put, treatment with PRP kickstarts cellular 

processes for a regenerative effect. 

‘I find PRP is one of the most safe and successful 

modalities in regenerative medicine,’ Dr Al-Taif explains. 

‘I use it for face and neck skin rejuvenation; scalp hair 

regrowth; scar treatment; and hand rejuvenation. I am also 

preparing future scientific studies into the use of PRP for 

both erectile dysfunction and vulvo-vaginal rejuvenation.’ 

PRP and cosmetic medicine 

It’s thanks to companies such as RegenLab that treatment 

with PRP has gained such traction in a cosmetic setting. 

PRP is now a popular addition to aesthetic surgery clinics 

throughout Australia, and can be used as both a standalone 

treatment or in conjunction with other modalities. 

The treatment is effective in improving skin texture and 

radiance, reducing the appearance of wrinkles and fine 

lines, and fading dark circles under the eyes. Fuelling the 

dermis with growth factors and stimulating the cell renewal 

process, PRP can be injected around the eyes, across 

the cheeks, midface and forehead, along the jaw line and 

décolletage, and on the backs of the hands. 

www.cosbeauty.com.au 37

industry 

What is Regenerative Medicine? 

Regenerative medicine research: 

• Investigates ways to help the human body repair, 

replace, restore and regenerate damaged tissues 

and organs 

• Uses cells, genes or other biological building 

blocks, along with bioengineered materials 

and technologies 

• Focuses on restoring the remarkable tissue 

regenerative capacity that all humans have 

before birth 

Regenerative medicine scientists are asking: 

• How do some human tissues (our skin, 

blood cells and lining of the digestive tract) 

naturally regenerate? 

• What determines this ability of cells? What 

switches it on and off? 

• How do newts re-grow their tail or limb, or fish 

regenerate their fins or heart? What biological 

and molecular processes make this happen? 

• Do the parts of our bodies that do not regenerate 

(such as the brain and heart) retain a latent ability 

to regenerate? 

Regenerative medicine could: 

• Halt, reverse and prevent damage to vital organs 

such as kidneys, livers and even hearts 

• Grow new vital organs for people with organ 

failure due to disease, injury or genetic conditions 

• Treat and cure diabetes through stem cell therapies 

• Reverse the effects of neuro-degenerative 

diseases such as dementia, Alzheimer’s disease 

and Parkinson’s disease 

• Stop the body attacking itself in auto-immune 

diseases including multiple sclerosis, type 1 

diabetes, Crohn’s disease and rheumatoid arthritis 

• Treat cancer by building on current stem cell 

therapies such as bone marrow transplants 

for leukaemia 

• Prevent ageing 

Regenerative medicine can involve: 

• Regeneration of tissues by injecting or implanting 

regeneration-competent cells (usually derived 

from adult or embryonic stem cells) 

• Protecting cells and tissue from damage due to 

disease or injury (e.g. by preventing cell death) 

• Inducing regeneration in tissue by recruitment 

of a patient’s own cells to the tissue or using 

proteins or gene delivery to stimulate cell division 

in the tissue 

• Prevention of inflammation and scarring in tissues 

to better enable the use of these methods 

Before and After photos courtesy of Nita 

McHugh from Rejuven8 in Penrith, Sydney 


industry 

A5M: The latest in anti-ageing 

caitlin bishop reports on The AustralAsian Academy of Anti-Ageing 

Medicine conference (a5m), which highlighted advancements in both 

aesthetic and anti-ageing medicine. 

Scientists, plastic and cosmetic surgeons and 

researchers descended upon Melbourne last 

August for the AustralAsian Academy of Anti-Ageing 

Medicine (A5M) conference. From the theory of beauty and 

aesthetics to the importance of gut bacteria, the two-day 

event presented a range of topics, integral to combating 

the signs, diseases and conditions associated with ageing. 

With a theme entitled ‘Obesity and the Metabolic 

Syndrome: An integrative practice’, the talks, workshops 

and demonstrations took a holistic approach to anti-ageing 

practice. International keynote speakers included Dr Mark 

Donohoe, Professor Garry Egger, Dr Thierry Hertoghe and 

Dr Steven Dayan, and the topics ranged from skin health to 

the connection between obesity and the brain. 

In a talk on ‘The Unifying Theory of Beauty’, American 

plastic surgeon and author Dr Steven Dayan spoke about 

his goals in aesthetic medicine. He explained his expertise 

lies in the space between beauty and attractiveness. 

‘Beauty is primal and raw; it’s an energy that fuels 

evolution,’ Dr Dayan says. ‘According to evolutionary 

biologists, our only purpose on Earth is to procreate 

and the brain is pre-wired to look for signs of fertility. These 

signs of fertility are manifested as beauty to our eyes. 

However, beauty and attractiveness are two different 

things: beauty is fundamental but attractiveness combines 

many difference elements, most importantly confidence. 

This is where I work.’ 

In a somewhat controversial approach to aesthetic 

medicine, Dr Dayan explains his job is not to make people 

beautiful; it’s to make people feel more confident. 

‘The number-one element to attractiveness is confidence; 

if we can help to make someone more confident, we can 

help them be more attractive,’ Dr Dayan says. ‘As a plastic 

surgeon, it’s not necessarily my primary aim to make 

people look beautiful, it’s about making them feel beautiful 

– sometimes it requires surgery, while other times nonsurgical 

rejuvenation is all that is required.’ 

In taking this subtle approach to aesthetic rejuvenation, 

Dr Dayan stresses the importance of striving for naturallooking 

results in facial rejuvenation. He showcased several 

case studies, where minimal changes – for example using 

filler to slightly upturn the corners of the mouth, achieved 

significant and aesthetically pleasing results. 

Minimal changes can create 

significant and aesthetically 

pleasing results 

Dr Dayan’s talks were heard alongside lectures on the 

links between intestinal bacteria and overall health, how 

the processed foods we eat can cause chronic, systemic 

inflammation and how obesity may well be related to a 

whole range of previously unconsidered factors – from gut 

flora and genetics to inflammation and climate change. 

The variety of knowledge and high level of expertise at 

A5M left those in attendance enthused and motivated to 

continue their work into anti-ageing medicine. 

Indeed, the mixture of topics covered, and the originality 

of ideas broached and expanded upon, certainly fuelled 

stimulating discussion at the exciting and thoughtprovoking 

future possibilities in both aesthetic and medical 

anti-ageing science. csbm 


industry 

ASAPS 2013 

Non-Surgical Symposium 

The 2nd Annual Non-Surgical Symposium, 

hosted by ASAPS and the CPSA, explored the 

extensive possibilities in the world of nonsurgical 

rejuvenation. Caitlin Bishop reports. 

Signifying a joint pathway towards future non-surgical 

advancements, the Australasian Society of Aesthetic 

Plastic Surgery (ASAPS) and the Cosmetic Physicians 

Society of Australasia (CPSA) hosted the second annual 

Non-Surgical Symposium at Sydney’s Hilton Hotel in August 

2013. An amalgamation of plastic surgeons, dermatologists, 

cosmetic doctors and physicians descended upon the city 

for the four-day conference and were presented with talks, 

discussions and workshops from the world’s best in nonsurgical 

rejuvenation. 

The partnership of ASAPS and the CPSA is an indication 

of the future potential of aesthetic medicine – combining 

both surgical and non-surgical techniques to optimise results 

in cosmetic rejuvenation. The conference hosted several 

international keynote speakers, including French facial plastic 

surgeon Dr Herve Raspaldo, Singapore plastic surgeon Dr 

Woffles Wu, American plastic surgeon Dr Michael Kane, 

dermatologist Dr Henry Chan and plastic surgeon Dr Wilson 

Ho, both from Hong Kong, American dermatologist Dr Zoe 

Draelos and German dermatologist Dr Sabine Zenker. 

With presentations on acne treatments, facial rejuvenation, 

fat reduction, body contouring, skin tightening, fat grafting and 

different methods for laser, microneedling and injectables, the 

conference was a comprehensive dissection of the possibilities 

in non-surgical rejuvenation – or ‘beautification’ as Dr Woffles 

Wu put it. How these methods could be used as an alternative 

or adjunct to aesthetic surgery was extensively discussed. 

‘Non-surgical procedures can bridge the gap to surgery, and 

the two approaches complement each other extensively,’ Dr 

Raspaldo explains. ‘By combining the two, or having multiple 

modalities with which to treat each patient, the results are 

improved and patient satisfaction is increased.’ 

Many of the workshops explored different ways to 

rejuvenate the face, and various ideas on ‘defining beauty’ 

were shared. Sydney plastic surgeon Dr Steven Liew explained 

ageing is multifaceted, and achieving an aesthetically pleasing 

result in facial rejuvenation involves a multi-modal approach. 

He believes combining surgical and non-surgical procedures 

Photos courtesy of Woodrow Wilson 


industry 

can, in some cases, more effectively address the different 

elements of ageing. 

‘Facial ageing is complex – there’s volume loss, 

loosening of the skin and changes to the skin itself, as well 

as the bone and soft tissue,’ Dr Liew says. ‘While surgery 

can tighten skin, it does not necessarily address skin quality 

or volume loss. Now, with the combination of surgical 

and non-surgical methods, we can create natural-looking 

results that are more aesthetically pleasing, because several 

factors of ageing are addressed, not just skin tightening.’ 

Dr Raspaldo believes establishing a heart-shaped facial 

structure is key to an aesthetically pleasing result. He 

commonly uses dermal fillers and injectables to smooth 

facial junctions and contours in facial rejuvenation. 

‘In my opinion, when the lower face is slimmer than 

the mid and upper face, the face looks more attractive 

– it’s important to emphasise the mid-face and restore a 

heart-shaped volume,’ Dr Raspaldo explains. ‘Anti-wrinkle 

injections and dermal fillers can be effective in restoring 

symmetry and volume, diminishing lines and smoothing 

facial junctions. For example, removing the shadow in 

the cheek-jowl hollow can make the face appear more 

naturally youthful.’ 

Notably, skin health, and the importance of combining 

skincare and cosmetic treatments for optimal results, was 

not forgotten. Dr Zoe Draelos spoke on different topical 

ingredients, including stem cell creams and potential 

cellulite solutions. Dr Sabine Zenker shared her expertise 

and experience in using active, chemical peels, particularly 

in treating hormonal melasma, and also ran workshops 

on emerging technologies such as Platelet Rich Plasma. 

Dr Greg Goodman revealed a unique and effective way to 

treat acne scarring using fillers and biopsies, while a talk 

by Melbourne cosmetic scientist Terri Vinson explored the 

‘future of cosmeceuticals’. 

However, it was not all hard work and discussion. The 

conference was opened by a cocktail reception at the 

Hilton’s Zeta bar and the four days were concluded with 

a gala dinner at Sydney’s Town Hall. The record-breaking 

attendance of both delegates and trade alike made for a 

vibrant and lively atmosphere throughout the conference. 

The level of enthusiasm from both national and 

international speakers conveyed the passion that stems 

from the extensive possibilities, and powerful collaborations, 

in the world of aesthetics. Indeed, if the second annual 

Non-Surgical Symposium is anything to go by – the future 

of both surgical and non-surgical rejuvenation is 

impressively bright. 

‘In the future we will see younger people taking earlier 

action by improving skin quality and correcting the signs 

of ageing as they arise,’ Dr Liew explains. ‘If we start using 

non-surgical methods earlier, we may reduce the need for 

some surgery. We will be seeing a strong combination of 

non-surgical and surgical approaches in the future.’ csbm 


column 

Queen Elizabeth I: 

toxic beauty? 


column 

Where did that come from? In his regular column Dr Jim Leavesley 

examines the history and origins of a medical topic. 

The use of cosmetics goes back centuries, to Ancient 

Egypt and beyond. For one renowned woman of 

history, her use of cosmetics almost killed her. I refer 

to Queen Elizabeth I of England. 

Her mother, Anne Boleyn, was already pregnant to her 

lover, Henry VIII, who had already had an affair with Anne’s 

sister, when Anne and Henry married. Elizabeth (and not the 

longed-for son) was born in 1533. As it was, Anne Boleyn 

was beheaded for infidelity three years later and Elizabeth 

was declared illegitimate. Nonetheless, she succeeded to the 

throne in 1558. 

Before becoming queen, Elizabeth had contracted 

smallpox, a serious infectious disease with a significant 

death toll at the time. If you survived, it left you scarred and 

pockmarked for life. Elizabeth survived and the disease is 

now extinct. 

Beneath the flawless skin and 

rich red hair was a face and body 

poisoned by makeup 

Not unnaturally, the young monarch wished to be all 

glorious, glamorous and a celebrated beauty throughout 

the courts of Europe and to this end used many cosmetics 

for the rest of her life. She died in 1603 aged 69, and to the 

end maintained her ageless glamour by displaying the then 

fashionable stark white flawless skin with the aid of heavy 

makeup and a red wig. 

The hair bit was simple, with the flaming wig easily 

sitting on her balding head. As she aged her black teeth, 

foul smelling from lack of even rudimentary dental hygiene, 

were less easily hidden and their appearance restricted her 

indulging in conversation. Her grossly smallpox-pitted skin 

and wrinkles around her ageing eyes were skilfully hidden 

with layer upon layer of caustic cosmetic applications 

comprising white lead and vinegar. 

The vinegar was bad enough, but it was the white lead 

that was the killer and threatened her life for many years. 

Lead is highly toxic, especially if in constant contact with 

the skin from which it is easily absorbed, or inhaled in dust 

from dry-up creams. It leads to gross anaemia from the 

destruction of red blood cells or the interference with their 

manufacture in the marrow. 

When this ‘beauty treatment’ was removed at night, she 

looked (as indeed she was) haggard, drawn and pale, but 

it was only her ladies-in-waiting who ever saw the sorry 

sight. In the morning it was the job of these trusted few to 

reconstruct the regal face to enable the queen to confront 

her adoring public. As time went on, the lead compound 

was applied more thickly. Vivid red colour was also added 

to her lips and cheeks, derived from chemical red mercury 

sulphide. Mercury products are even more dangerous than 

lead, so every time the tired anaemic Elizabeth closed her 

lips, she ingested the toxic substances. 

With the advancing years she began to display symptoms 

of mercury poisoning such as lack of coordination, memory 

loss, irritability, depression, fatigue from the lead-induced 

anaemia and peripheral nerve changes from the mercury. 

In 1599, Robert Devereux, the Earl of Essex, broke 

protocol and one morning burst into the royal apartment. 

He was gobsmacked to see his queen’s wrinkled skin, the 

few wispy grey hairs around several bald patches and a 

face pale au natural rather than white from lead paste. 

There was no gutter press then so there was no front 

page display embellished by images from a hidden camera 

hidden in Essex’s doublet. But he could hardly be expected 

to keep such a coup to himself, resulting in news spreading 

quickly. The Earl got his comeuppance, however, when he 

was cited for treason and after languishing in the Tower of 

London for some time was executed in 1601. 

Queen Elizabeth kept going in the knowledge that with 

her strength of character and resolve to carry on regardless, 

she represented what England was all about. Early in her life 

she spoke in public fluently, eloquently and with conviction. 

Her speech at Tilbury in 1588, given as the Spanish Armada 

approached, has lived on in world literature: ‘I know I have 

the body of a weak and feeble woman, but I have the heart 

of a king, and a king of England, too’. 

She may have foreseen how her body was reacting 

to the toxic cosmetics. As more teeth fell out, her diction 

could not be easily understood and the royal court became 

a much quieter and less jolly place. 

Eventually, she refused to be undressed and put 

to bed, fearing that once she lay down she would 

never get up again; the emollients had affected 

her reason and brain. To divert attention from her 

decaying body, she took to wearing numerous 

strings of pearls and other jewellery. 

So the magnificent paintings we know of the 

feisty lady are really a lie. Beneath the apparently 

flawless skin and rich red hair was a face and 

body poisoned with makeup worn to 

maintain the fiction of a fearless 

and youthful queen. 

Nevertheless, Elizabeth I 

remains one of England’s 

most famous and highly 

regarded monarchs. csbm 


industry 

Reap the rewards 

BOTH CLINICS AND THEIR CUSTOMERS ARE SET TO BE REWARDED WITH THE 

LATEST LOYALTY SOFTWARE FROM SHORTCUTS. CAITLIN BISHOP REPORTS. 

It’s that element that drives people through the door 

time and time again, it’s at the heart of every business’s 

continued success and, without it, the momentum of any 

cosmetic clinic, surgery or hair salon would falter. Customer 

loyalty is the key to a thriving business and, with the latest 

software from Shortcuts, clinics of any size can reap the 

rewards of boosting customer dedication. 

Shortcuts is in the process of launching a new loyalty 

feature, signifying a step up from the standard loyalty 

system already on offer. The new program affords greater 

fl exibility, heightened integration and a stronger consumer 

focus. Clinics can customise the program to specifi cally suit 

their customer, product and service. 

‘The sky is the limit,’ says Shortcuts educator Brooke 

Morkham-Calvert. ‘Our designers work with clinics to 

establish a program that is suitable for their customers, 

services and branding. Clients can give us their vision for 

an “ideal package” and we work with that.’ 

How does a loyalty program work? 

The loyalty program acts like a frequent fl yer system, 

where points are earned for a certain amount of money 

spent in-clinic. 

The system encourages clients to return for future 

services or purchases, in order to be rewarded with 


industry 

additional points. These points can then be redeemed 

according to the guidelines established by the clinic. 

While the program can be customised for each salon or 

clinic, there are certain pre-defi ned packages available for 

easy implementation and adoption. 

One option affords 10 points for every dollar spent on 

services, and fi ve points for every dollar spent on product. 

Another package affords 15 points for every $100 dollars 

spent in-clinic. These can be accompanied with additional 

specials, such as double points on Tuesdays or when a 

series of appointments are made. 

Adding a touch of exclusivity to the points-based 

system, the loyalty program can also be built around a 

customisable multi-tiered system. 

Customer loyalty is key, and 

businesses of any size can 

reap the rewards of boosting 

customer satisfaction 

5 

reasons to boost your 

customer loyalty 

• Customer loyalty drives repeat business 

and helps shield your practice against 

price competition 

• Loyal customers act as brand ambassadors 

and can become an invaluable marketing 

asset for your practice or clinic 

• By rewarding customers and cultivating 

loyalty, it becomes easier to up-sell and 

cross-sell between products and services 

• It’s more cost-effective to keep existing 

clients than attracting new business 

• Loyal customers are more likely to provide 

timely, honest and valuable feedback 

‘Clinics can move clients into different tiers of loyalty 

depending on their spending or visiting habits,’ Morkham- 

Calvert says. ‘The Bronze Club may represent a basic 

loyalty program, while the Gold or Platinum tiers could afford 

higher rewards, double points or additional promotions. 

The possibilities are endless!’ 

The loyalty feature works in perfect conjunction with the 

existing Shortcuts software. Points and promotions can be 

seamlessly incorporated into the Shortcuts personalised 

marketing system, Set & Forget Marketing. At the same 

time, data from Spotlight, the Shortcuts automated ratings 

and reviews system, can be used to effectively customise 

and target the rewards system. 

Shortcuts provides extensive training during the 

implementation of all software, and this guidance is backed 

up by a 24-hour support system. Importantly, the rewards 

program can be universalised across franchises, meaning 

clients can earn and redeem points at different branches of 

the same company. Because the data is not held in-store, 

but rather in a Shortcuts ‘cloud’, the loyalty information is 

accessible and applicable across stations. 

‘Customer loyalty is so important,’ Morkham-Calvert 

says. ‘Clinics are often selling a product or service that 

customers could potentially receive down the road. A loyalty 

program encourages clients to come back – even just for a 

simple service – because they are rewarded for doing so.’ 

In a world where competition no longer has physical 

bounds – indeed, products can be bought over the internet 

and consumers are willing to travel for their cosmetic and 

beauty procedures – customer loyalty is one way to ensure 

business remains not only sustainable but also thriving. 

The Shortcuts loyalty system not only continues to drive 

existing customers through the door but also encourages 

them to share and talk about the benefi ts associated 

with receiving services, and reaping the rewards, at your 

clinic. csbm 

For more information visit www.shortcuts.com.au 


industry 

Cosmetex 2014 

Cosmetex will bring the latest in cosmetic medicine and cosmetic 

surgery to the Gold Coast in may, 2014. Caitlin Bishop reports. 


industry 

An amalgamation of cosmetic and plastic surgeons 

will descend upon the Gold Coast in May 2014 

for the annual Cosmetex conference. Each 

year, Cosmetex forms a hotbed for cosmetic medical 

practitioners to exchange information, uncover possibilities 

and cultivate ideas to advance the world of aesthetics. 

The conference, which is run by the Australasian College 

of Cosmetic Surgery (ACCS), is celebrating its 5th year 

under the Cosmetex banner and will be held at the Royal 

Pines Resort on the Gold Coast. The resort is located 15 

minutes from the iconic Surfers Paradise and will bring a 

touch of tropical luxuriousness to the cutting-edge medical 

program and buzzing social agenda. 

Meetings such as Cosmetex 

are important for the sharing of 

ideas within a multidisciplinary 

and multicultural environment 

of experts 

The 2014 meeting will welcome Chicago plastic surgeon 

and author of New York Times bestseller ‘Subliminally 

Exposed’ Dr Steven Dayan, as a keynote speaker. 

Dr Dayan is internationally recognised for his investigation 

into the elements that define beauty. He remains on 

the front-line of cosmetic techniques and is integral in 

infiltrating these developments into the wider field of 

aesthetic medicine. 

‘Meetings such as Cosmetex are important for the 

sharing of ideas within a multidisciplinary and multicultural 

environment of experts,’ Dr Dayan says. ‘Every time I travel 

to Australia I come back with some new way of thinking 

that either changes the way I practice now or sparks me 

towards another way of thinking.’ 

With a program that covers everything from laser 

treatments to breast augmentation, Cosmetex will host 

presentations and workshops by experts from a variety 

of fields. Dr Dayan explains combining surgical and nonsurgical 

options can go great lengths in achieving optimum 

and holistic patient care. 

‘Where surgery starts and non-surgery leaves off is a 

relative, and often arbitrarily, set marker,’ he explains. ‘I look 

at the patient as a whole and do my best to determine what 

treatments are most likely to help them reach their goals. 

Sometimes that means surgery; other times it will mean 

non-surgical treatments or skincare.’ 

Perhaps one of the most exciting outcomes of meetings 

like Cosmetex is the opportunity for collaboration between 

The Royal Pines Resort 

Smart, contemporary and set on a world-class golf 

course, RACV Royal Pines Resort offers everything 

needed for a sun-kissed holiday on the Gold Coast, 

Queensland’s most famous stretch of coastline. 

Positioned at the heart of the region’s sand 

belt, the 100-hectare resort is midway between 

the sparkling coastline and the lush beauty of the 

hinterland rainforests. 

The resort itself stands at the centre of beautiful 

established gardens, with 331 stylish rooms and 

premium spa suites offering views across the 

hinterlands and Gold Coast skyline. Free internet 

access will help you stay connected during your 

stay at the resort. 

A golfer’s dream, there’s also plenty to help you 

unwind after a busy day, with a renowned Day Spa 

and lagoon pool to lap up the autumn sun. 

professionals and, in turn, advancements in surgical 

techniques, treatment options and patient care. ‘I foresee 

a future of minimally invasive interventions with less pain,’ 

says Dr Dayan. ‘I believe that pain is one of the final frontiers 

to conquer in aesthetic medicine.’ 

Talks on using stem cells and fat transfer for more 

effective results will punctuate discussions on facial surgery, 

breast surgery and skin rejuvenation. ‘I am fascinated and 

very enthused about new developments with fat transfer 

and stem cells,’ Dr Dayan says. 

A segment on ‘Business and Marketing’ is also on the 

agenda, and will grant insight into industry innovations, 

marketing possibilities and managing social media. 

‘Unlike a generation ago, just being good at what you 

are doing is not enough,’ Dr Dayan says. ‘Today, with the 

overload of information and misinformation that bombards 

consumers, it can be difficult to be heard. Understanding 

some of the mechanisms of how to run a small business is 

critical to continuing to practice our craft in the way in which 

we envision.’ 

Cosmetex will also have a jam-packed social program. 

A track record of lively cocktail events and spectacular gala 

dinners promises an enjoyable and sociable three days. 

In combining a comprehensive educational program, expert 

delegates and an exciting social agenda, Cosmetex 2014 is 

sure to fuel registrants with new ideas and fresh inspiration to 

enhance their work in cosmetic medicine. csbm 


industry 

Q&A with 

ACCS President 

Dr Soo-Keat Lim 

The Australasian College of Cosmetic Surgery’s 

(ACCS) new president Dr Soo-Keat Lim discusses 

the values and goals of the college. 

Q 

Over the past decade or so, cosmetic surgery has 

gone from marginal to mainstream. What role does 

the ACCS play in protecting patients and raising 

standards in the industry? 

A 

The ACCS plays an important role in the 

cosmetic enhancement industry in Australia and 

the Asia Pacific. First, it is the only college of 

its kind in this region to have a well-developed training 

program dedicated to producing highly skilled cosmetic 

surgeons and physicians who are trained to the highest 

international standards. 

Second, through its Continuing Medical Education 

(CME) program, the College assists its Fellows to maintain 

their high standard of care and skill through continuance 

study, attendances at of local and international cosmetic 

conferences, and participating in relevant Masterclasses. 

Third, the College has developed a code of practice 

that gives its Fellows the tools to provide their patients 

with greater protection than that found in other regulations 

or guidelines. 

And last, looking towards the future, the College has 

laid the foundation for a re-certification or re-validation 

program, as part of CPD, to maintain standards and skills 

of its Fellows after 10 years from original certification. This 

will ensure our Fellows’ ongoing fitness and competence in 

their chosen fields. 

Q 

Why does the ACCS believe cosmetic medical 

practice should be recognised as its own medical 

specialty? 

A 

Cosmetic medical practice is broadly divided into 

two separate fields: invasive (surgical) and noninvasive 

(medical). 

Cosmetic surgery involves procedures such as breast 

augmentation, facelifts, rhinoplasty, blepharoplasty, 

abdominoplasty (tummy tuck) and neck lift. 

The non-invasive, or medical area, covers such 

procedures as filler, used in lip enhancement and nonsurgical 

facelifts; anti-wrinkle injections; sclerotherapy 

(treatment of varicose and spißder veins by injections); 

facial veins treatment; laser therapy and other forms of 

light-based therapy for facial rejuvenation, hair removal, 

tattoo removal and acne management; PRP (Platelet 

Rich Plasma) treatment; stem cell therapy; and fat cell 

reduction therapy. 

Liposuction and liposculpture under tumescent local 

anaesthetic is often placed in this field or in a separate 

section referred to as minimally invasive. 

Practising cosmetic procedures at the highest standard 

requires special knowledge and skill not normally found 

in doctors working in general medicine or in specialists 

working in general surgery or even in some cases of 

plastic surgery. 

Cosmetic Medical Practice is a well defined and unique 

medical specialty, practiced by medical practitioners from 

various specialties including dermatology, general surgery, 

general practice, plastic and reconstructive surgery, oral 

and maxillofacial surgery, ophthalmology, otolaryngology 

and gynaecology. 

The factor which unifies this divergent group 

of practitioners is that they all need to obtain 

additional specialised education, training and experience 

beyond their original area of postgraduate specialisation 

and training before becoming competent in cosmetic 

medical practice. 

If a new specialty is recognised, any organisation of 

doctors or training facility in the country will be able to 

apply to have their training scheme, qualifications and 


industry 

accreditation processes assessed against the requirements 

of the specialty as set out by the AMC, in order to be an 

accrediting organisation in the specialty of Cosmetic 

Medical Practice. 

Q 

What are some initiatives the College has 

undertaken to further raise standards in the industry 

and protect patients? 

A 

The ACCS has made an application to the AMC 

(Australian Medical Council) to have Cosmetic 

Medical Practice recognised as a Medical Specialty 

so that doctors wishing to practice in this specialty will be 

required to obtain a high level of knowledge and skill from 

a recognised college which can provide the training to the 

highest international standards. 

Over the past 10 years or so, the ACCS has convened 

an internationally recognised annual conference called 

Cosmetex, where it has invited international experts in the 

cosmetic industry to share their knowledge and technical 

skill with Australian cosmetic medical practitioners. 

Cosmetex is the biggest cosmetic conference in our 

region (over 600 delegates) and features highly in the 

international cosmetic conference calendar, catering for 

doctors of many disciplines who wish to enhance their 

cosmetic surgery and medicine skills and knowledge. 

The ACCS has developed procedure-specifi c registers 

to list Fellows who have performed 50 or more cases in a 

specifi c procedure to demonstrate their level of experience 

in that procedure. 

The ACCS publishes a patient information brochure 

to advise consumers on questions to consider before 

deciding to have a cosmetic medical or surgical procedure 

and where to seek assistance if something goes wrong 

or they are dissatisfi ed. This brochure is available from 

the surgeries of our Fellows or from the college website: 

www.cosmeticsurgery.org.au 

Q 

What advice would you give to prospective 

patients who are interested in undergoing cosmetic 

enhancement procedures? 

A 

My advice to prospective patients is to look beyond 

the hype of glossy advertisements and colourful 

websites. Word of mouth is one way to choose the 

right doctor. Another is to choose a doctor who has the 

letters FACCS or FFMACCS behind their names, because 

these are Fellows of the Australasian College of Cosmetic 

Surgery who have been trained and certifi ed to a high 

standard in cosmetic surgery or medicine. 

FACCS are Fellows who have been trained primarily in 

Cosmetic Surgery and FFMACCS are Fellows who have 

been trained primarily in Cosmetic Medicine and those with 

The Australasian 

College of Cosmetic 

Surgery (ACCS) 

The ACCS is a multi-disciplinary body including 

general surgeons, dermatologists, ear nose and 

throat surgeons, ophthalmologists and other doctors 

who specialise in cosmetic surgery. 

The factor that unifi es this divergent group is 

that they all need to obtain additional specialised 

education, training and experience beyond their 

original area of postgraduate specialisation before 

becoming competent in cosmetic medical practice. 

Vision 

To have Cosmetic Medical Practice recognised as 

a new medical specialty, performed only by certifi ed 

cosmetic practitioners. 

Mission 

To ensure the safe provision of cosmetic surgery 

and non-surgical procedures (such as laser and 

light treatments, dermal fi llers and wrinkle relaxant 

injections) to the Australian general community 

through supply of appropriately trained and certifi ed 

medical practitioners. 

Diploma of Lipoplasty (ACCS) are Fellows with additional 

training in tumescent liposuction and liposculpture under 

local anaesthesia. 

You can also contact the college on 1800 804 781 to 

check if they are listed under a procedure-specifi c register 

of the procedure you are interested in to further assure 

yourself of the experience and skill of the doctor. 

More information can be obtained about how to get the 

most out of your consultation with your doctor by looking at 

the College’s website: www.cosmeticsurgery.com.au. 


easts 

Size 

me up! 

FINDING THE PERFECT BRA AFTER BREAST AUGMENTATION JUST GOT 

EASIER, THANKS TO THE NEWLY LAUNCHED ‘UNREAL’ RANGE FROM 

BRAS N THINGS. AIMÉE SURTENICH REPORTS. 

Shopping for new bras is an exciting prospect for 

many women following breast implant surgery, but 

it can be challenging to fi nd a bra that fi ts your new 

proportions. In response to growing demand, Bras n Things 

has designed the ‘Unreal’ bra collection specifi cally for 

women with breast implants – the fi rst of its kind in Australia. 

Whether you’re after lacy, racy or practical, the ‘Unreal’ 

collection offers a variety of styles, shapes and colours. 

The new range is also suited for women with naturally 

large busts who want support without the excess coverage 

typically found with bigger cup sizes. 

‘We spoke extensively to women with breast implants 

about their experience, their requirements and what they 

feel was lacking in the lingerie market right now,’ says 

Bras n Things design director Marie Savvas. 

‘Augmented breasts don’t require the same level of 

infrastructure, coverage and support other bras require in 

fuller cup sizing,’ she explains. ‘The ‘Unreal’ range omits 

chunky, cumbersome shoulder straps, heavy-weight 

fabrics and linings which can feel like a harness. It’s a well 

thought-out selection of great bras in full cups with smaller 

body sizing that cater perfectly to augmented breasts as 

well as a fi rm natural bust.’ 

The styles and shapes vary, and there’s one to suit every 

occasion – from everyday comfort bras to sexy sheers in 

underwire and non-underwire options. The silhouette is also 

taken into consideration, with an assortment of plunge and 

demi shapes to best suit teardrop and round profi le implants. 

‘We have a super comfy essentials bra for everyday 

wear with a light contour cup and light padded strap to 

ease the extra weight being carried over the shoulder,’ says 

Marie. ‘The collection also features ultra-sexy unpadded 

or padded lacy bras and corsets, available with or without 

underwire. It’s important to note that all underwires are 

slightly wider than most bras to cater for an implant with a 

wider base, which means no digging or pinching the skin.’ 

The new collection also includes bras for post-surgical 

wear. ‘For a period of time after surgery non-wired bras 

are prescribed,’ says Marie. ‘We’ve countered the typical 

crop top worn after surgery with our non-wire triangle bra 

with contoured cups (for no-show nipple). It features a 

plunging neckline so the wearer can still feel fabulous in an 

unstructured garment.’ 

All bras undergo a rigorous wear test to ensure the 

highest standard in quality and fi t. Bras come in a size range 

from 8D-14E, with more specialty shapes such as strapless 

and convertible styles set to hit the shelves in the near future. 

A new bust size means a new bra wardrobe, and the 

new ‘Unreal’ range from Bras n Things means shopping 

just got a whole lot easier! csbm 


Beauty 

& the 

Breast 


feature 

Symbols of fertility, sexuality and life-giving sustenance, breasts 

have long been regarded as objects of feminine beauty. 

AimÉe Surtenich reports 

Few would deny the power breasts can yield – from 

symbolising maternal love to appealing to our 

aesthetic sensibilities. 

Breasts have been objects of adoration throughout 

the centuries. Artists, sculptors, poets, novelists, later 

filmmakers and television producers have never tired of 

extolling the beguiling hypnotism breasts. 

Breasts, no matter the size, have also been powerful 

cultural and fashion icons, helped launch social movements 

and boosted showbusiness careers. From the flattened 

breasts of the 1920s flappers to the exaggerated contours 

of Pamela Anderson, breast ‘fashions’ have altered over 

time in the Western world depending on the cultural, 

political and moral standards across the decades. What 

remains consistent, however, is the mysterious allure the 

human female breast bestows. 

Breasts have long been 

powerful cultural and fashion 

icons, representing the political 

and moral standards of the time 

These powerfully symbolic organs are more than just 

the sum of their parts; they also represent notions of 

maternal love and sustenance, with the ability to succour 

newborns with nutrient-rich milk. Indeed, breasts are 

such an important part of the human anatomy that they 

take shape in the unborn embryo within a couple of months 

of conception. 

Human females are the only mammals with permanently 

enlarged breasts. In his ground-breaking 1967 book, The 

Naked Ape, British zoologist Desmond Morris proposed 

that the breasts we know today are an evolutionary sideeffect 

of bipedal locomotion. He asserted that their more 

rounded shape means they are mainly a sexual signalling 

device rather than simply for providing milk for infants. 

According to Morris’s hypothesis, as humans began to 

walk upright on two legs, enlarged female breasts evolved 

as a mimic of the female rear – a relic from the days when 

humans walked on all fours and buttocks were the primary 

sexual signal. 

Evolutionary studies have found that female figures with 

slender bodies, a low waist-to-hip ratio (the ratio of the 

circumference of the waist to that of the hips) and large 

breasts are rated as the most attractive, healthy, femininelooking 

and desirable. 

Polish research has shown that women with large breasts 

and a small waist had larger amounts of female hormones 

than women who did not have these attributes. It’s no 

surprise then that this physique is considered attractive 

because a low WHR (in other words, a curvaceous body) 

is believed to correspond to the optimal fat distribution for 

high fertility. In evolutionary terms, put simply, the more 

fertile a woman appears, the more attractive they are in the 

eyes of their beholder. 

Research shows that a WHR of 0.7 and a WBR (waistto-breast 

ratio) of 0.7 are considered the ideal (though 

only a small percentage of women are born with this 

combination!). This can be represented as equivalent to two 

equal inverted triangles. 

Of course, in addition to biology, we are also influenced 

by popular culture. Research has shown that television not 

only reflects societal preferences but also shapes them. 

What makes an 

alluring breast? 

While everyone’s perception of beauty differs, there 

are some general characteristics of an attractive 

breast, including: 

• A gentle slope from the shoulder to the peak of 

the breast at the nipple 

• The nipple is located on the centre of the breast 

mound and tilted slightly outwards and upwards 

• A gentle arc from the nipple to underneath 

the breast 

• A good cleavage 

• A silhouette line so that when standing fronton, 

a gentle bulge is evident on the side of the 

chest wall 


feature 

Breasts 

and 

cosmetic 

surgery 

Many women view their breasts as a vital 

component of their gender identity, as the 

female breast is one of the prime visual cues 

of femininity, motherhood and sensuality. 

It’s no surprise then that breast 

augmentation is one of the most popular 

cosmetic procedures. Some women seek 

implant surgery to correct congenital or 

developmental abnormalities, while others 

wish to repair the toll of breastfeeding or 

the natural ageing process by restoring their 

breasts to a more youthful shape and position. 

Other women want to have a larger bust size 

which is more proportionate to their overall 

body shape. 

Surgery, however, is not a decision to be 

taken lightly. A thorough understanding of 

what to expect on the day of surgery, and 

in the weeks, months and years afterwards 

is important for anyone considering breast 

augmentation. Preparation – psychologically 

and emotionally as well as physically – is 

essential to a successful breast augmentation 

that meets your expectations. 

You should thoroughly discuss your 

goals and motivations with a skilled and 

experienced surgeon you can trust and 

with whom you feel comfortable. Listening 

to the surgeon’s feedback and advice can 

help ensure expectations and motivations 

are realistic. Your satisfaction with breast 

augmentation results ultimately depends on 

your understanding of the capabilities and 

limitations of the procedure. 

Studies on viewers’ ideal body proportions by Professor 

Kristen Harrison, from the University of Michigan’s 

Department of Communication Studies in the US, have 

shown that the television ‘worldview’ of the ideal female 

waist and hips could be described as relatively extreme: 

thinner is better. 

In contrast, the television worldview of the ideal female 

bust is more moderate: medium is ideal. Harrison’s work 

was the first to empirically link the curvaceously thin female 

body ideal with media exposure. 

The evolution, psychology and overall mystique of the 

female breast continues to fascinate, the cause of which is 

triggered from innate biological cues and societal norms of 

the day. csbm 

Breast components 

Nipple – the most anterior part of the breast, it is a 

small projection of skin containing the outlets for the 

lactiferous ducts 

Areola – skin around the nipple that contains the glands 

that help to lubricate the nipple during breastfeeding 

Lobules – milk glands that produce and supply milk 

Milk ducts – small tubes that transfer milk from the lobules 

to the nipples 

Fat and connective tissue – provides the volume for the 

breasts and supports the milk-producing areas of the breast 


feature 

Your 

breasts 

your 

options 

From the shape and type of the breast implant through to 

the incision site and placement, there are many components 

of breast augmenation. AimÉe Surtenich reports. 


feature 

There is no one breast implant type, size, shape, 

texture, location placement and incision site for 

everyone. A thorough consultation with your surgeon 

– taking into account your body shape, existing breasts 

and individual circumstances – is essential to best achieve 

your goals, desires and expectations. 

Types of implant 

Breast implants are either saline filled or silicone gel filled and 

are typically produced in round and teardrop (anatomical) 

shapes, with a smooth, textured or polyurethane foamcovered 

surface. 

Saline-filled implants 

Saline implants have a silicone outer shell that is filled with 

a medical-grade saltwater solution which is completely 

biocompatible. Saline implants generally feel firmer than 

silicone gel implants and, due to their thinner consistency, 

tend to wrinkle more readily. Deflation is also a potential 

problem and requires replacement if this occurs. However, if 

this does occur, the leaking saline solution will be absorbed 

by your body without posing any health risks. 

Silicone gel-filled implants 

Most implants used in Australia are silicone gel filled. The 

silicone gel is cohesive, meaning it is pre-shaped with a 

viscous, Turkish Delight-type consistency. Because the gel 

is not runny or liquid in property, its use in breast implants 

minimises the risk of leakage problems. Many surgeons 

and patients also find silicone implants generally feel softer 

and more like natural breasts than saline implants. 

Just like saline implants, there is a risk of rupture. If the 

implant leaks, it is more difficult to replace, often requiring 

removal of the capsule around the implant as well. 

Size 

Your body shape and individual preferences are the main 

determinants of implant size. Breast implants do not come 

in cup sizes but instead come in cubic centimetres (cc). 

Discussing your desired breast size, trying on different 

implant sizes and shapes in your bra and looking at 

before and after photographs from breast augmentation 

procedures can all help you to choose the most appropriate 

size for your body. 

Shapes and forms 

There are generally two different forms of breast implants: 

round or teardrop (anatomical) shaped. 

Round implants, depending on their fill, can give a 

defined round shape or assume more of a teardrop form 

when the patient is upright. They tend to provide more 

upper pole fullness than anatomical implants, which are 

fuller in the lower pole. 

Anatomical implants demand a greater degree of 

accuracy in positioning and if they shift after surgery, the 

shape of the breast may be distorted. They normally have 

a textured surface to avoid rotation. Teardrop implants can 

provide greater projection in proportion to the size of the 

base, making them particularly suitable for women with 

little natural breast tissue. 

While the size of the base of the implant is limited by 

your chest wall, the choice of projection is to a large extent 

a personal one. If you have adequate breast tissue and a 

shape you are happy with, you may opt for a low-profile 

implant that will simply increase the size of your breasts. 

Your body shape, breast tissue 

and individual goals are the main 

determinants of implant size 

If you wish to create cleavage or if your breasts have 

some degree of sag, a high-profile implant might be a 

more suitable option. Your surgeon can help you with this 

important aspect of implant selection. 

Textures: smooth vs textured 

The shell of a breast implant can be either smooth 

or textured. Smooth implants may give a smoother look 

and feel in some patients, but generally have a greater risk 

of capsular contracture. It occurs when the body forms 

a capsule of fibrous tissue around the implant which can 

make the implant feel hard and often distort its shape. 

Textured implants tend to minimise the incidence of 

capsular contracture and promote tissue adherence which 

may help maintain proper implant positioning. 

Polyurethane foam-coated implants have a unique 

foam surface that significantly decreases the risk of 

capsular contracture – the foam covering becomes part 

of the capsule and makes it less prone to contracting. As 

the polyurethane-foam coating grips the tissue, it means 

there is a less likelihood of rotation and displacement. 

Incision sites 

1. Inframammary 

The inframammary incision is made in the crease under the 

breast. The surgeon creates a pocket for the breast implant, 

which is slid up through the incision, then positioned behind 

the nipple. The scar is hidden in the crease under the breast 

and is not normally visible when wearing a bikini top. 

There is some uncertainty involved in placing the incision 

with regard to its position on the augmented breast. While 

this is not a problem for an experienced surgeon, it can 

present difficulties when there is little breast tissue or 

natural crease. 


feature 

2. Periareolar 

The periareolar incision is made around the nipple at the 

outer limit of the areola so that there is areola skin on both 

sides of the incision where scarring is least visible. 

The breast implant is inserted through the incision into a 

prepared pocket, then positioned behind the nipple. 

One advantage is that there may be no visible scar 

because of the colour and texture of the areola. This 

incision allows the implant to be placed precisely in the 

pocket formation. 

The disadvantage is that it involves cutting through 

breast tissue and ducts, and sensitivity in the nipple may 

therefore be reduced. 

3.Transaxillary 

The transaxillary incision is made in the natural crease of the 

armpit and a channel is created down to the breast. This 

may be performed with an endoscope (a small tube with a 

surgical light and camera in the end) to provide visibility. The 

implant is inserted and moved through the channel into a 

prepared pocket, then positioned behind the nipple. 

The scar is virtually invisible in the armpit fold and lack 

of tension makes for straightforward healing. There is no 

scar on the breasts. 

Disadvantages include the fact that the transaxillary site 

is relatively far from the breast, where the surgeon needs 

to create a pocket to house the implant, so visibility is 

limited. If the scar heals poorly, it is noticeable in bikinis and 

sleeveless tops. If capsular contracture develops, another 

incision will be necessary for treatment. 

4.Transumbilical or navel (TUBA) 

The TUBA incision is made on the rim of the navel. A tunnel 

is made under the skin through the subcutaneous fat 

layer on the torso into the layer of loose tissue between 

the breast and pectoral muscles. 

After a pocket is created in the breast, the implant is 

inserted through the incision and moved up into the 

breast area, then positioned behind the nipple. 

There are no incisions or scars in the breast area, 

however this site can only be used for saline implants. 

The distance of the incision from the breast can reduce 

the surgeon’s ability to control bleeding and to position 

implant correctly. 

Implant placements 

Experienced surgeons base their implant placement 

decisions on factors such as the quantity of breast tissue, 

natural breast size and symmetry, the dimension and shape 

of the chest wall, the amount of subcutaneous fat and the 

quality of breast skin. 

It is important you are well-informed about all of the 

options available, as well as the suitability of each option 

for your individual body type, preferences and your ultimate 

desired result. 

In general, there are three placement options: 

subglandular (in front of the muscle), submuscular (behind 

the muscle), and dual plane (partially under the muscle). 

Subglandular 

The subglandular pocket is created between the breast 

tissue and the pectoral muscle. This position resembles the 

plane of normal breast tissue and the implant is positioned 

in front of the muscle. 

Sometimes the implant is covered by a thin membrane, 

the fascia, which lies on top of the muscle. This is called 

subfascial placement. 

The subglandular position is suitable if you who have 

sufficient breast tissue to cover the top of the implant. This 

procedure is faster and may be more comfortable for the 

patient than submuscular placement. 

If you are thin and do not have sufficient breast tissue, 

the edge of the implant may be visible. Any rippling of 

the implant will be more noticeable in this position. With 

smooth implants, some studies have reported an increase 

in capsular contracture with this position. 

Submuscular 

The implant is placed under the pectoralis major muscle 

after some release of the inferior muscular attachments. 

Most of the implant is positioned under the muscle. 

This position creates the most natural-looking contour 

at the top of the breast in thin patients and those with very 

little breast tissue. There is a decreased chance of visible 

and palpable implant edges or rippling. 

There may be more postoperative discomfort and a 

longer recovery period. The implants may appear high at 

first and take longer to drop. The ‘Snoopy’ deformity where 

breast tissue falls downwards and forwards away from the 

implant is more common with this placement. 

Dual plane 

The implant is placed partially beneath the pectoral muscle 

in the upper pole, where the implant edges tend to be 

most visible, while the lower half of the implant is in the 

subglandular plane. 

This placement is best suited if you have insufficient 

tissue to cover the implant at the top of the breast but 

need the bottom of the implant to fully expand the lower 

half of the breast due to sag or a tight crease under 

the breast. 

This position minimises the rippling and edge effect in 

thin patients while helping to avoid abnormal contours in 

the lower half of the breast. It does, however, involve more 

complex surgery, which if not performed correctly may result 

in visible deformities when the pectoral muscles are 

contracted. csbm 


feature 

What is capsular 

contracture? 

Capsular contracture, or hardening of the breast, is thought 

to be the most common complication of breast implant 

surgery. It can occur at any time but more commonly in the 

months immediately after surgery. 

During surgery, a pocket is made for the implant in the 

breast tissue. After the implant has been inserted, the 

body naturally forms a capsule of fibrous tissue around the 

implant. This lining or capsule is formed by the body’s living 

tissue, and is the body’s natural response. The capsule 

allows the implant to look and feel quite natural. In some 

cases, however, the capsule begins to tighten, causing 

a shrink-wrap effect and squeezing the implant that it 

surrounds. Depending on the severity, the breast can feel 

firm or hard, become distorted and cause pain. 

It is not actually the implant that has hardened – the 

shrinking of the capsule compresses the implant and 

causes it to feel hard, but if the implant is removed it is still 

in its original soft state. 

Though the exact causes of capsular contracture 

are unknown, there are factors that may lead to this 

complication, including seroma (the development of 

extra fluid around the implant), haematoma, infection and 

smoking. Another contributing factor is the placement of 

the implant above the chest muscle. When the implant is 

placed below the muscle, capsular contracture is said to be 

typically less likely to occur. 

To treat capsular contracture, there are both surgical 

and non-surgical options, although generally most cases 

of capsular contracture will require secondary surgery to 

remove the implant. If the implants are replaced, to prevent 

reoccurrence a new pocket should be made as fresh tissue 

needs to be in contact with the implant. 

Open capsulectomy is the most successful treatment 

for capsular contracture. In this procedure, the surgeon 

removes the scar capsule through a submammary or 

periareolar incision. Once the capsule is removed, the body 

forms a fresh capsule around the breast implant. 

Open capsulotomy requires the surgeon to make an 

incision in the tissue pocket and cut the capsule to release 

the tension on the implant. The scar tissue is not removed. 

It is possible to perform this procedure via a transaxillary 

incision as well as the inframammary and periareolar 

incisions. There is a high recurrence rate with this procedure. 

For both open capsulectomy and open capsulotomy, 

patients are given a local anaesthetic with intravenous 

sedation or general anaesthesia. 

Closed capsulotomy involves the surgeon squeezing 

the capsule and implant with the aim of opening up the 

scar tissue. Implant manufacturers do not recommend this 

as it can lead to possible rupture of the implant. 

Although not a cure, many surgeons suggest that 

patients take a regular dose of Vitamin E for the first year 

after breast augmentation as it can help to keep tissue soft. 

Additionally, external ultrasound may help reduce swelling 

and inflammation and increase blood circulation to the 

implant capsule. 

Finally, accolate is an anti-inflammatory used in the 

treatment of asthma and has been shown, in minor 

studies, to help reverse early capsular contracture. This is 

a relatively new and experimental treatment with no longterm 

statistical data so if elected it should be proceeded 

with cautiously. 

Other risks 

and complications 

There are risks with all surgeries, and breast augmentation 

is no exception. While breast implant surgery is typically a 

predictable and safe procedure, it’s wise to know what can 

potentially go wrong. 

In addition to capsular contracture, long-term risks 

and complications can include rippling of the implant, 

sensation loss or change of the breasts and nipples, 

implant displacement or rotation, rupture of the implant, 

interference with standard mammography, and breastfeeding 

difficulties. 

Breast implants have a limited lifespan and will most 

likely need to be replaced or removed at some stage. 

Further surgery may also be required to address problems 

that may occur. csbm 


easts 

PIP 

Implant 

Crisis: 

Lessons 

Learned 

Three years on from the PIP implant scandal, we ask: what lessons 

can be learned by the cosmetic community and public alike? 

Lizzy Fowler reports. 

In April 2010, French authorities banned the use of 

implants manufactured by Poly Implant Prothèse (PIP), 

having discovered the company had been using nonauthorised, 

industrial-grade silicone. 

In Australia, the news was quietly announced on 

the Therapeutic Goods Administration’s (TGA) website. 

However, many of the 5,000+ Australian women with PIP 

implants remained unaware of the situation until 18 months 

later, when headlines around the world carried the news 

that a French woman had been left with a rare and fatal 

form of blood cancer following the rupture of her faulty 

PIP implants. 

While some plastic and cosmetic surgeons who had 

been using PIP implants had made an effort to contact their 

patients following the April 2010 recall, others had not. For 

many women, the shocking headlines of December 2011 

were the first they heard of their potentially risky implants. 

Six months later, the UK Health Department broke the 

news that its own study into the implants had concluded 

PIP implants were two to six times more likely to rupture 

than other brands within five years of surgery. The French 

government was quick to announce it would pay to remove 

the implants from the 30,000 affected women in France, 

and some other European nations followed suit. 

Around 400,000 women from 65 countries around 

the world were thought to have received PIP implants. 

In Australia, where 13,000 PIP implants were supplied 

between 1998 and 2010, the official line was – and remains 

– not to remove the implants if they showed no sign 

of rupture. 


easts 

Three years since PIP implants were recalled, this 

advice is based on extensive testing by the TGA and 

other international regulatory bodies, which have found no 

evidence that the risks involved with the use of PIP breast 

implants are any greater than those for any other brand of 

silicone gel-filled breast implants. 

Indeed, the TGA has performed and reported on a large 

number of tests on the chemical and properties, physical 

properties and the biological safety of the gels and shells 

of PIP breast implants and, in an effort to try to determine 

whether the gel in PIP implants may be toxic, the TGA and 

other agencies have conducted cytotoxicity, intradermal 

irritation and mutagenicity tests on the implants. 

According to the TGA, the tests proved negative in every 

case, yet to provide further assurance of a lack of toxicity, 

and on the recommendation of the Chief Medical Officer’s 

Clinical Advisory Committee, the TGA commissioned further 

chemical screening tests from two separate laboratories. 

The screening tests were conducted on samples from 10 

different batches of PIP implants and no concerning organic 

compounds were detected in any of the gels from the 10 

batches tested. 

Although tests performed by the TGA on ruptured 

implants taken from Australian patients were found to 

contain traces of the cyclosiloxanes D4, D5 and D6 

(chemical compounds used in the manufacture of silicones 

and a variety of personal care products), a toxicological 

assessment determined that these compounds at the 

levels detected does not pose a health threat. 

Although the prophylactic removal of the implants is 

therefore not recommended, the TGA does advise all 

women who know they have PIP implants to contact their 

surgeon for detailed consultation. 

‘It is important that decisions made by patients and 

their treating doctors about the need for further surgery 

are formed by the best available evidence, and take each 

individual patient’s circumstances fully into account,’ a 

statement released by the TGA in February 2013 reads. 

‘People with PIP implants, and those who are unsure 

about the brand of their breast implants, are strongly 

encouraged to consult their GP or surgeon for individual 

clinical assessment and advice.’ 

Having used PIP implants exclusively between 2005 

and 2008, Perth plastic surgeon Dr Tim Cooper has taken 

a more proactive approach to managing his patients’ 

concerns. Since the implants were recalled in April 2010, 

he has contacted each of his 145 patients with PIP 

implants, advising them of the risks and inviting them for an 

ultrasound to check the integrity of their implants. ‘Some 

had gone interstate or overseas, but I managed to contact 

around 80 percent of my patients who had undergone 

breast augmentation with PIP implants,’ he says. 

Unlike the TGA, Dr Cooper believes it is preferable for 

patients with PIP implants to have them removed, and 

Dual concerns 

According to Dr Cooper, there are two issues with the 

PIP implants. The first concern is the quality of the 

silicone encased within the shell. 

‘No one knows the carcinogenic potential of the 

silicone,’ he says. ‘My consistent message is, “Get 

them out”. If you’re going to withdraw it from sale, why 

leave it in the body?’ 

The second is the high rupture rate. Having 

conducted tests at the Royal Perth Hospital on the 

physical and mechanical properties of the implants, 

Dr Cooper found that the shell wall of the implants 

varied in thickness, leaving some surfaces weaker than 

others. In the same vein, the manufacturer’s stamp, 

present on each implant, breached the shell of the 

implant, leaving it more prone to rupture, according to 

Dr Cooper. 

Although no implant can be expected to last more 

than 10 years, and all carry a risk of rupture, Dr Cooper’s 

tests identified a 17 percent overall rate of rupture over 

4.5 years – considerably higher than other brands. 

around 50 percent of his patients without ruptured implants 

opted to have them removed anyway. ‘They are a defective 

product and my advice to all women with PIP implants is to 

have them removed,’ he says. 

While the PIP implant crisis has been of personal 

concern to hundreds of thousands of women, it has also 

highlighted a need for an official record of the women 

carrying the faulty implants. 

In response to a Senate Committee inquiry into the 

handling of the PIP scandal, the Australian Federal 

Government embraced the recommendation by the 

Committee that an opt-out Breast Implant Registry be 

established as a priority. 

In the May 2013 Budget, the government allocated 

$5.1 million to establish and maintain two clinical registries 

– one for breast implants, the other for cardiac devices. 

‘The government agrees that an opt-out approach will 

be adopted by the new breast implant register, in line with 

the recommendation of the Australian Commission on 

Safety and Quality in Health Care,’ it said. 

The government also agreed to extend until 11 

March 2015 the access of women with PIP implants to 

Medicare rebates for MRI scans to detect any leakages or 

abnormalities involving the implants. 

Ultimately, the PIP implant crisis highlighted the need 

for greater visibility and accountability when it comes to 

the administration of medical devices, and a mandatory 

national database will make managing any future, similar 

situations somewhat easier. csbm 


easts 

ACTUAL PATIENT OF DR TAVAKOLI 

Your guide to breast 

augmentation 2014 


easts 

Sydney plastic surgeon Dr Kourosh Tavakoli explains his approach 

to achieving an attractive, natural-looking breast augmentation. 

Breast augmentation procedures continue to rise 

year on year, and the demand for natural-looking 

breasts is even more apparent. As a plastic surgeon 

specialising in breast augmentation and lifting procedures, 

I have been privileged to treat a large number of patients 

in my Sydney clinics and have drawn from this wide 

experience to perfect my formula for breast augmentation. 

A well-augmented breast has a natural fullness, with 

gentle sloping off the chest wall. There should be natural 

cleavage without webbing between the breasts and only a 

certain amount of perkiness. 

There are three main telltale signs of unnatural-looking 

breast augmentation: a visible implant margin, resembling 

the ‘Posh Spice’ or ‘Pamela Anderson’ look; an implant 

that is too large for a person’s frame; and a breast that is 

too perky and sits up like rigid peaks with no small amount 

of natural droop. 

Before undergoing surgery, it is beneficial for patients to 

review photographic examples of the breasts they would 

like and to convey their wants to the surgeon so there is 

a clear, visual understanding of the desired result. Please 

note that these photos can only be used as a guide. 

Incision placement 

There are three choices about where to make the skin 

incisions for breast enlargement. They can be in the breast 

fold (inframammary), around the nipple (periareolar) or 

underneath the armpit (transaxillary). 

These incisions can all produce scarring, ranging from 

barely perceptible to significant. But patients are ultimately 

far more concerned with the final shape and size of their 

breasts than the location of their scar. In fact, the rate of scar 

revision for unsatisfactory scarring in breast augmentation 

is less than 0.05 percent. My clinic also has the Fraxel 

laser, which works very well in most scars to eliminate the 

redness and improve the scar’s texture. 

Generally, the majority of my patients opt for the 

inframammary incision (breast fold). I also find this incision 

has the least amount of interference with breastfeeding and 

nipple sensation and it generally heals very well. 

Implant shape 

The choice of implant varies from round to teardrop shapes. 

The round implant comes in both low- and high-profile 

varieties. The shape variation is in the width and projection 

of the implant for any given size. 

The spectrum of breast implants available can therefore 

provide great versatility in achieving a more natural look. 

The majority of patients in my practice elect to have roundshaped 

implants. The round implant tends to be ideal for 

those patients with well-shaped natural breasts who desire 

a straightforward enlargement. 

In general, breast augmentation 

should be in proportion or 

slightly out of proportion to the 

overall body shape 

Use of the teardrop (anatomical) shape depends on 

the patient’s desire, as well as her breast shape. It can be 

the ideal choice for women who have mild droopy and/or 

tuberous breasts. Mild elevation of the nipple in relation to 

the breast mound can be achieved without the need for 

extra scars on the actual breast (unlike breast lift scars). 

In moderate to severe cases of droopiness, a breast lift 

must be performed at the same time as breast augmentation 

in order to restore aesthetic shape. 

Implant size 

Breast implant size is one of the most important decisions 

in breast augmentation. Because of this, a good surgeon 

will take several approaches to help the patient make the 

best decision based on her anatomy, personal preferences 

and the appearance she wishes to achieve. 

In general, attractive breast augmentation should be 

in proportion or slightly out of proportion to the woman’s 

overall body shape. 

Final breast implant size is a complex function of the 

elasticity of a patient’s skin envelope, chest wall diameter 

and implant dimensions but most importantly pre-existing 

breast volume. I measure the patient’s breast and chest 

shape, paying particular attention to the base and projection 

of the breasts. This gives me an idea of what size implant 

will help achieve the patient’s desired size. In most cases, 

there is a breast implant that will be an ideal match for the 

diameter of the patient’s natural breast. 


easts 

Choosing a breast implant smaller than the patient’s 

natural breast shape will not provide the proper cleavage 

and shape following the procedure. Similarly, choosing 

a breast implant too large for the patient’s natural chest 

shape is more likely to give an unnatural appearance. It is 

noteworthy that very large implants can create more issues 

and future complications such as stretch marks, implant 

migration and symmastia. 

Pocket position 

The next consideration is where to place the breast implant 

– on top of or behind the muscle. In general, I prefer to 

place breast implants behind the muscle so they are 

partially covered. 

I find the pectoralis muscle allows a smooth take-off 

from the chest wall. It is also my opinion that placing the 

implant under the muscle will, in the long run, help negate 

breast droopiness. A further advantage of the submuscular 

pocket is a lower rate of capsular contracture. 

In most cases, there is a breast 

implant that will be an ideal 

match for the diameter of the 

patient’s natural breast 

One negative of the submuscular pocket is that it may 

create ‘winking’ on animation or flexing of the pectoralis 

muscle. Implant migration and displacement is also more 

likely in this pocket. 

In women with mildly droopy (ptotic) breasts, I use the 

dual-pocket technique of dissecting both on top of and 

underneath the pectoral muscle, but inserting the breast 

implant behind the muscle. 

In rare cases of moderate droopy breasts where the 

patient does not wish to undergo a breast lift procedure 

for fear of scarring, I will consider placement of the implant 

on top of the muscle. This pocket is referred to in the 

plastic surgery literature as ‘subglandular’ or ‘subfascial’. 

Generally speaking, it has excellent short-term benefits but 

in my opinion far less long-term advantages compared with 

the ‘submuscular’ or ‘subpectoral’ pocket placement. 

Implant coating 

Implant surfaces can be smooth, textured or polyurethanefoam 

coated. The reason for the invention of differing 

implant surfaces has been to create the ‘perfect’ implant 

that has a low capsular contracture rate and yet feels soft 

and natural. No matter what the coating on the outside of 

Essential Clinical Parameters 

There are six main clinical parameters for breast 

implants on initial consultation: 

1. Patient’s body build and height 

2. Patient’s own breast size, shape and symmetry 

3. Nipple position in relation to the breast mound 

4. The quality of the breast skin (such as thickness 

and occurrence of stretch marks) 

5. Chest wall shape and dimension (hollowed vs 

‘pigeon chest’ walls) 

6. Patient’s desire for new cup size: under-proportion, 

in-proportion or over-proportion augmentation 

the implants is, the inside material of all the implants I use 

are still silicone gel. 

Generally speaking, textured or rough surface implants 

are said to reduce the rate of capsular hardening or 

contracture and have a lower rate of migration, but they 

are also known to create more wrinkling and rippling issues 

later on. This wrinkling is normally felt in the lower edge of 

the breast where the implant is closest to the skin surface. 

Smooth implants may give a smoother look and softer 

feel in many cases, particularly in thinner patients, but the 

downside is that the patient needs to massage the implants 

for three months to help prevent capsular hardening. 

My recommendation is to use textured implants in 

patients predisposed to capsulisation and also for extremely 

fit, athletic women who may shift the implant pocket due 

to overexertion. 

Going forward, polyurethane implants are a viable 

alternative to textured implants. Polyurethane-coated 

implants (P-URE) from the manufacturer Silimed are 

proving to be very effective in the prevention of capsular 

contracture. Currently, I prefer to use these implants in 

selected primary cases and all revisional cases of capsular 

contracture. 

Silicone vs saline 

I very commonly use the cohesive silicone gel and rarely the 

saline-filled breast implants. The new generation siliconegel 

breast implant is very safe and generally feels and looks 

more like a natural breast. 

Most breast augmentation operations in Australia are 

performed with silicone-gel breast implants (98 percent). 

The gel usually comes in low and high cohesiveness (soft 

touch or firm touch). Typically, the firmer gel implants are 

‘form responsive’ like the gel found in the teardrop implants. 

The round implants can be soft (80 percent fill) or firm (100 

percent fill), depending on the manufacturer. csbm 


easts 

BEFORE (29 year old female, 6’, nil pregnancies) 

AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Tavakoli (440 FX anatomical (teardrop) 

implant, submuscular pocket, full C cup) 

BEFORE (27 year old female, nil 5’8”, pregnancies) 

AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Tavakoli (350g anatomical Brazilian 

P-URE implant, full C cup) 

BEFORE (20 year old female, 4’9”, nil pregnancies) 

AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Tavakoli (230cc ultra high implant, 

submuscular pocket, A to C cup) 


easts 


AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Tavakoli (350g moderate plus profile, round 

gel submuscular (subpectoral) pocket, full C cup) 


AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Tavakoli (400cc high round gel 

implant, submuscular pocket, A to C+ cup) 

BEFORE (22 year old female, 5’1”, single pregnancy, no breastfeeding) 

AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Tavakoli (260g moderate profile, round gel 

submuscular (subpectoral) pocket, average C cup) 


easts 


AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Tavakoli (250 high profile round implant, 

submuscular pocket, moderate chest wall, A cup to D cup) 


AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Tavakoli (420 high profile anatomical implants, 

submuscular pocket, moderate chest wall, A cup to full C cup) 

BEFORE (32 year old female, 5’6”, three pregnancies) 

AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Tavakoli (320 moderate profile anatomical 

implants, submuscular pocket, average chest wall width, A cup to full C cup) 


easts 


AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Tavakoli (390g moderate profile, submuscular 

(subpectoral) pocket, full C cup) 

BEFORE (40 year old female, 5’6”, two pregnancies) 

AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Tavakoli (320 FX anatomical (teardrop) implant, 

submuscular pocket, A- to large B cup) 


AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Tavakoli (380g ultra high profile smooth 

gel, submuscular (subpectoral) pocket, full C cup) 


BREAST AUGMENTATION SPECIALIST 

MBBS, BSc (MED), MS (UNSW), 

FRACS (PLAST) 

Dr Tavakoli is a renowned cosmetic 

plastic surgeon who is a Fellow 

of the Royal Australasian College 

of Surgeons and a Member of 

the Australian Society of Plastic 

Surgeons. He subspecialises in all 

aspects of cosmetic breast surgery 

and is considered an industry 

leader in primary and corrective 

breast augmentation surgery. 

Follow Dr Tavakoli on 

New premises: Suite 1, 376 New South Head Road, Double Bay 

1300 368 107 | drtavakoli.com.au

easts 

Breast curves: 

creating the 

perfect shape 

and fit for you 

SYDNEY PLASTIC SURGEON 

DR STEVEN LIEW SHARES HIS 

EXPERTISE IN CREATING BEAUTIFUL, 

NATURAL-LOOKING CURVES. 

One of the critical decisions to be made when 

considering breast augmentation is not just the cup 

size but also the degree of fullness in the upper part 

of the breast. 

Sydney plastic surgeon Dr Steven Liew says that as 

surgical procedures and implant types have become 

more advanced over the past decade, a good surgeon 

can effectively customise a breast shape to match the 

requirements of each patient. 

Dr Liew says patients, too, are more sophisticated in 

their approach to breast augmentation. Where previously 

they were focussed almost entirely on breast size, most 

patients are now more aware of the fi ner aesthetics involved 

– such as the degree of perkiness and breast fullness in the 

upper chest – in producing their perfect breast shape. 

The three types of upper breast fullness include: 

• A gentle slope from the chest to the nipple, almost a 

straight line 

• A gentle curve with some degree of fullness 

• A very full convex curve, the so-called ‘Wonderbra’ look. 

‘Breast augmentation is such a personal decision,’ 

says Dr Liew, ‘so surgeons need to take time and care to 

work with each patient – including family members where 

requested – to ensure they understand the physical and 

emotional impacts involved.’ 

Different body types, personalities and the kind of 

clothes the patient likes to wear are all factors to be 

considered, says Dr Liew, to ensure the new breast shape 

is the perfect fi t for each individual. csbm 

Actual patient of Dr Liew 


easts 

BEFORE 

AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Liew 

BEFORE 


BEFORE 


This young female requested a very natural-looking breast enhancement, with conservative natural upper pole fullness. A 

teardrop implant was chosen to create gentle upper pole fullness with a gentle slope from the chest to the nipple. 


easts 

BEFORE 


BEFORE 


BEFORE 


A full D cup enhancement with high profile round implant, to create the fullness and ‘Wonderbra’ look as requested by the 

patient. ‘I never want to wear a pushup bra again,’ she said. 


easts 

BEFORE 


AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Liew (glamour shot) 

A moderate profile round implant is used to create a moderate amount of upper pole fullness, resulting in beautifully proportioned youthful-looking breasts. 

BEFORE 



A high profile round implant is used to create a full upper pole fullness as requested. The end result demonstrates a convex curve to the upper part of the breasts, well demonstrated 

in the creative ‘after’ shot. 

BEFORE 



A DD cup enhancement with extra high profile round implant to create the extreme fullness and ‘Wonderbra’ look as requested. 


easts 

A personal 

journey 

in breast 

augmentation 

One patient describes how breast 

augmentation with Dr Vlad Milovic 

helped boost her confidence and 

bring her body into proportion. 


Actual patient of Dr Milovic 

From lost volume to an asymmetrical shape, breast 

augmentation surgery is undergone for a variety 

of reasons, and the surgery, implant choice and 

recovery process is an individual journey for each patient. 

Canberra plastic surgeon Dr Vlad Milovic has built his 

practice around this philosophy. He understands that 

achieving the desired outcome in breast augmentation 

takes time, communication and a personalised approach. 

One patient, Sam, who was looking to bring her body 

into proportion by increasing her bust size, approached Dr 

Milovic after spending years considering the decision. 

‘I finally decided I would go ahead – it was a decision I 

made for myself, for confidence reasons,’ Sam explains. 

‘I approached several doctors but decided on Dr Vlad 

because I’d heard he was highly experienced and achieved 

great results.’ 

As part of the consultation process, Dr Milovic uses 

3D breast simulation to demonstrate the look of different 

implants on the patient’s body. This can assist in selecting 

the shape and size of implant and can help establish 

realistic patient expectations going into surgery. 

‘The 3D imaging really made a difference for me – it 

was great to see such a realistic version of my body with 

implants,’ Sam says. ‘Initially, it was one of the factors that 

helped me decide to go ahead with Dr Vlad. Now, looking 

back, it’s amazing because the result is almost identical to 

the 3D simulation.’ 

Dr Milovic typically opts for silicone gel implants, 

with either a textured or smooth surface, in his breast 

augmentation surgeries. He says the cohesive gel implants 

hold together uniformly and afford a more natural look and 

feel once inserted. 

In the pre-surgery consultation, Dr Milovic discussed 

options in implant size, surface, shape and profile. While 


easts 

Sam had an idea of the cup size she was after, she ended 

up selecting an implant one size bigger than originally 

anticipated. ‘Dr Vlad recommended a bigger implant to 

bring my body more effectively into proportion,’ Sam says. 

‘He advised I could be disappointed with the result using 

smaller implants. The 3D simulation helped in making me 

comfortable with this decision.’ 

Coming into surgery, Sam’s main concerns involved 

the possibility of scarring and stretch marks following the 

operation. Dr Milovic works with his patents to minimise 

scarring and, during surgery, he keeps the incision sites as 

inconspicuous as possible. He also provides patients with 

a post-operative treatment plan to accelerate healing and 

reduce the appearance of scarring. The plan can include 

several options, from silicone gel creams to laser therapy, 

depending on patient preferences. 

‘Dr Vlad worked with me in the six months leading up to 

surgery to help prepare me both physically and mentally,’ 

Sam says. ‘In the final appointment before the operation, 

he walked me through the whole process once more and 

reminded me of things to prepare to help with recovery.’ 

On the day of the surgery, Sam arrived at the hospital 

at 7am. By 8:30am she was under anaesthetic. She saw 

Dr Milovic as soon as she awoke, around two hours later, 

and opted to return home that day. ‘The hospital was 

fantastic,’ Sam says. ‘All the staff were accommodating, 

kind and comforting.’ 

Depending on the patient’s age and medical history, 

breast augmentation is commonly a day surgery, with no 

overnight stay required. Prescribed painkillers and easy-touse 

compression garments mean recovery can begin in the 

comfort of the patient’s home. Importantly, Dr Milovic gives 

patients his direct number with instructions to call should an 

urgent situation arise. 

‘Following surgery I had a bad reaction to the painkillers 

I was prescribed,’ Sam says. ‘Around 4am the next 

morning I felt really unwell so I called Dr Vlad; he answered 

the phone straightaway and told me what to do to manage 

the situation.’ 

A week after surgery, Sam returned to Dr Milovic to have 

her stitches removed. He advised using Siltape and Bio-Oil 

on the incision sites to help reduce scarring. It took around 

three weeks for the swelling to go down after surgery, and 

Sam says she began to feel comfortable once the swelling 

had decreased. Now, just over a year later, Sam confirms 

she is happy with the results and her decision to undergo 

breast augmentation. 

‘I’m so happy with the results; it’s one of the best 

decisions I’ve ever made,’ Sam says. ‘I’ve had no problems 

in recovery and I’m very happy with how my scars have 

healed – I’ve recommended Dr Vlad to several other 

girlfriends. It’s been over a year since the operation, but I 

am still so excited about the results. I’m excited for summer 

– I can properly fit swimwear now! csbm 

BEFORE 

BEFORE 

BEFORE 

AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Milovic 




easts 

breast 

benefits 

Sydney cosmetic surgeon 

Dr Colin Moore believes 

polyurethane implants are 

the gold standard. AimÉe 

Surtenich reports. 

Breast augmentation has one of the highest patient 

satisfaction rates, offering more natural-looking 

results than ever before. Importantly, technological 

advancements to the implants themselves have also meant 

the procedure offers greater long-term safety. 

Sydney cosmetic surgeon Dr Colin Moore believes 

polyurethane-coated P-URE implants offer the best of both 

worlds: enhanced, natural-looking breasts with an excellent 

safety profile. 

‘In my experience, polyurethane-coated breast implants 

produce very natural-looking results while minimising the 

risk of the most common complications associated with 

breast augmentation,’ he says. ‘I believe polyurethanecoated 

P-URE implants have provided a significant 

breakthrough in breast implant surgery.’ 

A natural look 

Most women considering breast augmentation surgery 

don’t want a significant increase in volume. Rather, they are 

seeking to enhance their natural bust size, create a more 

proportionate overall figure, or restore the shape and size 

of their breasts after breastfeeding or the ageing process. 

‘A key concern for a lot of women thinking about breast 

augmentation is whether or not their breasts will look 

“natural” following surgery,’ says Dr Moore. ‘While ensuring 

a natural-looking result comes down to accurately measuring 

the proportions of each patient, I also believe that advances 

in breast implants mean that it is easier than ever to achieve 

natural-looking curves.’ 

Whether or not a natural look is desired, extensive 

consultation is essential in deciding upon the final shape, 

size and placement of the implant. ‘Sometimes patients 

describe an aesthetic which is not achievable because of 

their physical limitations,’ explains Dr Moore. ‘By measuring 

the proportions of the body, as well as skin thickness and 

breast tissue composition, together the surgeon and patient 

can determine the best breast size for the patient.’ 

Long-term safety 

All breast implants come with the risk of rippling, moving 

and capsular contraction, but Dr Moore believes the risk of 

these is significantly less with P-URE implants. 

Part of the success of polyurethane implants is their 

ability to reduce the rate of capsular contracture, which 

is the hardening and distortion of implants as the body 

forms a scar capsule around them. The textured surface of 

P-URE implants forces the body’s collagen to surround the 

implant in a criss-cross pattern, preventing contraction and 

lessening the chance of implant distortion. 

‘A number of studies have shown there is only a one 

percent risk of capsular contracture with polyurethanecoated 

implants, which is a significant improvement on 

the 10 percent risk associated with saline and silicone 

implants,’ says Dr Moore. 

‘This is one of the many reasons I believe patients should 

choose P-URE implants. With the right surgeon and the 

proper patient consultation, I believe these implants can 

create superior results.’ 

With careful planning and correct implant selection, Dr 

Moore believes an experienced surgeon can help women 

achieve the breast shape and size that best complements 

their overall figure and aesthetic goals. csbm 


easts 

1 

BEFORE 

AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Moore 

2 

BEFORE 


3 

BEFORE (exisiting scar on left breast) 


4 

BEFORE (tubular breast deformity) 



easts 

Balanced 

proportions 

Dr John Flynn from Queensland 

TAkes an individualised approach to 

achieve a balanced and harmonious 

contour in breast rejuvenation 

surgery. Caitlin Bishop reports. 

Breast rejuvenation surgery – whether augmentation, 

reduction or lift (mastopexy) – can significantly 

boost a woman’s self-esteem and confidence when 

chosen for the right reasons. 

John Flynn from Queensland understands many breast 

rejuvenation patients are simply looking to bring their 

body into proportion, perhaps due to underdevelopment, 

asymmetry or changes associated with pregnancy and 

breastfeeding, as well as the natural ageing process. 

‘The overall aim of breast rejuvenation procedures is to 

balance the body’s proportions into a pleasing, feminine 

silhouette,’ Dr Flynn explains. ‘Although changing your 

breasts will not, in itself, change you, it can be effective in 

restoring self-esteem and body confidence.’ 

As we age, gravity, a loss in skin quality and a reduction 

in renewal processes can leave all parts of the body – not 

just the face – somewhat deteriorated. Such age-related 

changes to the breast, for example a loss in volume and an 

‘empty’ look or a change in shape, are common reasons for 

women seeking surgery. 

‘There are a number of issues associated with ageing 

that affect the breasts,’ says Dr Flynn. ‘The issues to 

consider are loss of volume, the texture and tone of breast 

tissue and the inevitable sagging of the breasts. All women 

will be affected by some of these issues during their lives, 

because of the natural ageing process.’ 

Procedures that restore volume, but also lift the breast 

tissue, can be effective in creating a more youthful and 

natural-looking result in breast rejuvenation. A breast lift, or 

mastopexy, can improve the shape and positioning of the 

breasts, while also adjusting the nipple areola complex. 

The overall aim is to balance 

the body’s proportions into a 

pleasing, feminine silhouette 

All surgeries can be performed on-site at Dr Flynn’s fully 

licensed and registered day hospital on the Gold Coast. 

‘Certainly, restoring volume using breast implants is 

a key measure, however there are times when lifting and 

tightening of the breast tissue is of equal importance and 

sometimes I perform a combination of these procedures,’ 

Dr Flynn says. ‘The principle purpose is to create body 

balance, where the proportions are in harmony.’ 

A breast lift, combined with augmentation or reduction, 

encompasses a total rejuvenation of breast tissue. The 


easts 

size and shape of the breasts are adjusted, excess skin is 

removed and the tissue is remodelled. 

‘In a mastopexy, the available breast tissue can be 

compressed and lifted to help restore a fullness of texture 

and tone,’ Dr Flynn says. ‘The lifted breasts will have a 

more pert, youthful appearance. This can be combined 

with volume reduction, in a reduction mastopexy, or implant 

insertion, in an augmentation mastopexy.’ 

Dr Flynn explains patients should be aware that 

mastopexy involves a different type of scarring from 

traditional breast implant surgery: ‘Typically, the surgical 

approach is through an incision around the nipple, and 

in some cases there may also be a vertical scar from 

the nipple to the inframammary fold (the breast crease),’ 

he says. 

In deciding upon surgery, education 

and realistic expectations are paramount 

to achieving a positive result. Dr Flynn 

believes women who are well informed 

of the procedure, and realistic in their 

expectations, are most likely to be pleased 

with the result. 

‘We recognise that patients may 

differ in what they regard as ideal body 

proportions, so this is something that 

needs to be discussed with their chosen 

doctor at consultation,’ he says. ‘In an 

BEFORE 

initial consultation, the surgical options 

should be fully explored, including the risks, 

limitations and potential complications.’ 

In helping shape these expectations, 

and to better understand each patient’s 

concerns and desires himself, Dr Flynn 

uses 3D imaging technology during the 

pre-operative consultation process. 

‘Each woman is different, and it 

is important to find a personalised, 

customisable solution to suit each 

individual patient,’ Dr Flynn explains. ‘The 

3D simulation software provides a clear 

interface for surgeons and patients to 

communicate with each other.’ 

For patients looking to also recontour 

their lower half, Dr Flynn has refined the 

“Body Balance” approach, where the 

patient’s own fat is harvested to help 

improve body shape. In this, fat is removed 

during liposuction and then redistributed 

into the breasts for an enhanced effect. 

According to Dr Flynn, an emerging 

concept in this area involves the use of 

stem cells in fat transfers, which help 

BEFORE 

improve the consistency of the result. 

Whether it is to fill volume, reduce tissue or lift heavy 

breasts, there is a range of surgical options to help achieve 

a more youthful and aesthetic contour. In balancing 

proportions, correcting asymmetry or rejuvenating the 

breasts, results can help boost confidence and heighten 

body image. Dr Flynn believes breast rejuvenation is a 

highly personalised process and everything – from the initial 

consultation to choosing the most suitable implant type – 

should be a personal decision. 

‘Each woman is different in their reasons for, and 

expectations of, breast rejuvenation surgery. Even in 

deciding upon an implant, there are a variety of shapes 

and sizes to choose from because every patient is unique,’ 

Dr Flynn explains. ‘It is important to find a personalised 

solution to suit each individual.’ csbm 

AFTER breast augmentation by Dr Flynn 

BEFORE AFTER breast reduction by Dr Flynn 

AFTER breast lift by Dr Flynn 


easts 

Sticking 

power 

Dr Hamish Farrow finds Silimed polyurethane implants can help 

reduce the risk of post-surgical complications. Caitlin Bishop reports. 

In a clinic mainly dedicated to breast surgery, offering 

augmentations, lifts and reconstructions, the 

importance of using reliable implants, with a low risk of 

complication, is paramount to achieving optimum results. 

Dr Hamish Farrow, a plastic surgeon from Hawthorn in 

Victoria, believes Silimed implants offer the best option 

in certain cases and are effective in lowering the risk of 

capsular contracture. 

‘I believe Silimed polyurethane implants are less likely 

to give problems in the future,’ Dr Farrow says. ‘They 

significantly lower the risk of capsular contracture and 

effectively retain their positioning after surgery.’ 

Distributed in Australia by Device Technologies, Silimed 

implants were designed to address the most common 

complication associated with breast implant surgery 

– capsular contracture. This is when the scar capsule 

that naturally forms around the breast implant begins to 

contract, causing the implant to become distorted, hard and 

sometimes painful. The textured surface of polyurethane 

implants prevents the collagen fibres of the scar tissue 

aligning, inhibiting contraction and implant interference. 

Dr Farrow says this benefit is particularly important in 

reconstruction surgery following a mastectomy, when much 

of the breast tissue has been removed 

‘Following a mastectomy, the chances of capsular 

contracture are drastically increased due to excessive 

scarring,’ he says. ‘Polyurethane-coated implants have less 

than a one percent chance of capsular contracture at 10 

years and beyond after surgery, making them an invaluable 

option in these reconstructive cases.’ 

In aesthetic breast augmentation, the choice to undergo 

surgery is always a personal one – perhaps to add volume, 

correct asymmetry or reshape tuberous breasts. Dr Farrow 

says the choice of implant depends on patient concerns and 

expectations, as well as their skin quality and breast tissue. 

‘I see a range of patients for aesthetic surgery, with a 

variety of concerns,’ he says. ‘There are younger patients, 

around 18 to 25 years old, or those who are a little older 

and hoping to bring their body back to what it was before 

having children and breastfeeding. These patient groups 

have different expectations and are usually suited to 

different implants, because of the changes in skin quality 

during ageing.’ 

As well as reducing capsular contracture, the 

polyurethane texture also means a stronger adherence 

to the surrounding breast tissue. While this leaves limited 

room for error in implant positioning during surgery, it can 

be effective in reducing implant movement, rotation or 

displacement postoperatively. 

‘Silimed polyurethane implants hold their shape and 

position very effectively,’ Dr Farrow says. ‘This is of enormous 

value in thinner or saggier skin, when the surrounding 

tissue is likely to droop but the implants will still retain their 

positioning. In younger and firmer skin, however, I generally 


easts 

opt to use a smooth, round implant – simply because the 

polyurethane implants can appear quite defined, and ample 

breast tissue is needed to achieve a natural-looking result.’ 

Because of their capacity to adhere to surrounding 

tissue, Dr Farrow commonly uses Silimed implants in 

revision surgery, particularly in cases of malpositioned 

implants. ‘When I correct malpositioned implants, I always 

A thorough consultation is 

essential in deciding upon 

implant type, size, surfacing and 

positioning before breast 

augmentation surgery 

use Silimed polyurethane implants,’ he says. ‘For example, 

I recently revised one case where smooth, round implants 

had not held to the tissue and had drifted towards the 

midline. In cases like this, there is nothing better than using 

an implant that will stick.’ 

Because of this ‘sticking power’, the level of natural 

movement afforded by polyurethane implants after surgery 

is somewhat less than those of a smooth or textured 

surface. For this reason, Dr Farrow typically places Silimed 

polyurethane implants in the subglandular plane – between 

the mammary gland and the pectoralis muscle. 

‘I generally place polyurethane implants above the 

muscle, because that way the muscle movement provides 

some movement to the implant, achieving a more naturallooking 

result,’ he explains. ‘However, there must be 

adequate breast tissue for this approach to work.’ 

While Silimed implants afford a viable option in many 

breast augmentation cases, and can be effective in reducing 

common complications following surgery, Dr Farrow 

believes it is important to take an individualised approach 

with each patient in implant selection. He recommends 

patients bring photographs of breasts they find attractive 

to the initial consultation; to help him better understand the 

size, shape and proportion they are looking to achieve, as 

well as their expectations. 

‘Silimed implants have quite a defined shape, so can 

appear quite obvious without sufficient tissue coverage, 

however they do hold position nicely and reduce the risk 

of capsular contracture and implant displacement following 

surgery,’ Dr Farrow says. ‘A thorough consultation process, 

to determine what the patient sees as a positive and 

negative result, is essential in deciding upon implant type, 

size, surfacing and positioning before breast augmentation 

surgery.’ csbm 

1 

BEFORE 

after breast augmentation by Dr Farrow 

2 

BEFORE 

after breast augmentation by Dr Farrow 


easts 

Breast 

appeal 

Melbourne plastic surgeon Dr Carmen Munteanu believes silimed 

P-URE breast implants offer a safer choice. Caitlin Bishop reports. 

There are several factors to consider when deciding 

on breast augmentation: the size, shape and type of 

implant; the site of the incision; the surgical position of 

the implant; and how to prepare for recovery. 

At the forefront of these decisions is optimum results 

and expedited healing, patient satisfaction and, of particular 

importance, to minimise potential risks and complications. 

Silimed implants, distributed in Australia by Device 

Technologies, are designed to counter the risk of one of 

the most common complications in breast augmentation – 

capsular contracture. 

Capsular contracture is seen in the hardening and 

distortion of breast implants following breast augmentation 

surgery. When an implant is inserted into the breast 

pocket, scar tissue forms around the implant as part of the 

body’s natural healing response. If this scar tissue begins 

to contract, the implant itself is squashed, leading to a 

hardened, distorted appearance. 

The polyurethane-foam coated implants from Silimed 

have been designed to counter this, reducing the risk 

from around 10 percent to about one percent. By using 

a polyurethane-foam coating, Silimed implants prevent 

the alignment of collagen fibres in scar tissue, therefore 

significantly inhibiting contracture. 

Melbourne plastic surgeon Dr Carmen Munteanu uses 

Silimed implants in her clinic and says she has achieved 

effective results in reducing incidences of capsular 

contracture, as well as protecting against a range of other 

potential complications. 

‘I use both textured and polyurethane-foam coated 

implants from Silimed – although the polyurethane implants 

have become more and more appealing due to a number of 

qualities,’ Dr Munteanu explains. ‘In addition to decreasing 

the risk of capsular contracture, downward displacement 

and rotation are reported to be the lowest in polyurethanecoated 

implants.’ 

As well as reducing the risk of capsular contracture, 

the polyurethane-foam coating helps the implant better 

adhere to the surrounding tissue, helping to prevent 

movement following insertion. 

‘These implants have a high adherence to the surrounding 

tissue, which leaves little room for error in planning and 

placing the implants,’ Dr Munteanu says. ‘I also use a 

number of “implant stabilisers”, such as garments and 

bandeaus, following surgery.’ 

All Silimed breast implants are filled with soft cohesive 

silicone gel. This is designed to maintain shape and 

softness and allows for more natural movement following 

surgery, according to Dr Munteanu. 

Polyurethane-foam coated 

implants have become more and 

more appealing due to a number 

of qualities 

Silimed breast implants come in a selection of shapes: 

round, anatomical (teardrop) or conical. Dr Munteanu has 

recently introduced the conically shaped polyurethanefoam 

coated implants to her clinic, alongside the round and 

anatomical selections. 

‘Conical shaped implants combine the advantages of 

an anatomical shaped implant – a nice, natural-looking 

contour, lift of the breast and nipple areola complex – 

while minimising the potential disadvantage of rotation and 

insufficient fullness,’ Dr Munteanu explains. 

While Silimed implants offer a viable option in breast 

augmentation surgery, Dr Munteanu works with patients 

individually to decide on an implant that is best suited to 

their body, breast tissue and expectations. 

‘I am very particular and thorough in choosing the 

implants for each patient,’ she says. ‘To achieve beautifying, 

natural-looking and stable results, a personalised approach 

is absolutely essential.’ csbm 


Desired 

WHAT IS YOUR 

LOOK? 

Getting back to what you had or obtaining the look you always wanted. 

Silimed offers an extensive range of shapes and sizes, textured or polyurethane 

breast implants to suit any desire. 

Talk to your surgeon about your desired look and experience the Silimed difference. 

Always read the label. Use only as directed. Your surgeon will advise you whether this product is suitable for you. 

silimed@device.com.au | www.pureimplants.com.au

easts 

Restoring shapely breasts 

Sydney plastic surgeon Dr Pouria Moradi explains the functional and 

cosmetic benefits of breast reduction. AimÉe Surtenich reports. 

For many women, overly large or sagging breasts can 

be a burden both physically and psychologically. 

Sydney plastic surgeon Dr Pouria Moradi sees 

firsthand how breast reduction surgery can be a life-altering 

event for women suffering from physical discomfort and low 

self-confidence due to their large bust size. 

‘In my experience, women seek a breast reduction for 

two main reasons: function and aesthetics,’ he says. ‘From 

a functional point of view, many women want smaller breasts 

to alleviate neck and back pain, postural problems, bra strap 

grooves, chronic sweating and infection under the breast 

crease, as well as physical discomfort when participating in 

sports and other activities.’ 

Aesthetically, patients want to reclaim more youthful and 

shapely breasts and not have their chest dominate their 

appearance. ‘From a cosmetic perspective, women want 

to restore the shape, size and position of their breasts. The 

change in breast shape may have been caused by pregnancy, 

breastfeeding, the ageing process, or after losing a large 

amount of weight,’ Dr Moradi explains. ‘By removing excess 

breast tissue, reshaping the breast and repositioning the 

nipple-areola complex higher on the breast mound, a more 

youthful and aesthetically pleasing result can be achieved.’ 

The consultation process is a vital part of any cosmetic 

surgery. ‘The first step is establishing a great rapport between 

the patient and surgeon and to start an honest and open 

dialogue about the goals of the patient – some want to keep 

the size of their breasts but want a lift; others, particularly 

after breastfeeding, want a smaller bust size,’ he says. 

‘Ultimately, the final goal has to fit with the patient’s overall 

body shape to create a more proportionate silhouette, and 

also fit their personality with a breast size they are most 

comfortable and confident with. To this end, I also use 3-D 

digital imaging tools, so together we can get a realistic picture 

of what the final result will likely be.’ 

Breast reduction (reduction mammoplasty) is a surgical 

procedure that reduces, lifts and reshapes the breast. ‘The 

procedure is aimed at removing excessive breast and fatty 

tissue, leaving the patient with a smaller and better-shaped 

breast,’ Dr Moradi explains. 

According to Dr Moradi, in the past a breast reduction 

relied more on repositioning the skin, whereas today’s 

preferred surgical technique is to focus on moulding the 

breast tissue internally (medically called a glanduloplasty) 

and then redraping the skin accordingly. He says the benefits 

of this approach are good long-term fullness, better shape 

and minimised scarring. 

Depending on the amount of breast tissue to be removed, 

many reduction procedures usually call for just one vertical 

incision around the areola down to the breast crease (vertical, 

or ‘lollipop’ technique), or an additional incision along the 

crease as well (inverted-T, or ‘anchor’ technique). 

Importantly, Dr Moradi says modern breast reduction 

techniques should not affect a woman’s ability to breastfeed 

in the future, nor will it interfere with mammogram readings. 

Dr Moradi’s preferred surgical approach is the inverted-T 

incision. ‘I believe this offers the best results in terms of the 

final breast shape and wound healing. However, for a smaller 


easts 

reduction or for someone with good skin laxity, a vertical scar 

only may be more appropriate.’ 

‘For me, there are three key elements in breast reduction 

surgery: maintaining nipple sensation and function; creating 

the most appropriate skin envelope for reshaping the breast 

and discreet scarring; and shaping of the breast itself.’ 

Breast reduction is performed under general anaesthetic. 

Recovery takes around two weeks, but most patients can 

resume work after a week or so, depending on the level of 

activity required in their job. Full activity, including sports and 

exercise can usually be resumed after six weeks. 

Like any surgery, a breast reduction comes with certain 

risks and complications, which makes it especially important 

for patients to choose a skilled and experienced surgeon. 

Dr Moradi believes these risks can be minimised with 

a detailed pre-operative assessment, meticulous surgical 

planning and proper postoperative care. ‘I devise a preoperative 

plan for each of my patients to optimise their 

1 

health and healing capacity before surgery,’ he explains. 

‘We look at what medications or over-the-counter vitamins 

they are taking, and get their blood pressure under control 

if necessary. It’s also essential that patients stop smoking 

well in advance of surgery.’ 

To ensure optimal long-term results and to expedite 

healing, special dressings and garments are worn during the 

recovery period. Advanced scar management techniques 

are also employed so that, over time, the scars should 

become barely perceptible. 

‘Most of my patients realise just how much their heavy 

breasts were a physical and emotional burden on their lives,’ 

says Dr Moradi. ‘A lot of patients have even lost weight after 

the surgery, as they are now able to exercise without the 

physical limitations they once had.’ 

With proper planning, surgical technique and aftercare, a 

breast reduction can represent a new lease on life for many 

women. csbm 

2 

BEFORE 

One year AFTER breast reduction by Dr Moradi 

3 

BEFORE 

Two months AFTER breast reduction by Dr Moradi 

BEFORE 

Three months AFTER breast reduction by Dr Moradi 


easts 

Optimise your recovery 

CareFix garments provide support, increase comfort and accelerate 

the healing process after surgery. Caitlin Bishop reports. 

Enhancing comfort and paving the way to a speedy 

recovery is paramount in the days following surgery. 

Compression garments are used to provide support 

after procedures such as breast augmentation, liposuction, 

abdominoplasty and facelift surgery. Effective in improving 

comfort and regulating blood flow, compression garments 

act to reduce swelling and bruising post-operatively and are 

a key component in expediting the healing process. 

The CareFix range of compression garments, distributed 

in Australia by Statina Healthcare, is built upon the pillars 

of comfort, functionality and ease of use. By comfortably 

pressing the skin and underlying tissue together directly 

after an operation, CareFix compression garments help 

prevent sagging in the skin and promote smoother and 

faster healing after surgery. 

Canberra plastic surgeon Dr Vlad Milovic uses the 

CareFix range of post-surgical bras in his clinic. He believes 

the medical-grade textiles of the CareFix range provide 

more comfort to his patients than some other garments, 

an important factor considering the bras are worn when 

the skin is tender and sensitive directly after breast surgery. 

‘The CareFix range has been designed with maximum 

comfort in mind, without compromising on functionality,’ 

he explains. ‘In my experience, the material itself is 

better tolerated by patients than some other brands, which 

can be quite abrasive.’ 

Alongside the comfort factor, CareFix post-surgical 

bras assist in achieving optimal long-term results. For 

example, one of the main risks associated with breast 

augmentation is implant displacement, when the implant 

shifts or rotates from its desired position. This can occur 

if the implant has been positioned incorrectly, when the 

surrounding tissue is excessively stretched or in response 

to trauma. Typically, implant displacement is more likely in 

cases of larger implants, as gravity acts upon the weight 

of the implant. 

In guarding against this risk of displacement, Dr Milovic 

encourages his clients to wear compression bras for six 

weeks following surgery. ‘Compression garments are 

designed to provide support,’ he says. ‘Patients can’t rely 

on regular underwear or sports bras to provide the strength 

and support they need after breast augmentation.’ 

Although the bras needs to be worn 24/7 in the weeks 

post-operatively, the garments can be taken off to shower 

and have a front-closure clasp for convenience – perfect for 

women who are tender after surgery. 

The CareFix range has been 

designed with maximum comfort 

and functionality in mind 

The most recent addition to the CareFix range is the 

Breast Implant Stabiliser Band, which is designed to help 

stabilise and position the implant in the first two weeks 

following surgery. This allows the implant to settle into its 

position more quickly and can reduce recovery time. 

While the label ‘compression garment’ doesn’t sound so 

enticing, the CareFix garments are anything but dowdy. The 

bras come in a range of colours and, as they’re latex free, 

the risk of irritation during use is eliminated. 

No matter what the surgery, prompting a fast and 

comfortable recovery is essential in the weeks following 

surgery, as these steps can have a significant impact on 

the final result. Thanks to compression garments such as 

those by CareFix, patients can look forward to recovering 

from surgery in comfort and functional ease. csbm 


feature 

STOP 

THE 

PRESS! 

Did that get 

your attention? 

HERE’S WHY: 

Print ads rank #1 for commanding 

consumer attention* 

Print magazines are the #1 

preferred place to look at an ad* 

Print magazines rank #1 for 

advertising acceptance** 

Magazines are #1 for reader 

engagement** 

Next-generation 

marketing 

Capture and engage your clients with 

a personalised e-Book to showcase 

your services. Having your own 

bespoke eBook – either with or 

without hardcopy – enhances your 

profi le and turns your publication into 

a viral marketing campaign! 

* Source: Adobe Systems Click Here Study, October 2012 

** Source: ORC Caravan, February 2013 

Why integrate print and digital? 

It’s never been more important to have an integrated print 

and digital marketing strategy. International research has 

proven that print media – notably magazines – drive online 

search and purchases. The two mediums exist side by side 

to capture and engage an optimum audience. 

At Bella Media, we have embraced this next-generation 

marketing by integrating print and digital marketing to 

enhance the client and consumer experience. 

Hair Restoration by 

Dr Russell Knudsen 

Your name here 

Call our expert team to fi nd out more about our bespoke 

print and online services: 

Tel: 9398 2755 

Email: lauren@bellamedia.com.au 


Plastic Surgery by 

Dr Warwick Nettle

feature 

Decoded 

Diets 

The Paleo, 5:2 and Atkins diets are popular methods for weight loss. 

Caitlin Bishop investigates whether they really do work. 

As science develops, attitudes change and trends 

evolve, emerging ideals are continually used in an 

attempt to find an answer to weight loss. Different 

diets, with various approaches and philosophies, are 

endlessly tried and tested. Here, three of the most highly 

trending diets – the Paleo diet, 5:2 diet and Atkins diet – are 

dissected, and the principles behind them unravelled. 

Paleo diet 

The Paleo diet is built on the premise that humans existed 

for thousands of years without the artificial and processed 

foods so prevalent in the modern-day diet. This approach 

strips the diet from any refined sugars, refined grains and 

processed foods to mimic the way our ancient ancestors 

ate thousands of years ago. 

It partners high amounts of protein and fat with low 

levels of carbohydrates, similar to the way Homo Sapiens 

thrived in the Palaeolithic era, or stone age. This intake is 

supplemented with a high levels of whole grains, fruits and 

vegetables in a ‘plant and animal’ derived design. 

In their book, The Paleo Diet for Athletes, Loren Cordain 

and Joe Friel associate the diet with both weight loss and 

overall health benefits. 

‘Seventy percent of the US diet is made up of food that 

modern man has created, and this food is made up of the 

same ingredients: refined grains, refined sugars, processed 

vegetable oil, salt, artificial flavouring and perhaps some 


feature 

processed dairy product,’ the authors say. ‘These foods 

have displaced more healthful fruits, vegetables, lean meats 

and seafood in our diets, and it’s hurting our health.’ 

They go on to explain the Paleo diet typically results in 

weight loss, because of the way naturally derived foods work 

harmoniously in the body. This diet is high in animal proteins, 

which deliver high concentrations of branched chain amino 

acids (BCAA) that help build and repair muscle. It is touted 

to prevent the blood from getting too acidic, which is a 

common by-product of eating too much processed foods. 

And it is said to boost the immune system by combining 

trace nutrients, such as antioxidant vitamins and minerals 

that come from fruits, vegetables and lean meats. 

The way we fuel our bodies – 

in the quantities and types of 

food we ingest – always incurs a 

larger systemic effect 

The diet has received criticism for its practicality and 

the soundness of its background science. Critics have 

suggested the diet of our Palaeolithic ancestors relied 

much more heavily on starches, and therefore the premise 

is invalidated. Additionally, some scientists have pointed out 

that our ancestors simply did not live long enough to suffer 

the diseases of the modern day – questioning the reliability 

of the diet’s heralded heath benefits. 

5:2 (intermittent fasting) diet 

Developed by medical journalist Dr Michael Mosley, the 

fast diet, or 5:2 diet, takes an unusual approach to dieting. 

Typically, weight loss regimes involve calorie counting, 

stringent food types and regular meals. The Fast Diet turns 

this platform on its head, with people eating normally for 

five days and then ‘fasting’ – or cutting calorie intake to 

a quarter of the normal level – for two days. It is touted to 

assist in weight loss (believed to induce an average loss of 

0.46kg per week) and is believed to benefit overall health 

and longevity. 

This effect on overall health, and not just body weight, 

is associated with a reduction in inflammation, brought on 

by periods of fasting. The way we fuel our bodies – in the 

quantities and types of food we ingest – always incurs a 

larger systemic effect. 

Meals high in saturated fat and calories have been 

associated with an increase in inflammatory markers in 

the body which, if continued, can lead to widespread 

chronic inflammation and disease. Intermittent fasting is 

said to be effective in relieving the body of this inflammation, 

leading to reduced oxidative damage and increased 

immune resistance. 

‘Intermittent fasting and caloric restriction enhance 

cardiovascular and brain functions and improve several risk 

factors for coronary artery disease and stroke, including a 

reduction in blood pressure and increased insulin sensitivity,’ 

explains Dr Mark Mattson in his article published in The 

Journal of Nutritional Biochemistry. 

Similarly, Dr Mark Donohoe, who spoke at the 

AustralAsian Academy of Anti-Ageing Medicine conference, 

explains periods of low food intake can impact our intestinal 

bacteria to strengthen the immune system. 

‘During a time of low food availability, the gut microbes 

experience a starvation effect,’ he explains. ‘Only the 

stronger bacterium survive starvation, and these become 

dominant in the gut, boosting general immunity.’ 

Dr Donohoe did concede there’s no evidence to suggest 

24 hours of fasting is sufficient to achieve this widespread 

effect, however further research is needed. 

Atkins diet 

One of the problems commonly associated with dieting is 

the tendency to stick with the food plan for a certain amount 

of time, before reverting back to old habits. The Atkins diet 

attempts to change these habits, establishing a long-lasting 

and relatively easy-to-maintain approach to eating. In fact, 

it combines this promise of longevity alongside a food plan 

that includes the unthinkable – real butter, cream cheese, 

eggs and bacon and extra avocado, in a seemingly win-win 

dietary regime. 

The aim of the Atkins diet is to break the carb and blood 

sugar cycle, where carbohydrates are used for energy, and 

excess carbohydrates are turned to insulin or fat in the body. 

Instead, by filling the diet with proteins, fibres and fats and 

drastically cutting the amount of carbohydrates consumed, 

the diet forces the body to adopt a fat-burning state. In this, 

fats are stored more efficiently and those stubborn pockets 

of fatty tissue are gradually broken down. 

While this diet, like many carb-cutting diets, has been 

shown to achieve effective results in weight loss, the high 

reliance on foods high in fat has received some criticism 

for its implications on wider health. Some researchers 

have concerns whether a long-term adoption of the Atkins 

diet could be associated with increased risk of heart 

disease, stroke or cancer, because of the replacement of 

carbohydrates with a high-fat intake. csbm 


feature 

the 

smarter 

way to 

work 

out 


feature 

When it comes to weight loss, scientists believe it’s possible to 

exercise less, yet lose more weight. Lizzy Fowler reports. 

Imagine a world where losing weight didn’t involve hours 

spent sweating in the gym, and excess kilos simply fell 

off. Where in 20 minutes you could burn more calories 

and lose more fat than you could after a week packed with 

time-consuming jogs. 

Believe it or not, this idea isn’t far-fetched. This is the 

reality of high intensity interval training (HIIT) – an exercise 

regimen that asks for little of your time yet delivers maximum 

results. Scientists and exercise professionals around the 

world have built on years of research, and have proven the 

benefits of short bursts of intensive exercise. 

How much exercise is enough? 

Over half of all Australian adults are overweight or obese. It’s 

perhaps not surprising, therefore, that the diet and weight 

loss industries are thriving. From healthy home-delivered 

meal plans to enticing gym memberships and personal 

trainers promising long-lasting results, we’re constantly 

exposed to options to help us cut our calories and trim fat 

from our physique. 

When it comes to getting physical, the Australian 

government recommends adults (those aged between 18 

and 64) integrate at least 30 minutes of moderate-intensity 

physical activity on most, preferably all, days of the week. 

While the health benefits of moderate exercise are plentiful, 

when it comes to losing weight, an increasing body of 

research suggests you will do better to cut back on the 

length of time you commit to exercise whilst increasing the 

intensity of your workout. 

A study published in the Journal of the American 

Medical Association followed the exercise habits of more 

than 34,000 women. It concluded that it took about an 

hour a day of moderate exercising to maintain weight. 

This research backed up by the findings of the (US-based) 

National Weight Control Registry, which reported that 90 

percent of people who have successfully lost weight, and 

kept it off, exercise on average for an hour a day. 

However, this research also tells us that even one hour 

of moderate intensity exercise every day is not enough to 

lose weight. 

Workout for weight loss 

A much more effective way to work out is to take part in 

high-intensity circuit and interval training. High intensity 

interval training refers to short bursts of high intensity 

exercise periods broken up by rest or relief periods and 

can be applied to any cardiovascular workout. In one study, 

Sydney scientists reported that sprint training for just 60 

minutes a week burns the same amount of body fat as 

jogging for seven hours a week. 

Sprint training for just 60 

minutes a week burns the same 

amount of body fat as jogging 

for seven hours a week 

‘We’ve been searching for about 10 years for the 

minimum amount of exercise you can do with the biggest 

health impact factor,’ Dr Steve Boutcher, the lead researcher 

said when the study was published. 

Dr Boutcher, who is an exercise physiologist and 

associate professor at the University of NSW, believes the 

high-intensity training regime followed in the study provides 

the ideal amount of exercise intensity for health benefits, 

including weight loss, in a short time period. 

As part of the program, participants sprinted on an 

exercise bike for eight seconds, and raised their heart rate 

to between 80 percent and 90 percent of its maximum rate, 

followed by 12 seconds of slow peddling. 

‘In three 20-minute sessions a week, they’re only 

working hard for eight minutes,’ Dr Boutcher said. 


feature 

Sample Workout 

According to Sydney personal trainer and fi tness 

expert Scotty Gooding, the ‘Tabata’ interpretation 

of interval training offers an easy way to integrate 

intervals into your workout regime. 

‘The exercise physiologist Izumi Tabata 

devised an exercise protocol based on 20 

seconds of intensive training followed by 10 

seconds of recovery for four minutes,’ he says. 

‘Analysis of the results showed both anaerobic 

and aerobic improvements.’ While you can apply 

the Tabata technique to any exercise, Gooding 

recommends the following exercises. ‘The key 

is to give it 100 percent during each 20 second 

interval,’ he says. 

If you have any history of injuries, please 

consult your physical therapist and personal 

trainer before performing any of these exercises. 

1. Killer sprawls: The sprawl is a full 

body movement that involves some 

of the largest muscles in the body. 

Start with a tuck jump, bend down 

and move into a push up position. 

Jump your legs back in and return 

to standing. 

2. Mountain climbers: In a push up 

position, bring one leg forwards whilst 

keeping the other extended. Start the 

workout by kicking the extended leg 

forwards, moving the other back. To 

make the workout harder, keep the 

front foot fl oating off the ground. 

3. Split lunges: Stand with your 

toes facing forward and your feet 

approximately one foot apart. Step your 

right foot out approximately three feet 

in front of your body. Slowly bend your 

right knew, lowering your body down 

to the ground. Push yourself back up 

to standing. Bring the right foot back 

to the starting position and repeat with 

your left foot. 

Over the course of 12 weeks, most participants lost an 

average of 2kg of fat and gained 1.1kg of muscle mass in 

their trunk and legs. 

During the study, scientists found that fast sprinting 

caused the body to release high levels of a specifi c group of 

hormones, called catecholamines, which drive the release 

of fat, especially abdominal and visceral fat, from fat stores 

so it can be burned by working muscles. 

According to Dr Boutcher, lower intensity activities 

such as walking and swimming would not be capable of 

achieving the same results. 

Why is HIIT more effective? 

Exercise scientists used to believe that ‘steady state’ cardio 

exercise was superior for fat loss because relatively more 

fat is used by the body as fuel at lower exercise intensities 

than at higher intensities. You may burn more fat relative to 

glycogen when you go for a walk, but the total amount of 

fat lost during a walk is considerably less than if you train at 

higher intensities. 

During these intensive workouts, the fat/glycogen ratio 

is lower, but you burn much more fat. Add this to the fact 

that interval training allows you to exercise at very high 

intensities for a much longer period of time, and you can 

see why HIIT is such a hit when it comes to weight loss. 

As an added bonus, some research suggest there’s also 

an afterburn effect known as excess post-exercise oxygen 

consumption (EPOC), which means your metabolism and 

ability to burn calories increases for up to 24 hours after 

interval training. 

Intervals also benefi t your health 

Whilst Boutcher’s research focused on the weight loss, a 

more recent British study revealed that short, sharp bursts 

of exercise are better at warding off heart disease than 

longer, less strenuous sessions. 

Comparing men who took part in high-intensity sprints 

on an exercise bike with those who walked for half an hour 

on a treadmill, Dr Gray from Aberdeen University found that 

short bursts of intensive exercise spur the liver into taking in 

more fat from the blood, before storing it, or burning it off. 

‘Our study showed that higher intensity shorter intervals 

of exercise might be a more effective method to improve 

health and reduce the time commitment to exercise,’ said 

Dr Gray. 

As obesity continues to affect the nation’s health, 

the discovery that shorter bursts of activity can achieve 

outstanding results – both in terms of weight loss and 

overall health – gives hope that more of us may be inclined 

to exercise. csbm 


ellafitness 

body 

keeping up Benefits appearances of 

resistance 

want to flaunt a toned and terrific bod this summer? here are some 

exercise essentials to help get you started. words by Jarrat wood 

training 

Some people train for health, some people for Chest: push-ups 

performance and some people train for appearance. There is really no better all-round exercise than the push-up 

Vanity aside, training for appearance is a realistic when training outdoors. Place your hands shoulder width 

option. Everyone has a body part that they wish was bigger or slightly wider with your wrists slightly above the nipple 

Strength training can provide an array 

or smaller. 

line but below your shoulders. If you wish to focus more on 

If you plan to train for appearance then remember 

of health 

some your 

benefits, 

chest muscles, 

including 

place your hands 

a 

a 

faster 

little wider and move 

important health and safety guidelines: metabolism your and elbows better away from the flexibility, body as you lower says yourself. 

• Training opposing muscle groups unevenly Russell can lead to Cox To focus from more Regenesis on the triceps bring Fitness. your hands a little 

postural and functional deficiencies. 

closer to your body and keep your elbows close to your body 

• Health should be the number-one priority with an as you lower yourself to the ground. Beginners should try 

exercise program and all exercise has an element of risk. push-ups from the knees. If this is too difficult try push ups 

• There is a limit to how much you can vary your appearance. on a raised bench with feet on the floor or against a wall 

Genetics will always be an overriding determinant of (the more upright you are the easier the push up will be. 

your appearance. 

Advanced trainers should try a full length push up raising 

So you want to get into shape – maybe it’s part of your shape of your physique. Precise controlled movements 

New Year’s resolution or maybe you just want to look offer 

one leg 

a conditioning 

in the air to increase 

effect, resulting 

the load on 

in firmer 

the upper 


body. 

betterdefined 

muscles. 

The 

your 

following 

best for 

are 

the 

some 

beach 

‘cosmetic 

and pool 

fitness’ 

season. 

suggestions 

Whatever 

for 

your 

training 

reasons, 

outdoors 

you 

as 

should 

the summer 

be thinking 

months 

about 

approach. 

incorporating 

Break Abdominals 

Resistance training should be undertaken as part of a 

weights 

down your 

training 

program 

into your 

into 

workouts. 

body parts: legs, back, chest and 

balanced 

While defined 

approach 

abdominals 

to exercise 

is appealing 

and diet. 

to 

Cardiovascular 

many people, 

abdominals. 

Strength training uses resistance in the form of weights training 

the most 

should 

significant 

form a 

effect 

significant 

that abdominals 

portion of 

have 

your overall 

on our 

or even your own body weight to strengthen and condition routine 

appearance 

and be 

is in 

of 

regards 

varied intensities 

to posture. 

to 

Try 

gain 

the 

the 

following 

most benefit. 

sit-up 

the 

Legs: 

musculoskeletal 

stair running 

system, improving muscle tone and Consult 

variation 

your 

to assist 

local 

you 

fitness 

with walking 

professional 

and sitting 

for a 

tall. 

customised 

endurance. 

By running 

It’s 

stairs 

also been 

you will 

shown 

pace 

to 

a 

improve 

higher 

mental 

load on 

clarity 

the 

approach 

Lie flat 

to 

on 

your 

the floor, 

exercise 

sit up 

routine 

and raise 


one 

see 

knee 

your 

to 

GP 

your 

before 

chest, 


hamstring, 

psychological 

gluteal 

health. 

muscles and calves. Making your way 

undertaking 

meeting as 

any 

your 

intense 

torso and 

training 

thigh 

program. 

are both 

csbm 

almost vertical. 

back 

First 

downhill 

and foremost, 

slowly will 

resistance 

load the 

training 

quadriceps 

increases 

ensuring 

the 

an Focus on staying as tall as possible without crumbling your 

number 

all-round 

of 

leg 

calories 

workout. 

your 

Try 

body 

doing 

burns, 

normal 

not 

running 

only during 

or walking 

your 

posture. Raise your straight leg at the same time so that your 

workout, 

intervals 

but 

with 

for 

some 

a period 

variations 

of time 

as 

afterwards. 

you advance. 

heel Reap is just off the the rewards ground. Lower of to the ground and repeat. 

Including weights training in your exercise routine is a 

Try resistance 8-10 repetitions training: on each leg. For advanced trainers, try 2 

bit Back: like investing reverse in the flyes future. The benefits of increased 

legs 

• 

at 

Increased 

a time. Beginners 

calorie burn 

should 

for 

complete 

two hours 

the leg movements 

calorie It’s difficult burning to train due your to exercise back without extend heading way beyond to the gym, the as above after without completing the sit your up. workout 

period but to of add time some you definition spend exercising, to your trapezius with your and metabolism rhomboids • You Increased should always base metabolic seek the advice rate (BMR) of a registered so you fitness 

being (the major elevated muscles for a between couple of your hours shoulder after your blades) workout. try a professional burn more before calories undertaking 24/7 any program. Visit your local 

This reverse means fly and you extension. burn more calories all day, every day, even gym • for Enhanced the personalised physique guidance with a targeted you require. program bella 

when Lie you’re face down sitting on on a bench, the couch raise your relaxing. arms And out to a your boosted sides, • Stronger bones 

metabolism then move your can lead arms to in reduced an arc above overall your body head. fat. Reverse the Jarrat • Greater Wood is a flexibility personal trainer and the gym manager at Regenesis 

movement The second back major to the benefit starting to position. resistance For a training more advanced is that Fitness • Better in Edgecliff, injury Sydney. prevention For more information call 02 9363 0376 

you workout can target use some particular dumbbells muscle for extra groups resistance. to enhance the or visit www.regenesisfitness.com.au 

Re-energise with 

Regenesis Fitness, an 

exclusive, friendly and 

professional club, without 

the crowds. Flexible 

membership options 

available. 

Cnr New South Head Rd & Ocean Ave, Edgecliff 

02 9363 0376 info@regenesisfitness.com.au 

www.regenesisfitness.com.au 

112 // 93 bellaBEAUTY 

AUSTRALIAN COSMETIC SURGERY

ody 

Get your 

body 

beach-ready 

With summer shining upon us, 

the desire to shape up is high. 

Head to Titan Fitness and make 

the most of your motivATIon. 

Nicola Donovan reports. 

With the warmer seasons well and truly upon us, 

so is the season of the bikini. And while the 

idea of stripping down to a swimsuit can be 

daunting to some, it can also ignite a desire to shape up. 

The team at Titan Fitness acknowledges that everybody 

has individual needs. Because of this, they’ve set out to 

provide programs, facilities and services that will help gym 

members target their specific body concerns. The four 

storeys of expansive fitness rooms are decked out with 

advanced gym equipment where you can train solo or enjoy 

the latest group fitness programs. 

Personal training 

Titan Fitness personal trainers are dedicated to helping 

you achieve results. Ensuring you make the most of your 

time in the club, the certified trainers are on hand to advise, 

assist and motivate. 

Former professional rugby league player Daniel Conn 

is one of the personal trainers at Titan Fitness. Having 

played for the Sydney Roosters, Gold Coast Titans and the 

Canterbury Bulldogs, Conn knows precisely what it takes 

to reach your fitness goals. 

‘There’s a lot of information thrown around a gym – from 

diet advice to how someone should be training,’ he says. 

‘But not all of it’s correct, and certainly doesn’t apply to 

everyone. A personal trainer will assess your individual level 

of fitness, and take into consideration any limitations posed 

by injury or lifestyle.’ 

Group fitness 

The gym is packed with cardiovascular and weighttraining 

equipment. However, for those who thrive off the 

motivation of others when working out, a variety of group 

fitness classes are offered at Titan. These include Les Mills 

Body Pump, Body Combat and Body Balance, Spin Class, 

Boxing and Zumba. Group fitness programs can provide an 

enjoyable environment for you to exercise in, with classes 

like Zumba providing a fun yet challenging workout. 

There are also freestyle classes on offer, including 30Min 

Hit, Total Body, Fat Burner, Killer Kardio and MMAXFIT. 

Nutrition 

Including exercise into your daily routine will invite numerous 

health benefits into your life. However, if you’re after specific 

fitness results, nutrition also plays a fundamental role. The 

team at Titan Fitness recognises that you can’t rely solely 

on exercise, and aims to eliminate any confusion you may 

have with nutrition by providing easy-to-understand advice. 

To this end, Titan offers diet plans which focus on simple, 

healthy meals that, when united with regular exercise, will 

help you to achieve your fitness goals. csbm 


JOIN TITAN FITNESS 

FOR 14 DAYS 

FOR FREE AND 

TRANSFORM 

YOUR BODY * 

29-31 ALFREDA STREET, 

COOGEE NSW 2034 

PH: (02) 9665 4058 

FAX: (02) 9664 1881 

WWW.TITANFITNESS.COM.AU 

FREE 14 DAY MEMBERSHIP WORTH 

SIMPLY DETACH THIS VOUCHER AND TAKE IT WITH YOU TO 

TITAN FITNESS IN COOGEE, SYDNEY 

$ 

140 

✃ 

*FOR FIRST-TIME MEMBERS ONLY. MUST BE A LOCAL RESIDENT AGED OVER 18. ID TO BE SHOWN ON REDEMPTION OF THE VOUCHER. 

OFFER ENDS 31/12/13.

ody 

Defining 

touch 

IMPLANTECH 

body implants 

to enhance 

musculature for 

both medical 

and aesthetic 

purposes. Caitlin 

Bishop reports. 

Body implants are used to create definition and 

volume to a range of areas on the body. Considered 

an international industry leader, Allied Biomedical, 

an Implantech company has been designing and 

manufacturing facial and body implants for more than 

20 years. Their products are distributed in Australia by 

Precise Medical Supplies. 

Using state of the art design technology, the implants are 

anatomically shaped and symmetrical, with a predictable 

volume and tapered edges. These factors are important 

in achieving consistent, natural-looking results, without 

noticeable or palpable margins. 

Sydney plastic surgeon Dr Howard De Torres says 

Implantech implants are effective in adding volume and 

definition to numerous areas of the body. ‘Body implants 

can be used to treat a range of medical and aesthetic 

concerns,’ he explains. ‘For example, I use calf implants 

to treat muscle atrophy, withered legs, club feet or in cases 

where the muscle simply hasn’t developed.’ 

Dr De Torres also says the solid consistency of 

Implantech products can help protect against post-surgical 

complications. ‘In using calf implants, you are putting 

an implant into a very tight spot and it takes some time 

before the implant settles into the tissue,’ he explains. 

‘Because the implants from Implantech are quite solid 

in consistency, any bulging or distortion after surgery is 

almost impossible.’ 

Body implants are commonly used in aesthetic 

augmentation to shape, emphasise and define musculature. 

Sydney plastic surgeon Dr Robert Drielsma, who has been 

using Implantech for around 15 years, commonly uses calf 

implants to reshape the lower leg. 

‘In my experience, the most common patient demand 

for body contouring is calf augmentation – for which these 

implants are ideal,’ Dr Drielsma says. ‘In males, body 

building is a common underlying factor when general body 

building has achieved great results everywhere except the 

calves, which have remained relatively under-defined. In 

women, aesthetic contour of the calves is the primary goal.’ 

The appropriate size, shape and positioning of the 


implant must be expertly determined before insertion. Dr 

Drielsma explains the consultation process is important 

in establishing the right fit for each patient. ‘For calf 

augmentation, the sex of the patient, and their concerns 

and goals, are important factors, and also whether single 

or double calf implants are desired or needed,’ he says. 

‘It is helpful to strap “tester” implants on the calves to 

help determine the ideal size.’ 

Importantly, the solid silicone consistency of 

Implantech products means they are ‘carvable’, or can 

be adjusted before surgery for an optimum fit for each 

individual patient. 

In my experience, once 

Implantech body implants are 

in, patients can generally 

forget about them; they can last 

20 to 30 years with no 

complications 

Dr De Torres explains how Implantech products can 

be customised to each patient. ‘There are a range of sizes 

from Precise Medical. I decide on the most appropriate 

size of implant after measuring the calf, or any other 

area to be treated, during the initial consultation with my 

patient,’ he says. 

‘Because the implants are solid, it is possible to trim 

the edges for a more effective fit. In these cases, I will opt 

for larger sized implants and trim them according to the 

patient’s individual needs.’ 

Following calf augmentation, once the implants have 

settled in, Dr De Torres explains the results are usually 

long lasting with minimal complications. 

‘With body implants from Implantech, the results 

are usually “set and forget”,’ Dr De Torres explains. ‘In 

my experience, once the implants are in, patients can 

generally forget about them; they typically last 20 to 30 

years with no complications.’ 

In an industry where quality, predictability and 

endurance is paramount, excellence in both implant 

design and technology is essential. Implantech implants 

from Precise Medical Supplies are a viable option to 

achieve optimum results with minimal complications in 

body implant surgery. 

‘Implantech implants come in a variety of shapes, 

sizes and degrees of firmness that suit a range of body 

augmentation applications,’ Dr Drielsma says. ‘The fact 

they are solid silicone and carvable means they can be 

easily modified at the time of surgery to conform more 

effectively and precisely to the patient’s body.’ csbm 

SOMETIMES NO AMOUNT 

OF WEIGHT TRAINING 

CAN GET YOU THE RESULT 

YOU DESIRE 

PRE-FORMED & CUSTOM 

BODY IMPLANTS 

Enjoy a more clearly defi ned physique 

and musculature with body implants 

from Allied Biomedical, an Implantech 

company. 

These implants may also be used to 

help correct muscle atrophy resulting 

from injury or illness. 

Implantech Body Implants can defi ne 

and add volume to: 

• CALVES • FACE • CHEST 

•ARMS • BUTTOCKS 

TO FIND A PRACTITIONER NEAR YOU CALL: 

PRECISE MEDICAL SUPPLIES 

1800 689 400 

WWW.PRECISEMEDICAL.COM.AU 


ody 

The modern tummy tuck 

Sydney plastic surgeon Dr Alex Phoon describes how abdominoplasty 

can help restore the shape and silhouette of pre-baby bodies. 

Abdominoplasty is the medical term for what is 

commonly known as a tummy tuck. Traditionally, 

it involves the removal of some or all of the 

lower abdominal skin and fat below the belly button and 

tightening of the central core abdominal muscles. Modern 

abdominoplasty has now evolved to use the complementary 

technique of liposculpture to contour the waist, lower back 

and upper abdomen at the same time. It is one of the most 

common plastic surgical procedures performed today, 

particularly for women after they have had children. 

Changes to the body after pregnancy are entirely normal 

and are partly due to the ageing process, as well as how 

women’s bodies have to adapt for pregnancy. The extent of 

these changes can vary from one person to the next; one 

woman may have almost no changes at all after pregnancy, 

while the next may have profound muscle weakness, 

hernias and stretch marks. 

There is no doubt pressure in society for women to 

achieve their pre-pregnancy figure in the shortest possible 

time. This is potentially unhealthy for both the mother and 

child. In such a busy and exhausting time of their lives, 

women should be allowed to focus on returning to good 

health and looking after their children without people 

pushing the idea they should be at their pre-baby size. 

But what happens when, despite all the healthy dieting 

and exercise, women are still unhappy with their figure? This 

decision is a very personal one for any woman to make, but 

abdominoplasty may be the answer. 

Part of the problem is that skin will often contract to a 

point but beyond that may remain loose. Any stretch marks 

tend to be permanent. With an appropriate exercise plan, 

some women will have their abdominal muscles come back 

together but others will find there will be a gap, or what is 

known medically as a ‘diastasis’ of the rectus abdominus 

muscles. In the most extreme cases, there may also be 

hernias, such as the patient in Case 1. When there is excess 

skin combined with a separation of the central abdominal 

muscles, there can be both a functional and cosmetic 

problem where surgery may be the only thing that might help. 

Abdominoplasty involves removing this excess skin and 

fat from below the belly button and tightening the abdominal 

muscles at the same time. The final scar is made as low as 

possible, ideally at the level of the bikini or the underwear line. 

The belly button is repositioned once the skin is pulled down. 

The procedure involves a general anaesthetic 

and a few days in hospital post-operatively. Most 

patients can resume work after a couple of weeks 

and can return to light activities after about one week. 

Long-term results can be maintained with a healthy lifestyle. 

For the right patient, an 

abdominoplasty, or tummy tuck, 

can make a huge impact on their 

quality of life 

Wherever possible I also include liposculpture to the 

‘muffin top’ or flank area to accentuate a woman’s silhouette 

at the same time. These areas can be difficult to target 

through diet and exercise alone. My personal philosophy 

is to create the best tummy possible for each patient while 

improving post-operative pain and healing. 

I routinely use quilting stitches internally to minimise the 

length of time my patients have drains and the latest Pain- 

Buster anaesthetic pump device. This local anaesthetic 

infusion device has revolutionised my patient care, with 

the vast majority of patients not needing anything more 

than Panadol in the first few days post-op. This means a 


ody 

lower reliance on drugs such as morphine which can cause 

nausea as well as bloating, sleepiness and discomfort. 

Scar management techniques are also employed postoperatively 

to minimise the appearance of the scar. 

Like any surgery, abdominoplasty comes with inherent 

risks and complications, which makes it especially important 

for patients to choose a skilled and experienced surgeon. 

The consultation is also a key component to ensuring 

optimal results. Together, the patient and surgeon devise 

1 

an operative plan to achieve the best results possible. I also 

use 3D Vectra digital imaging, which enables us to map out 

the finer details of the operation and get an idea of what the 

final result will most likely be. 

For the right patient, an abdominoplasty can make 

a huge impact on their quality of life. A good diet and 

exercise will always be the mainstay of a healthy lifestyle, 

but a tummy tuck may be a viable option when these simply 

aren’t enough. csbm 

BEFORE 

Two weeks AFTER surgery by Dr Phoon 

This woman had twins and, despite being very fit and active, her central muscles had split and she had a resultant hernia at the 

level of the belly button and lower abdominal bulge. Excess loose skin, the hernia and the separated muscle were all treated with an 

abdominoplasty without liposuction. 

2 

BEFORE 

Three weeks AFTER surgery by Dr Phoon 

This woman had six children and wanted an abdominoplasty to improve the contour around her waist. A standard abdominoplasty was 

performed with liposuction to the flank and lower back (3L removed). 

3 

BEFORE 

Four weeks AFTER surgery by Dr Phoon 

This woman had lost a significant amount of weight. She has had no previous pregnancies but a previous breast reduction and she 

now felt her bust was too small and out of balance for her frame. She had abdominoplasty and liposuction with additional breast 

augmentation at the same time. 

Photos taken from 3D images of real before and after photos. 


feature body 

refine 

your 

shape 

Melbourne and sydney 

dermatologist 

Dr Michael Rich says 

microcannula liposuction 

offers optimum body 

contouring results. 


Trained by Dr Jeffrey Klein, one of the world pioneers in 

liposuction technique, Melbourne cosmetic surgeon 

Dr Michael Rich is considered an expert in body 

contouring and has been performing liposuction for more 

than 20 years. A leader in the Australian field, Dr Rich 

performs his procedures with a microcannula – as opposed 

to a regular cannula – and has a long-standing history of 

effective, reliable and consistent results. 

‘The most important facet in achieving pleasing 

outcomes in liposuction is a natural-looking result with 

no irregularities and no divets,’ Dr Rich explains. ‘Without 

clothes on, no one should be able to tell the patient has had 

liposuction performed.’ 

In addition to liposuction, Dr Rich performs a wide variety 

of surgical and non-surgical procedures from his clinic 

‘EnRich’ in Melbourne, as well as Dr Garry Cussell’s ‘The 

Facial Rejuvenation Clinic’ in Sydney. 

Technique 

Dr Rich explains the use of a microcannula in liposuction 

is key to achieving the desired natural-looking results. 

Traditionally, liposuction was performed with a larger 

cannula to aid the extraction of larger volumes of fat. 

‘The use of a microcannula takes longer and requires 

more precise work, as it is a true sculpturing procedure,’ 

Dr Rich explains. ‘A large cannula enables the operator to 

perform the liposuction more quickly, but at the expense 

of accuracy. The large cannula can cause more bruising 

and more bleeding, and there is a higher risk of grooves, 

depressions and irregularities in the final result.’ 

Dr Rich uses the ‘tumescent’ technique in his liposuction 

procedures. This involves infiltrating the treatment area – 

or fatty pockets – with ‘tumescent fluid’ before suctioning 

the fat out. The tumescent fluid is a combination of 

anaesthetic, to numb the area, a small amount of adrenaline, 

to constrict blood vessels and reduce post-procedure 

bleeding, and sodium bicarbonate to soften the fat and 

assist in extraction. 

Having trained with Dr Klein, who pioneered the 

tumescent technique in 1985, Dr Rich believes it affords 

more consistent results and presents a lower risk of 

complications. ‘Dr Klein’s ground-breaking work into 

tumescence revolutionised liposuction and drastically 

lowered the risk of complication,’ Dr Rich says. 

‘I’ve looked at every single other technique over the 

years, including how to use different laser devices and 

cannulas in liposuction, and I believe the best procedure, 


ody 

with the lowest risk of complication, is the way Dr Klein 

states it should be performed.’ 

Dr Rich uses liposuction to treat several areas of the 

body, including the chin, jowls, neck, breasts, chest, arms, 

full body torso, thighs, knees and ankles. He explains fat 

deposition varies between genders, and fat accumulation 

– particularly stubborn, difficult-to-shift fatty pockets – 

increases naturally with age. 

‘Women usually have more gynoid fat, which is just 

below the skin, and men typically have more android fat, 

which is inside the abdominal cavity,’ he explains. ‘The most 

common treatment areas in females include the abdomen, 

hips, outer and inner thighs, and neck. In men, common 

concerns are male breasts, the stomach and love handles. 

With age, there tends to be weight gain and increased fat 

deposition in both males and females.’ 

Skin retraction 

Skin retraction, which is the even moulding of skin to 

the body’s new contours, is a common concern in 

liposuction patients. Dr Rich explains 

the skin’s elasticity should be sufficient 

to incur adequate skin retraction in 

most liposuction patients, however 

adjunctive treatments can be used to 

optimise the result. 

‘In most patients, superficial 

liposuction is more than adequate to 

achieve sufficient skin retraction,’ Dr 

Rich says. ‘In patients who have lost a lot 

of weight or older patients with skin that 

doesn’t retract as well, radiofrequency 

devices can be used to heat the skin 

and cause added retraction. When a 

large volume of fat is extracted during 

liposuction, removing the excess skin 

via surgery may be necessary.’ 

BEFORE 

remove isolated pockets of fat, for example in the chin, 

to achieve an aesthetic result – the procedure should not 

be considered an “easy way out” or a replacement for 

lifestyle changes.’ 

For those looking to undergo liposuction, Dr Rich 

explains establishing realistic expectations and explicit trust 

in their doctor is essential coming into the procedure. 

‘Possibly, the most important question for each patient 

is: “are my expectations realistic?” It is very important to 

understand that, while liposuction can remove the bulk 

of fat and achieve skin retraction, it will not necessarily 

improve other aspects in their life,’ Dr Rich says. ‘The 

patient must have a rapport with, and confidence in, the 

surgeon performing their procedure, and should research 

the doctor’s experience before going ahead.’ 

‘I encourage my patients to write down every question 

and apprehensive thought they have before making a 

decision. These should include: will I have adequate benefit, 

will my skin retract, will I be able to function adequately 

post-procedure and, most importantly, will I achieve what I 

want to achieve?’ Dr Rich concludes. csbm 

AFTER microcannula liposuction by Dr Rich 

results & 

Expectations 

While Dr Rich performs liposuction on 

a variety of patients who have differing 

concerns, expectations and body 

types, he explains liposuction should 

not be seen as an alternative to a 

healthy lifestyle. 

‘The person who is most suitable 

for liposuction is not overweight but 

may have stubborn fatty pockets that 

they wish to remove,’ Dr Rich says. 

‘While an overweight patient can still 

undergo liposuction – particularly to 

BEFORE 

AFTER microcannula liposuction by Dr Rich 


ody 

Refine 

your figure 

Liposonix is a non-invasive option for body contouring, designed to 

shed one dress size in just one treatment. Caitlin Bishop reports. 

Despite a steady commitment to dieting, or 

unwavering dedication to an exercise program, 

some pockets of fatty tissue can be difficult to 

budge. It could be that you’re genetically predisposed to 

love handles or excess abdominal fat, or perhaps your 

body is simply determined to hold onto those fatty pockets 

on the thighs, upper arms or hips. Whatever the reasons, 

Liposonix, distributed by Solta Medical, provides a nonsurgical 

alternative to conquering these problem areas. 

Liposonix uses targeted, high-energy ultrasound to melt 

fat in the subcutaneous fat layer (the fat layer directly under 

the skin) without harming the skin’s superficial layers. This 

helps to tighten, slim and tone the body’s contours, and 

can be effective in reducing fat on the abdomen, waistline, 

arms, thighs and buttocks. 

‘Liposonix melts away fat, leaving the skin unharmed. 

This technology has been used for many years to dissolve 

kidney stones and has a proven safety record,’ says Sydney 

plastic surgeon Dr Charles Cope. 

‘In my opinion, Liposonix has two main advantages 

over other non-surgical fat reduction systems: only one 

treatment is required; and there is a lower risk of contour 

irregularity problems that can occur with other systems on 

the market.’ 

The aim of Liposonix is to 

reshape and contour the body. 

It is designed for people who 

have tried everything and 

can’t lose localised, stubborn 

pockets of fat 

Designed to shed one dress size in just one treatment, 

Liposonix targets high-intensity ultrasound energy at a 

specific depth in the fat layer to cause a rapid, but localised, 

rise in temperature. Above a temperature of 56 degrees 

Centigrade, irreversible cell death occurs and the targeted 

fat cells are permanently destroyed. 


ody 

Sydney cosmetic surgeon Dr Jack Ting explains Liposonix 

should not be considered an alternative to weight loss, but 

can achieve effective results in shifting problem areas. 

‘Liposonix focuses on one particular area at a certain 

depth, and a pinch of one inch of fat is required at the 

treatment site,’ Dr Ting explains. ‘The aim of Liposonix is to 

reshape the body; it is not a substitute for losing weight. It 

is designed for people who have tried everything and can’t 

lose localised, stubborn pockets of fat.’ 

A consultation is required to determine if a patient is 

suitable for treatment with Liposonix and, 

1 

typically, just one treatment is sufficient to 

achieve effective results. The procedure takes 

around one hour and can be used in conjunction 

with other modalities, as Dr Cope describes. 

‘The treatment takes between 60 and 90 

minutes and, for the best results, patients take 

oral analgesia, so the patient can tolerate higher 

treatment settings,’ he explains. ‘Liposonix 

can also be used in conjunction with a medical 

2 

grade laser, to improve the texture and surface 

of the skin, especially stretch marks.’ 

Dr Ting uses a ‘stacking’ technique to 

achieve optimum results in Liposonix treatment. 

‘I use a high energy dosage for more effective 

results,’ Dr Ting explains. ‘Stacking means I treat 

the same section repeatedly, without letting the 

area cool down – as opposed to moving across 

the treatment area and returning to re-treat the 

section later. I commonly perform three passes 

3 

on each section.’ 

Although there is minimal downtime, 

treatment with Liposonix may induce mild 

discomfort in the days following the procedure, 

though no bed rest is needed. 

‘Patients can return to work and normal 

everyday activities the day after treatment,’ Dr 

Cope says. ‘The area may be sore for a few days, 

especially when performing vigorous exercise, 

but there is no need to restrict any activities.’ 

Following treatment, the liquefied fat 

cells are removed from the body via natural 

4 

metabolic processes. Once these fat pockets 

are removed, it is difficult to increase fat in the 

same area. Because of this, and to avoid any 

possible contour irregularities, it is important to 

maintain a healthy exercise and diet regimen 

after treatment with Liposonix. 

‘The improved contour from a Liposonix 

treatment can be maintained with a healthy diet 

and exercise program, which should be part of 

BEFORE 

BEFORE 

BEFORE 

BEFORE 

everyone’s lifestyle,’ continues Dr Cope. ‘There have never 

been any reported cases of contour irregularities with the 

Liposonix treatment.’ 

Liposonix offers a viable option in improving the body’s 

contours without the downtime associated with surgery. 

Just as summer calls for bikinis and sundresses, exercise 

or diet programs can sometimes require a helping hand in 

achieving desired results. Liposonix can go great lengths in 

optimising the outcome of healthy hard work, and refining 

and reshaping the figure. csbm 

6 weeks AFTER treatment with Liposonix 





ody 

Trim 

& tone 

EXILIS TREATMENT IS EFFECTIVE IN REDUCING FAT, 

REFINING CONTOURS AND TIGHTENING SKIN ON BOTH THE 

FACE AND BODY. CAITLIN BISHOP REPORTS. 

Designed to conquer stubborn fatty pockets, 

refi ne contours and regenerate the skin’s support 

structure, Exilis from Device Technologies offers 

a trimming, tightening and toning effect. From slimming 

the waistline to refi ning the jaw angle, the non-invasive 

treatment can be used on several areas and combines 

monopolar radiofrequency (RF) and ultrasound technology 

for faster, more effective results. 

‘We have been using Exilis for a year, and have achieved 

circumferential reduction, improvement in skin laxity on 

both the face and body, and smoother, tighter skin,’ says 

Queensland plastic surgeon Dr Mark Magnusson. 

By targeting the radiofrequency and ultrasound energy 

at specifi c depths in the subcutaneous fat layer, Exilis 

induces deep thermal heating to increase metabolic activity 

and initiate lipolysis – the death of fat cells. 

As the fat cell volume decreases, the surrounding 

collagen is also affected. The collagen fi bres unravel in the 

heat, triggering the body’s natural healing response and 

stimulating the production of new collagen at the site. This 

results in skin tightening, alongside fat reduction. 

For fat reduction, Exilis targets different levels of 

subcutaneous fat and a contact cooling system is used 

to protect the epidermis. It is effective in circumferential 

reduction and reducing isolated fatty pockets. 

‘Fat reduction with Exilis is best suited to patients who 

are a healthy, level weight,’ says Tasmanian plastic surgeon 

Dr Gary Kode. ‘It is used to treat pockets of stubborn fatty 

tissue that are not affected by exercise or diet. It’s a noninvasive 

treatment that can achieve great results in refi ning 

the fi gure and contours.’ 

For fat removal, each layer of fat is targeted separately. 

The fi rst pass targets deep fat, with the machine set to full 

power. The settings can then be reduced to target the middle 

layers, and then reduced again for a third pass, targeting 

superfi cial fat. A fourth pass using just radiofrequency is 

then made to tighten the skin. 

Treatment with Exilis should not incur any downtime, 

and no anaesthesia is required during treatment. ‘During an 

Exilis treatment you will experience an intense heat but my 

patients don’t report any discomfort,’ says Dr Magnusson. 

‘Most people say it feels relaxing like a hot stone massage.’ 

Multiple sessions are often required to maximise results 

in Exilis treatment. Typically, four treatments are performed, 

one to two weeks apart. 

Exilis can also be used in combination with more 

aggressive cosmetic procedures for a synergistic effect. 

For example, using Exilis after fractional CO2 skin 

resurfacing can greatly improve the skin tightening effect 

of laser skin rejuvenation. 

The full results of Exilis are usually seen three months 

after treatment, once collagen synthesis has occurred 

and the dead fat cells have been naturally metabolised by 

the body. In fat reduction, each treatment takes 30 to 45 

minutes and multiple passes are made on the specifi c body 

area to target different levels in the subcutaneous tissue. 

In a revolutionary combination of radiofrequency and 

ultrasound technology, Exilis offers an effective and noninvasive 

way to help slim and tone the body. csbm 

BEFORE 

BEFORE 

AFTER Exilis treatment (photos courtesy of 

Device Technologies) 

AFTER Exilis treatment (photos courtesy of 

Device Technologies) 


MAKE EVERYDAY 

“A Skinny Jeans Day” 

Exilis redefines Non-Invasive body & facial treatments. 

Melt away centimetres, the non-surgical way. 

BEFORE 

AFTER BEFORE AFTER 

Your Exilis Specialist Clinic 

NEW SOUTH WALES 

Elixxir Medispa 

Dr Michael Miroshnik 

Bondi Junction 

1300 854 610 

www.elixxirmedispa.com.au 

Face Today Mediclinic 

Chatswood 

1300 668 573 

www.facetoday.com.au 

Alpha Cosmetic Clinic 

Dr Phil Caraiscos 

Hurstville 

02 9579 2777 

www.alphacosmedicclinic.com.au 

QUEENSLAND 

Face Today Mediclinic 

Cairns 

07 4053 3021 

www.facetoday.com.au 

Allure Clinic 

Dr Mark Magnusson 

Toowoomba 

1300 662 960 

www.allurecosmeticclinic.com.au 

Sunshine Vein Clinic 

Dr Hugo Pin 

Peregian Beach 

1300 698 346 

www.sunshineveinclinic.com.au 

VICTORIA 

Rejuvenex Medical Aesthetic 

& Laser Clinic 

Blackburn South 

03 9877 2366 

www.rejuevenex.com.au 

TASMANIA 

Launceston Plastic Surgery 

Dr Gary Kode 

Launceston 

03 6334 9313 

WESTERN AUSTRALIA 

Bramis Facial Rejuvenation Clinic 

Dr Mela Brankov 

Subiaco 

08 6161 5425 

www.bramis.com.au 

Dermedica 

Dr Joanna Teh 

Scarborough 

08 9205 1995 

www.dermedica.com.au 

E: exilis@device.com.au | W: www.device.com.au/exilis


Speaking 

out 

Gynaecologist and pelvic 

reconstructive surgeon 

Dr Oseka Onuma says vaginal 

rejuvenation can be an 

empowering option for many 

women. AimÉe Surtenich reports. 

Talking openly about concerns relating to the vagina 

can be challenging for women. The question ‘am I 

normal?’ can plague women of all ages, particularly 

when it comes to the appearance and function of the 

vagina and urinary system. 

Dr Oseka Onuma, a gynaecologist and pelvic 

reconstructive surgeon, says one of the most pertinent 

issues in the field of gynaecology is the lack of open and 

honest dialogue, both in mainstream society and the 

medical community, which leads to many obstacles in 

women seeking treatment. One of the effects of not having 

an open forum for gynaecological concerns is a widespread 

misunderstanding of what is classified as ‘normal’ – both in 

terms of vaginal anatomy and urogynaecological problems. 

‘There is a very wide spectrum of what is “normal”,’ says 

Dr Onuma. ‘I never make assumptions; the real problem 

may be more subtle than the one being expressed. I want 

to know not only the symptoms but also the length of time 

they have been endured and how the patient’s quality of 

life is being affected. After a thorough examination, the 

correlation of the clinical findings with the symptoms results 

in higher success rates – both in terms of the surgery and 

patient satisfaction.’ 

Functional and cosmetic rejuvenation 

All women are born with differently shaped genitalia, and 

with the effects of childbirth and age, many can suffer from 

problems with their genitalia that can make them feel very 

self-conscious and unhappy, often affecting relationships 

with sexual partners. 

‘Childbirth can change the shape and tone of vaginal 

tissue, sometimes resulting in embarrassment and 

occasionally loss of sexual satisfaction,’ Dr Onuma says. 

‘After childbirth, sufferers often try to ignore any reduced 

ability to contract the vaginal walls, the feeling of “looseness’ 

and reduced sensation during intercourse.’ 

Women seeking vaginal rejuvenation are usually 

concerned about both the appearance and the discomfort 

caused by oversized, elongated or asymmetrical labia 

minora. Other concerns that can be addressed by surgery 

include protrusions or a lump within the vagina, scar tissue, 

discomfort or sagging at the entrance to the vagina, and 

loose or weak vaginal muscles, mainly caused through the 

muscles stretching during childbirth. 

There is a range of surgical options available which can 

correct these problems. One is laser reduction labioplasty, 

which can sculpt the elongated or unequal labial minora 

as desired. ‘Labioplasty techniques can reconstruct 

conditions that are a result of the ageing process, childbirth 

trauma or injury,’ says Dr Onuma. 

The procedure can provide a more aesthetically attractive 

vulva. The vulvar structures (including the labia minora, 

labia majora, mons pubis, perineum, entrance to the vagina 

and hymen) can be surgically enhanced, both functionally 

and aesthetically. 

Female urinary incontinence 

Female stress urinary incontinence is caused predominantly 

by an improperly functioning urethra, not the bladder. 

Normally, the urethra, when properly supported by strong 


feature 

Laser Vaginal 

Rejuvenation TM 

pelvic floor muscles and healthy connective tissue, 

maintains a tight seal to prevent involuntary urine loss. 

When a woman suffers from stress urinary incontinence, 

weakened muscle and pelvic tissue don’t support the 

urethra adequately. As a result, the urethra doesn’t maintain 

a tight seal during exercise or other movement such as 

coughing or laughing, and urine escapes. 

‘Women with stress incontinence generally have a 

reduced impression of their own wellbeing and attraction to 

others, and this can affect their relationships with intimate 

partners,’ says Dr Onuma. 

No one should suffer conditions 

that can be treated. Part of being 

a woman is taking control by 

having access to choice 

One technique Dr Onuma employs is the tensionless 

vaginal tape, or TVT, sling. It is a minimally invasive procedure 

during which a Prolene tape sling is inserted to correct 

stress urinary incontinence. It requires a short operation and 

recovery is typically rapid. Rejection and infection are rare. 

The Prolene mesh is inserted through the vagina and 

positioned underneath the urethra, creating a supportive 

sling, which is held in place by surrounding tissues rather 

than sutured into position. During movement or exercise, 

the mesh supports the urethra, allowing it to maintain its 

seal to prevent urine loss. 

‘It’s important to listen to the concerns of the individual 

patient, assess them with examination and appropriate 

investigations to establish a diagnosis, and then offer a 

series of potential solutions with detailed discussion about 

how each approach might impact positively or negatively if 

adopted,’ says Dr Onuma. 

‘During consultation, I encourage my patients to express 

themselves openly and, importantly, to make them feel more 

comfortable with what are usually very normal concerns,’ 

he says. 

Providing knowledge, choices and alternatives is an 

essential part of delivering a quality medical service to 

improve the function of the vagina and urinary system – and 

the quality of life of each patient. 

‘No woman needs to suffer conditions that can be 

treated. Part of being a woman is not “putting up with it”, 

but taking control by having access to choice,’ Dr Onuma 

concludes. csbm 

SPECIALISING IN 

• Aesthetic and functional 

labial surgery 

• Curing urinary incontinence 

• Restoring pelvic support 

• Enhancing sexual gratification 

• Resolving menstrual dysfunction 

OUR MISSION 

To empower women 

with knowledge, choice 

and alternatives 

Dr Oseka Onuma 

BSc MJur MBBS FRCOG 

FRANZCOG 

Gynaecologist & 

Pelvic Reconstructive Surgeon 

Laser Vaginal Rejuvenation 

Institute of Adelaide 

Robe Terrace Specialist Centre Suite 

4 Robe Terrace, Medindie 

South Australia 5081 

Phone 08 8344 6085 

Facsimile 08 8344 6087 

Email rooms@dronuma.com 

www.dronuma.com 



What lies beneath 

Sydney cosmetic surgeon Dr Colin Moore explains the cosmetic and 

functional benefits of genital surgery. AimÉe Surtenich reports. 

S 

Page 1 

GEMENT 

idening 

ds 

tomy Reversal 

ry 

(Lyn) 

.com 

OORE 

There’s more to vaginal rejuvenation than creating a 

‘designer vagina’. In addition to improved aesthetics, 

it can alleviate discomfort, pain and hygiene issues, 

as well as improve sexual pleasure. 

‘Importantly, vaginal abnormalities can often inhibit a 

woman’s self-confidence and sexual satisfaction and, left 

untreated, can result in both physical and psychological 

concerns,’ says Sydney cosmetic surgeon Dr Colin Moore. 

Women who seek vaginal surgery often notice changes 

to their vagina after giving birth or as a result of the ageing 

process. Depending on the patient’s concerns, there are a 

number of surgical options that can correct aesthetic and 

functional concerns. 

‘After giving birth, some women experience stretched 

muscles and skin that can significantly change the shape 

of the vagina, both internally and externally,’ says Dr Moore. 

‘In such cases, it’s important to adopt a holistic approach: 

MEN’S & WOMEN’S 

Cosmetic Surgery 

‘A New You’ 

• Penis Enlargement – permanent 

• Circumcision • Abnormalities (bends) 

• Impotence • Vasectomy • Testicular Implants 

• Breast Enlargement/Reduction • Tummy Tuck 

• Face/Eye Lift • Vaginal Cosmetic/Surgical Repairs 

EARS EXPERIENCE 

B R I S B A N E 

ITAL 

Y 

ent 

y 

gery 

(Lyn) 

.com 

THE AUSTRALIAN CENTRE FOR COSMETIC SURGERY 

Dr Colin Moore 

MBBS, FRCS, FRACS, FACCS 

www.drcolinmoore.com.au 

To recieve an information pack call Lyn on 

0414 251 234 or 1300 malepenissurgery 

VISIT THE BEFORE ANd AFTER 

pHOTO GALLERY AT 

drcolinmoore.com/general/gallery.html 

Finance options available 

tightening both the weakened vaginal muscles and trimming 

excess labial tissue. I work with each patient to decide on the 

most appropriate treatment option for vaginal rejuvenation.’ 

Vaginoplasty vs labioplasty 

A vaginoplasty is a day procedure which involves tightening 

the sling muscles in the vagina by lifting the muscles, 

removing excess vaginal lining and reattaching the muscles. 

‘It’s important, though, that patients have realistic 

expectations; surgery will not make them a teenager again,’ 

explains Dr Moore. ‘We can’t over-tighten stretched vaginal 

muscles as this can cause muscle cramps and spasms 

during intercourse. This is where a senior surgeon’s 

experience is essential.’ 

A labioplasty involves excising and sealing excess, 

roughened tissue that can cause the labial folds to look 

asymmetrical or stretched. According to Dr Moore, younger 

patients usually opt for labioplasty alone to correct an 

uneven appearance of the labial folds. 

‘Essentially, labioplasty involves either removing a 

roughened edge or reducing the edges of the labia minora 

back to the same level as the labia majora, and often 

reducing excess skin covering the clitoral hood.’ 

A labioplasty can also improve vaginal hygiene. ‘With 

large labia, urine can become trapped, allowing bacteria 

from the bowel to migrate and colonise in the urethra,’ Dr 

Moore explains. ‘For many women, labioplasty surgery can 

rectify this.’ 

G-spot augmentation 

For women seeking to improve their sexual satisfaction, 

G-spot augmentation offers a long-lasting solution. 

The G-spot lies on the front wall of the vagina and can 

cause significant pelvic floor contraction during orgasm. 

‘G-spot augmentation usually involves a transurethral injection 

of dermal filler into the middle layer of the vaginal wall to make 

a G-spot orgasm more intense, which can be very liberating 

for some women,’ says Dr Moore. 

According to Dr Moore, there is one main limitation to 

this surgery: the ability to experience a G-spot orgasm 

needs to be developed beforehand as augmentation of the 

area does not guarantee a G-spot orgasm. 

As with any surgery, there are potential risks and 

complications, but when performed by an appropriately 

trained and skilled surgeon, the risks are minimal. csbm 


Join us online 


Jump online to get your fi x of beauty news, product reviews and to research 

the latest aesthetic procedures and treatments! 

Super-fast access to the 

exact subject your heart 

desires, whether this 

be directories, articles, 

procedures or blogs. 

Interactive features including photo galleries, 

slideshows and videos that will keep your eyes 

entertained and your mouse clicking over. 

Join the conversation and be in the running to win 

the latest skincare, body products and makeup! 

Find a doctor or clinic in your 

area with our Directory, a 

comprehensive A to Z 

of professionals and 

businesses from across 

the nation to keep you 

looking your best. 

Get involved! Tweet us to 

tell us what you think or 

give us a shout by ‘liking’ 

our Facebook page. We’d 

love to hear your feedback 

and ideas. 

Find out about mustattend 

seminars and 

soirees in the industry via 

our Events section. 

Features and 

articles packed with 

comprehensive, 

relevant information 

about cosmetic 

surgery, beauty and 

industry news! 

Cosmetic procedures from an educated and informed 

source makes our Procedures section a go-to if you’re 

considering a nip/tuck or even just a tweak. 

Overwhelmed with the Social Media options available? 

Let Bella Media do the work for you. 

The growth of Social Media can’t be ignored. Bella 

Media can help you work through the myriad of options 

to optimise your reach within these channels. We can 

assist with all aspects of a Social Media campaign, 

from setting up accounts and profi le information to 

content creation and distribution of updates. 

Bella Media’s Social Media Management services include: 

• Facebook Business Pages creation and information setup 

• Twitter account creation and profi le setup 

• Youtube Channel creation 

• Slideshare account creation 

• Blog creation and profi le setup 

• Google+ account creation and profi le setup 

• Email Signature links 

• Supply of website code to include all social media channels 

• Continuing tailored blog/microblog copy 

Call Bella Media now on 02 9398 2755

ody 

Arrived in 

Australia – 

The Isavela 

compression 

range 

The Isavela compression range 

is launching in Australia, 

revolutionising post-surgical care 

in a selection of comfortable, 

functional and effective garments. 


After any cosmetic surgery, the importance of postoperative 

care should not be overlooked. One way 

to maximise comfort and improve healing after 

surgery is to choose quality compression garments. 

The Isavela range of compression garments, recently 

launched in Australia, uses the latest technology to improve 

comfort and hygiene and provide post-operative support 

to the treated area. Distributed by Statina Healthcare, the 

garments provide support, enhance comfort and boost 

circulation following surgery. 

The use of compression garments can go a long way in 

expediting the recovery process. By increasing blood flow 

to the treated area, compression garments are believed to 


ody 

reduce swelling and bruising, and aid in accelerating and 

normalising the healing process. 

The Isavela brand was born in the US and prides itself 

on remaining at the forefront of compression science. The 

range includes everything from breast support to abdominal 

binders. All Isavela garments are made with Naturexx fabric, 

which regulates moisture to keep the wearer cool and 

dry. The system is designed to evaporate body moisture 

and prevent the production of bacteria during use – an 

important factor in post-operative care. The fabric itself 

is soft and smooth, designed to heighten comfort while 

providing optimal, post-surgical support. 

Surgical bras 

There is an extensive range of Isavela bras suitable for 

recovery from breast augmentation, reduction, mastopexy 

and reconstruction. Particularly in breast augmentation, 

compression garments are worn post-operatively to aid in 

healing and help counter the risk of implant displacement. 

By applying gentle and homogenous pressure to the skin 

and underlying tissue directly following surgery, the implant 

settles more quickly into the tissue pocket, and a smoother 

result, without skin rippling, is more easily achieved. 

Designed to provide support and lift, as well as 

compression, the Isavela bras have no underwiring and 

enhance body shape in comfortable functionality. 

Body contouring 

Following an abdominoplasty (tummy tuck) or liposuction, 

compression garments or girdles are often worn to improve 

blood circulation, reduce the risk of fluid accumulation and 

accelerate healing. A compression garment also helps the 

healing skin to drape more naturally over the body’s new, 

slimmer contours. 

Isavela has a range of mid- and full-body compression 

garments, alongside a specialised line of abdominal binders. 

Each compression garment is adjustable with straps, and 

there are several design options, varying in length and 

bust style. Notably, the material used in the abdominal 

binders stretches in all directions to afford homogenised 

compression while allowing the body to move naturally. 

Facial wear 

In recovering from face or neck surgery, compression is 

again needed to regulate blood flow and accelerate the 

healing process. However, the extent of movement in 

the facial muscles, and the possibility of sudden, violent 

movements – for example, sneezing and coughing – can 

make compression difficult. 

The Facial Compression and Chin Support garments 

from Isavela are designed to minimise discomfort and 

soften the impact of facial muscle movement. Some of 

the designs have the option of a support strap around the 

back of the neck or across the forehead, as well as differing 

lengths of neck compression. 

No matter what the line, the Isavela garments are elegant 

in both design and style. With subtle seams, smooth 

material and stylish cuts, wearers can enjoy the feel of their 

reshaped body or breasts in outfits that complement and 

enhance their figure. 

Increasing comfort and kick-starting the healing process 

is essential in those first weeks following surgery and, now, 

with the newest compression range at Statina Healthcare, 

comfort and functionality can be enjoyed more effectively 

than ever before. csbm 

Why are compression 

garments necessary 

after surgery? 

• Increases blood circulation 

• Reduces propensity of swelling and bruising 

• Helps prevent fluid accumulation 

• Helps prevent implant displacement 

• Increases comfort post-operatively 

Visit www.isavela.com.au for more information. 


teeth 

Ultra-thin 

porcelain 

veneers: 

preserving your 

teeth & enhancing 

your smile 

SYDNEY AESTHETIC RECONSTRUCTIVE DENTIST DR SARKIS NALBANDIAN 

EXPLAINS A MINIMALLY INVASIVE APPROACH TO TOOTH REJUVENATION IS 

SOMETIMES THE BEST WAY TO BALANCE FACIAL AESTHETICS AND RESTORE A 

BEAUTIFUL SMILE. CAITLIN BISHOP REPORTS. 

In a personalised approach to smile rejuvenation, Sydney 

aesthetic reconstructive dentist Dr Sarkis Nalbandian 

uses minimally invasive techniques to preserve and 

optimise the patient’s natural smile. 

He believes taking a highly individualised approach 

– considering the patient’s dental and facial aesthetic 

parameters, alongside comfort and function – achieves the 

best result in cosmetic dentistry. 

‘Smile rejuvenation is all about the face, not just the 

teeth,’ Dr Nalbandian explains. ‘It is of utmost important 

to understand how smile design should complement the 

patient’s facial aesthetics.’ 

Though Dr Nalbandian is experienced in using a variety 

of methods for smile rejuvenation, he often recommends 

ultra-thin porcelain veneers to achieve a signifi cant, though 

minimally invasive, smile transformation. 

These ultra-thin porcelain veneers are specially 

designed by Dr Nalbandian and his technical team. They 

can be sculptured to fi t each patient and are designed to 

build upon, and preserve, the natural teeth. These can be 

applied in Dr Nalbandian’s ‘one visit smile lift’ and cause 

little disruption to natural tooth enamel. 

‘Once tooth enamel is gone, it’s gone for good,’ he 

explains. ‘Minimal intervention is key, as it is important to 

preserve enamel and work with what nature gave us.’ 

Once tooth enamel is gone, it’s 

gone for good – which is why 

minimal intervention is key in 

preserving tooth enamel 

Importantly, treatment with ultra-thin porcelain veneers 

can achieve immediate results and affords fl exible options 

for future revision. ‘The beauty of this treatment is that 

we can improve the patient’s smile while still keeping 

their options open for future orthodontic realignment,’ Dr 

Nalbandian explains. 


teeth 

While veneers signify the faster route to 

aesthetic smile rejuvenation, careful planning 

is still required prior to the procedure. Dr 

Nalbandian believes that digital smile design 

software doesn’t reflect the patient’s true smile 

and the way rejuvenation might impact the 

patient’s speech, smile dynamics and comfort. 

Instead, Dr Nalbandian works within the 

mouth to accurately prepare the most suitable 

treatment for each patient. 

‘Smile design is an art form and I work within 

the mouth directly to diagnose and plan the 

best treatments for my patients,’ Dr Nalbandian 

says. ‘The challenge is to create natural smiles 

that complement the patient’s beauty and 

facial aesthetic. This demands an individualised 

approach, and cannot be digitalised.’ 

Ultra-thin porcelain 

veneers can achieve a 

beautiful result with minimal 

tooth intervention 

Before treatment, Dr Nalbandian takes 

photographs of the patient from three angles 

– front, oblique and profile – to establish the 

most important aspects of their smile, and 

evaluate the interplay between their lips, gums 

and teeth. 

Importantly, Dr Nalbandian recognises the 

smile and facial aging go hand-in-hand. He 

believes the impact of facial ageing and time 

are important elements to consider in any 

cosmetic dentistry. 

Ultra-thin porcelain veneers can address the 

gaps, chips, discolouring and misalignment 

caused by age, certain foods and teeth 

grinding. Dr Nalbandian explains the ‘one visit 

smile lift’ can achieve effective results in both 

beautifying and preserving the patient’s smile. 

‘Patients of all ages can undergo this 

treatment, providing there is correct diagnosis 

and extensive planning prior to the procedure,’ 

he explains. ‘Ultra-thin veneers can create 

beautiful, natural-looking smiles. After 

treatment, patients often tell me “everyone 

comments on how nice I look, but no one can 

pin-point that my teeth have changed!”’ csbm 

CASE STUDY 

For suitable candidates, Dr Nalbandian performs the ‘One Visit Smile 

Lift’ using ultra-thin porcelain veneers. Depending on the patient, 

this approach could involve anything from tooth veneers and gum 

contouring to teeth whitening and reshaping. 

One such patient approached Dr Nalbandian after a long 

history of limited success in using porcelain veneers to rejuvenate 

her smile. 

‘This particular patient was concerned about the colour and 

shape of her teeth, as well as her smile arch and gum asymmetry,’ 

Dr Nalbandian explains. ‘She approached me after having had 

a few cases of porcelain veneers placed and then ultimately removed 

by another dentist.’ 

The patient was concerned that the veneers she’d had in the 

past appeared artificial, and she did not wish to have people notice 

she’d undergone cosmetic dentistry. 

She approached Dr Nalbandian for a more individualised 

rejuvenation, and the result was achieved in two treatment sessions 

following thorough diagnostics. 

‘An aesthetic result should imitate nature and, using ultrathin 

porcelain veneers, we can achieve a beautiful, natural-looking 

result,’ Dr Nalbandian concludes. 

BEFORE 

BEFORE 

AFTER cosmetic dentistry by Dr Nalbandian 

AFTER cosmetic dentistry by Dr Nalbandian 


teeth 

Brighten your smile 

The Smartbleach 3LT is a revolutionary teeth-whitening system designed 

to brighten, rejuvenate and beautify your smile. Caitlin Bishop reports. 

There’s nothing like a bright, white and healthy smile 

for boosting self-confidence and refreshing our 

appearance. Yet as we age – alongside those sweet 

treats, black coffees and red wines – our smile can become 

yellowed, marked and dull. Smartbleach 3LT signifies 

the latest in teeth whitening technology in a non-laser, 

photochemical whitening system. 

Smartbleach 3LT, distributed by High Tech Laser, is 

built on the same principles as the original Smartbleach 

whitening system – where a photo-reactive gel is applied to 

the teeth and exposed to light of a certain wavelength. The 

reaction between the light and the gel breaks down stained 

molecules on the teeth, homogenising colour and reducing 

the appearance of discolouration. 

Sydney cosmetic dentist Dr Mark Levi uses Smartbleach 

at his clinic, and believes it affords more consistent results 

with less discomfort than other systems. 

‘In teeth whitening, it all comes down to the reaction 

between the gel and the light source,’ Dr Levi explains. 

‘Smartbleach 3LT optimises this reaction in a unique gellight 

combination for more consistent and predictable 

results with minimal discomfort.’ 

The system has been designed to effectively treat all 

kinds of tooth stains, including tetracycline stains, which 

can occur after taking antibiotics during childhood, when 

the development of tooth structure is affected. 

Queensland cosmetic dentist Dr David Cox uses 

Smartbleach to treat a variety of teeth stains. ‘We treat 

almost any type of tooth discolouration using Smartbleach,’ 

he says. ‘It can be effective in treating coffee marks, genetic 

yellowing and even the more stubborn stains caused by 

certain antibiotics.’ 

Smartbleach uses a unique 

gel-light combination for 

more predictable results with 

minimal discomfort 

Smartbleach uses a specialised alkaline gel for superior 

whitening results. This delivers a high concentration of 

oxygen radicals – which break down stains – without 

damaging the enamel. Importantly, the reaction between 

the light and gel is photochemical, not photothermal, as 

seen in other systems. This protects the teeth against 

thermal damage, as Dr Cox explains. 

‘Photothermal reactions heat the tooth and there can 

be damage to the nerve if overheated even by a few 

degrees,’ he says. ‘Smartbleach 3LT uses a photochemical 

reaction, which creates oxygen radicals with no associated 

heat. There is also a photodynamic reaction to increase 


teeth 

the concentration of oxygen radicals for more effective 

teeth whitening.’ 

A treatment with Smartbleach 3LT takes under an 

hour. Before treatment, the teeth are polished and buffed 

in preparation. A coating is applied around the teeth to 

protect the gums and no anaesthetic is needed. 

One patient of Dr Levi, Sharon, recently had a tooth 

whitening treatment with Smartbleach and was happily 

surprised with the results. ‘I was very apprehensive about 

getting my teeth whitened,’ she says. ‘I was doubtful if 

it would work, as I had discoloured teeth from antibiotic 

stains. I’ve just finished my second treatment, and am 

extremely pleased with the results. I could see improvement 

straightaway, which I didn’t think was possible! I went back 

to my regular dentist and she was as surprised as I was.’ 

While Sharon opted to have two treatments, and is 

considering a third, Dr Levi says one treatment is typically 

sufficient to achieve an effective result. 

‘In my experience, there is always an effective result 

with Smartbleach, and one treatment is usually all that is 

required,’ Dr Levi says. ‘In Sharon’s case, the results have 

been amazing – my team and I are blown away.’ 

There is no downtime following treatment with 

Smartbleach and results should be evident immediately. 

Patients are encouraged to avoid deeply coloured foods 

such as black coffee, red wine and tomato sauce for the 

first 48 to 72 hours following treatment. 

Dr Cox explains results will vary but can last up to several 

years. ‘For intrinsic staining, which is inside the tooth as 

opposed to on the surface, the results can last many years, 

if not indefinitely,’ he says. ‘As for surface staining, the 

results will depend on dietary habits but can last for years.’ 

‘The level of whitening varies between patients, but 

I believe the Smartbleach system is in a class of its own 

for treating the more stubborn discolourations,’ Dr Cox 

concludes. csbm 

1 

BEFORE 

2 

AFTER Smartbleach 3LT by Dr Levi 

BEFORE 

3 


BEFORE 



face 

Refresh 

your 

outlook 

SYDNEY PLASTIC SURGEON 

DR DARRYL HODGKINSON EXPLAINS 

HIS APPROACH TO CREATING 

REFRESHED AND NATURAL-LOOKING 

RESULTS IN FACELIFT PROCEDURES. 

CAITLIN BISHOP REPORTS. 

While non-invasive methods for facial rejuvenation 

can go a long way in bridging the path to 

surgery, the results achieved in a surgical facelift 

are superior in countering skin laxity, reducing wrinkles 

and folds, and improving a tired-looking appearance. Yet 

the decision to undergo surgery can be a big one, and 

natural-looking results are a common concern for people 

considering a facelift. 

Sydney plastic surgeon Dr Darryl Hodgkinson has 

more than 30 years’ experience in facelift surgery. With a 

philosophy to leave his facelift patients looking and feeling 

like themselves – only more youthful, refreshed and vibrant 

– Dr Hodgkinson is skilled in a variety of facelift techniques 

and takes an individualised approach with each patient. 

One patient, Trish Riley, who has worked with Dr 

Hodgkinson as a theatre sister for the past six years, has 

recently undergone a facelift procedure by him. 

‘It has been two months since surgery,’ says Trish. ‘I’m 

very pleased with the results and the best thing is, people 

don’t realise I’ve had it done. They look at me and say, “You’re 

looking great” but can never pick what has changed.’ 

As part of the ageing process, fat pockets in the midcheeks 

tend to loose volume and drop, leading to sagging 

jowls. This is accompanied by shrinking of the facial skeleton 

and a weakening in the skin’s structure, contributing to 

wrinkles, deeps folds and a loss of skin resilience. A facelift 

is a surgical procedure that elevates and re-drapes the 

facial skin and its underlying structures to eliminate this 

drooping effect. 

In Trish’s case, she simply wanted her appearance 

rejuvenated, something she believes is an important career 

move. ‘I felt like I was beginning to look more and more like 

my mother – not that there’s anything wrong with that! I just 

felt my appearance needed refreshing,’ she says. ‘I think 

keeping up appearances is important in order to stay in the 

workforce for longer.’ 

In preparing for her surgery, Trish had consultations with 

Dr Hodgkinson to address her areas of concern, establish 

her expectations and discuss what results were possible. 

Before the operation, pre-operative photographs were 

taken and Trish was marked up for surgery. 

During a face lifting procedure, incisions are made along 

the hairline, or in the crease in front of and behind the ear, and 

under the chin. Dr Hodgkinson typically combines a deep 

plane facelift and neck lift, where the fat, muscles and skin 

are re-suspended to create a more youthful-looking neck 

and jaw contour. It is important that the skin is re-draped 

gently across the newly sculpted tissue, to avoid any tension 

at the incision sites and reduce the risk of scarring. 

Two months after my facelift, I 

know it’s one of the best things 

I’ve ever done for myself 

Post-operatively, facelift patients generally experience 

swelling, mild bruising and some numbness. Trish found 

her recovery to be more comfortable and less debilitating 

than she expected. 

‘I needed paracetamol in the fi rst fi ve days following the 

operation. The fi rst 24-48 hours were very quiet; I couldn’t 

move my mouth much and there was some discomfort and 

tension around my cheeks,’ she explains. ‘I went back to 

work 10 days after my operation. I was a bit swollen but 

only had one minor bruise on my chin.’ 


face 

Now, two months after her operation, Trish is pleased with 

the results and happy with her decision to undergo surgery: 

‘My jaw line is more defined and the wrinkles in my neck are 

reduced. Every day, as the swelling goes down, the results 

keep getting better.’ 

Dr Hodgkinson takes a holistic approach when it comes 

to facial rejuvenation and often combines procedures 

such as a facelift, brow lift, neck lift, eyelid surgery, skin 

resurfacing and cheek or chin implants to create the best 

results possible for facial harmony and balance. 

In taking an individualised approach, Dr Hodgkinson 

works with each patient to determine their concerns and 

establish the best way to achieve natural- and youthfullooking 

results. 

‘Because I’d worked with Dr Hodgkinson for six years, 

I was confident in his expertise in creating a naturallooking 

facelift,’ Trish explains. ‘I may not have considered 

surgery if I hadn’t worked in the industry, but I’m so happy 

I did because it’s one of the best things I’ve ever done for 

myself.’ csbm 

BEFORE 

Two months AFTER facelift by Dr Hodgkinson 

BEFORE 

Two months AFTER facelift by Dr Hodgkinson 


face 

Bespoke beauty 

Sydney facial surgeon Dr Paul Gerarchi says an 

individualised approach to facial rejuvenation is key to beautiful, 

natural-looking results. Tara Casey reports. 

Any facial surgery should enhance a person’s 

features while maintaining their individuality. ‘I firmly 

believe in adopting a tailored approach to facial 

surgery, paying particular attention to the individual features 

of each patient and their desired results,’ says Sydney facial 

surgeon Dr Paul Gerarchi. 

A key component in achieving natural-looking results is 

to find a surgeon skilled and experienced in facial surgery. 

Of equal importance is selecting a surgeon with whom 

the patient feels comfortable discussing his or her issues, 

expectations and desired outcomes. 

‘Patients looking to undergo facial surgery – whether a 

facelift, necklift or rhinoplasty – should feel they can talk 

openly and honestly with their surgeon and confident they 

can achieve the desired result,’ says Dr Gerarchi. 

With age, the appearance of the face changes in three 

key ways. First, the skin loses its elasticity and ligaments 

lose their tone, causing the face to descend and sag. 

‘The cheeks fall, deep nasolabial folds appear, jowling 

and laxity in the neck occur, and fat begins to accumulate 

under the chin,’ Dr Gerarchi explains. ‘The muscle in the 

neck also starts to weaken, producing distinctive horizontal 

(platysmal) bands.’ 

Second, facial volume starts to deplete with age, which 

can be particularly evident in the cheek area and around 

the chin. 

‘I often combine a microfat fat transfer procedure with 

a facelift in order to increase the volume of the cheeks 

and other areas of the face that have become deficient,’ 

explains Dr Gerarchi. 

Third, the quality of the skin itself deteriorates due 

to intrinsic and extrinsic ageing. ‘To help iron out any 

pigmentation, fine wrinkles and some of the deeper 

wrinkles, a fractionated carbon dioxide laser can rejuvenate 

the skin and help restore overall freshness to the face. 

‘By paying attention to these three areas of the ageing 

face, we can restore contours and angles of the face to 

revitalise both the patient’s appearance and their selfconfidence,’ 

says Dr Gerarchi. 

Facelift and necklift 

Facial surgery deals with the intrinsic ageing that occurs in 

the facial shape. By paying attention to the three areas of 

the face – the skin, volume and face shape – we can restore 

contours and angles of the face to revitalise the patient’s 

appearance and confidence.’ 

Facial surgery can restore 

contours and angles of the face to 

revitalise the patient’s 

appearance and confidence 

All of Dr Gerarchi’s face- and necklifting techniques 

involve repositioning the superficial musculoaponeurotic 

system (SMAS) and deeper plane. ‘In order to achieve 

a natural-looking result, it’s important to resuspend the 

structures beneath the skin, and then just allow the skin to 

re-drape in a non-tensioned fashion over the re-elevated 

and rejuvenated deeper structures of the face,’ Dr Gerarchi 

explains. 

The SMAS technique concentrates on the underlying 

connective tissue and muscle layer of the facial anatomy 

known as the superficial musculoaponeurotic system. By 

tightening this foundational tissue before repositioning 

and removing excess skin, the shape of the face can be 

improved without creating noticeable tension. 

The neck is another area that often betrays an aged 

appearance. ‘Over time, the jaw loses definition and fat 

accumulates under the chin,’ Dr Gerarchi explains. ‘The 

skin loosens and the angle between the chin and the throat 


face 

can no longer be seen well. The neck may also develop 

prominent bands as the platysma weakens.’ 

Dr Gerarchi tailors his approach to necklifting depending 

on the exact concerns of each patient, such as the degree 

of laxity, skin excess and extent of fatty tissue, as well as 

any other concerns they may have. He targets the deeper 

SMAS, as well as tightens the muscles at the anterior part 

of the front of the neck. ‘Tissue and skin are elevated to 

a more youthful position. Resultant scars are usually 

inconspicuous and fade significantly over time. Importantly, 

the effect achieved with comprehensive necklift surgery is 

long lasting,’ he says. 

1 

BEFORE 

AFTER face, neck and mid-face lift by Dr Gerarchi 

2 

BEFORE 

AFTER facelift, necklift and fat transfer by Dr Gerarchi 


face 

Rhinoplasty 

‘Creating a nose that is suited to each patient comes down 

to three steps: knowing the limitations of what can be 

achieved in that patient whilst still achieving an excellent 

outcome; really listening to a patient’s desires; and by using 

computer imaging to help the patient visualise how their 

appearance will change,’ Dr Gerarchi explains. 

To achieve optimal results that are in proportion with 

the patient’s other facial features, Dr Gerarchi believes 

a heightened aesthetic sensibility is essential. ‘I also use 

digital imaging to show how the nose will most likely look 

after surgery, which helps the patient and surgeon to 

discuss (and see) what’s achievable,’ he adds. 

Dr Gerarchi performs the majority of his rhinoplasty 

procedures using the open technique: ‘Because the inner 

structures of the nose are exposed, the surgeon has 

greater visibility than with closed rhinoplasty, and is able to 

work with more precision and freedom. Open rhinoplasty is 

therefore often chosen for more complicated cases, where 

considerable work may be required in order to achieve the 

desired outcome.’ 

‘The open technique is all about longevity and preserving 

the appearance and structure of the nose for the longer 

term,’ Dr Gerarchi concludes. csbm 

3 

BEFORE 

AFTER revision rhinoplasty by Dr Gerarchi 

4 

BEFORE 

AFTER rhinoplasty by Dr Gerarchi 


FACE & NECK LIFTS. 

RHINOPLASTY. 

EYELID SURGERY. 

Dr Paul Gerarchi 

FACIAL AESTHETIC SURGEON 

EXPERIENCE & QUALITY 

The Face Institute 

Phone 02 9412 4599 

Suite 4, 12 -14 Malvern Avenue 

Chatswood NSW 2067 

www.thefaceinstitute.com.au

face 

in 

profile 

Sydney plastic surgeon 

Dr Warwick Nettle explains how 

nose reconstruction improved 

both the appearance and 

function of this patient’s nose. 

AimÉe Surtenich reports. 

Nose reconstruction can do more than change a 

person’s look – it can also change their outlook. 

When someone has lived with a nose they don’t 

feel comfortable with, have chronic difficulty breathing or 

have a nose that doesn’t fit their personality, rhinoplasty can 

significantly boost a person’s self-esteem. 

‘An abnormally shaped nose can affect a person 

psychologically,’ says Sydney plastic surgeon Dr Warwick 

Nettle. ‘Often this can go beyond simply feeling insecure 

about your looks and stem from a lifetime of experiences 

and adverse reactions from other people.’ 

In this case study, for example, the patient felt his ‘boxerlike’ 

nose belied his true personality. Having suffered trauma 

to his nose at seven years old, he had become used to 

people making false assumptions about him based on his 

appearance. This was a particular concern to him as a 

customer service representative. 

‘The flattened appearance of his nose was further 

accentuated by a very prominent chin, which he was teased 

about throughout his youth,’ says Dr Nettle. 

Additionally, due to the structural problems of his nose 

and resultant blockages, the patient had difficulty breathing. 

He wanted a dual outcome: to be able to breathe normally, 

and to have a more proportionate nose and chin to achieve 

a more pleasing overall facial aesthetic. 

Appearance and function 

Cosmetically, injury to this patient’s nose as a child and 

numerous nasal reconstructions prior to visiting Dr Nettle 

had left him with a misshapen and ‘smashed-in’ nose. 

Functionally, there was a significant deformity of the 

internal nose – including the bridge, nasal cartilage and 

airway – which made breathing through the nose difficult. 

‘Nose reconstruction is as much about improving a 

patient’s breathing and functionality of the nose as it is 

about creating a more balanced facial aesthetic,’ says Dr 

Nettle. ‘In this case, revision rhinoplasty was necessary to 

make both functional and cosmetic changes to correct the 

outcomes of his previous surgeries.’ 

The procedure is more complicated than primary 

rhinoplasty, and patients should choose a surgeon who 

has extensive experience in revisions. ‘This is inherently 

a difficult procedure, striving for the complex interrelationships 

between structure and breathing functionality 

and proportion and shape to create facial balance and 

harmony,’ he says. 

The exact procedure will vary from one patient to 

the next, and the issues that need to be corrected will 

vary. Some people require minor touch-ups, while other 

cases are more complicated and involve deformities of 

the underlying bones and cartilages, as was the case for 

this patient. 

‘In revision rhinoplasty, the nose generally needs to 

either be built up or shaved down,’ Dr Nettle explains. 

‘More often than not, as in this patient’s case, it needs to be 

built up as excessive tissue has been removed.’ 

If this occurs, it’s preferable to use the patient’s own 

material, ideally taken from the septum (midline cartilage in 

the nose) as it is the most malleable. However, if it has been 

removed in the primary rhinoplasty, ear cartilage and even 

synthetic materials can also be used. 

In this case study, Dr Nettle performed an open 

rhinoplasty (where the incision is made at the base of the 

columnella) to completely reconstruct the bridge, cartilage 

and airway. He used the patient’s septal cartilage as a type 


face 

of scaffolding to give structure and strength to the nose, as 

well as ear cartilage to improve the nasal tip. 

‘Open rhinoplasty involves carefully working with the 

inner structure of the nose. This commonly involves 

straightening the septum, reducing the size of the turbinates 

(the small bones which control and humidify airflow) and 

valves without affecting how the patient breathes or, in 

cases where the function of the nose was an initial concern, 

enhancing their breathing ability,’ he explains. ‘I perform the 

majority of my nose surgeries using the “open” technique. 

I believe it affords greater control when manipulating the 

underlying bones and cartilages, as well as better longer 

term results.’ 

In the same surgery, Dr Nettle also reduced the size of 

this man’s chin to create a more balanced appearance. ‘In 

a lot of cases, we build up the chin using a chin implant to 

make a large nose look smaller, but in this case we wanted 

to create the opposite effect. Through an incision made in 

the natural crease of the chin, I removed excess soft tissue, 

muscle and fat to slim down his prominent chin and make 

his nose appear larger.’ 

The procedure was performed under general anaesthetic, 

lasting around three-and-a-half hours. The patient stayed 

overnight and went home with a splint on his nose, which 

he wore for about five days. Stitches were removed on day 

six and he returned to work within two weeks. 

Dr Nettle said his patient is extremely happy with his 

results: ‘He feels like the shape of his nose no longer 

dominates his appearance and he can finally breathe 

properly! It really has offered him a new lease on life.’ 

‘Importantly, the aesthetics of the face aren’t dependent 

on one or two facial features; it’s about how these features 

complement and enhance each other, as well as the 

patient’s personality. By reconstructing this patient’s nose 

and reducing the size of his chin, we were able to create 

better facial harmony, which is one of the most important 

and fulfilling aspects of any face surgery procedure,’ Dr 

Nettle concludes. csbm 

BEFORE 

AFTER revision rhinoplasty and chin reduction surgery by Dr Nettle 

BEFORE 

AFTER revision rhinoplasty and chin reduction surgery by Dr Nettle 


face 

let’s 

hear it 

for the 

boys 

Skin Clinic@Blyss offers a 

range of targeted treatments to 

rejuvenate the male complexion. 


Keeping up appearances and warding off the signs of 

ageing can be important for a number of reasons, 

not least the confidence that comes with looking as 

young, healthy and vibrant as you feel. 

But it’s not just the domain of women. As cosmetic 

treatments continually move from marginal to mainstream, 

more and more men are seeking ‘a little help’ to hold back 

the signs of ageing and stay competitive in the workforce 

for longer, among other reasons. According to statistics 

from the American Society of Plastic Surgeons, the number 

of cosmetic procedures performed on men has increased 

more than 106 percent over the past 15 years, with similar 

trends seen here in Australia. 

Skin Clinic@Blyss, located in Clovelly, in Sydney’s 

Eastern Suburbs, has heeded the rise in male cosmetic 

procedures by recently introducing ‘Man Time’, a timeslot 

solely dedicated to treating males with a range of 

specialised skin rejuvenation techniques. 

‘We’ve implemented “Man time” at Blyss to change the 

feel of what is traditionally seen as a female domain,’ says 

Jodie King, who established Skin Clinic@Blyss15 years 

ago. ‘Some common male concerns include blackheads 

or congestion of the skin, shaving rashes or irritations, 

and acne, which is often more severe in men due to their 

higher levels of testosterone.’ 

The differences between male and female skin call for 

a different approach to skin therapy and rejuvenation. The 

practitioners at Skin Clinic@Blyss are expertly trained in 

providing the best treatment for individual skin types. 

‘Men have an oilier and thicker skin (up to 25 percent 

thicker) than women, therefore it can be much more robust,’ 

King explains. ‘Also, as men are constantly shaving and are 

less likely to protect their skin with sunblock or hydrating 

products, a different treatment approach is needed to gain 

the best results.’ 

Non-invasive treatments, which incur minimal or no 

down time, are popular options for men hoping to boost 

skin health and combat signs of premature ageing. For 

example, microhydrabrasion – a two-part exfoliation 

technique – is effective in cleansing and unclogging the 


skin, while certain light therapies, such as LED or Intense 

Pulsed Light (IPL), stimulate cellular activity in the dermis to 

improve the appearance of photoaged skin. 

‘The male skin responds very well to any resurfacing 

treatments, unclogging pores and brightening the skin,’ 

King explains. ‘Most people these days, including men, do 

not want downtime following a treatment. For this reason, 

microhydrabrasion is one of our biggest male procedures 

as well as LED treatments and IPL for treating vascular 

lesions, pigmentation, rosacea and large pores’ 

As is evident in the ‘Man Time’ innovation, the practitioners 

at Skin Clinic@Blyss understand the importance of 

discretion when dealing in cosmetic procedures. King 

says the therapists aim for a ‘fresh, not frozen’ look and 

are experienced in using anti-wrinkle injections, platelet rich 

plasma (PRP), IPL therapy and chemical peels to achieve 

effective, but natural-looking, results. 

We have recently implemented 

‘Man time’ at the clinic, to change 

the feel of what is traditionally 

seen as a female domain 

‘When performing anti-wrinkle injections, we prefer to 

use smaller amounts of product so the patient’s expression 

is not restricted,’ King explains. ‘Treatment with PRP is 

another viable option for improving tone and texture by 

utilising the body’s natural cells. PRP is an extract of growth 

factors from the patients’ own blood and is injected to 

regenerate skin at a cellular level.’ 

Notably, the team at Skin Clinic@Blyss takes a holistic 

approach to skin rejuvenation. With each treatment, advice 

on optimising results through home care and possible 

lifestyle measures ensures each patient gains the utmost 

from their in-clinic procedure. 

‘As well as a balanced diet, reducing alcohol consumption 

and quitting smoking, we recommend each client has a 

strong skincare 

pure 

regimen, which includes 

blyss 

a good quality 

physical sunblock, antioxidants and Vitamin A,’ King says. 

click 

here 

Off 


Put your best 

face forward with 

Skin CliniC 

Specialising in advanced non-surgical 

treatments for problem skin, anti-ageing, 

and damaged skin, Blyss Skin Clinic Clovelly 

uses the latest technology in medical 

needling, iPl, Photofacials, resurfacing and 

ionzyme treatments. our highly qualified 

skin care therapists have been achieving 

amazing results for over 15 years using 

trusted techniques. 

our relaxed and discreet atmosphere will 

leave you feeling refreshed and confidant. 

treatments 

• ionzyme treatments 

• Platelet-rich Plasma 

• lED Photofacials 

• iPl Photorejuvenation 

• Photodynamic therapy 

• Facials 

• resurfacing 

• Dermaroller 

• Anti-wrinkle injections 

• Dermal Fillers 

• Eye treatments 

‘A good skincare routine, individually tailored according to 

skin type, plays a big part in maximising the outcomes of • Permanent hair 

our treatments.’ GeT yOur friends TO like us On facebOOk and yOu reduction will receive (iPl) 

Whether it’s to maintain a career trajectory or even to 

• Electrolysis 

boost luck in the dating scene, cosmetic treatments can 

30% facial TreaTmenTs * 

• waxing 

help brighten and refresh the complexion in both male and 

female skin. fOr Skin yOu Clinic@Blyss and yOur offers friends a holistic, whO professional ‘like’ us. help us reach 200 likes! 

and personalised approach to skin rejuvenation, keeping 

each patient’s concerns, desires and expectations foremost 

in their approach to achieving optimal results. csbm 

phone 02 9664 8011 

shop 2/214 clovelly road, 

clovelly Nsw 2031 

www.blyssclovelly.com.au 

TreaT DaD This 

FaTher’s Day To The 

King For a Day ‘Man

feature face 

great 

skin at 

any age 

Sydney facial plastic surgeon 

Dr William Mooney shares his 

‘layer cake approach’ to skin 

radiance and facial rejuvenation. 


Face Plus Medispa by Sydney facial plastic surgeon 

Dr William Mooney offers a bespoke selection of 

the latest anti-ageing, skincare and facial aesthetic 

treatments. It’s a serene, modern and luxurious haven for 

those looking to achieve the ultimate in skin health and 

beauty – with natural-looking results that enhance, not 

change, your individual look. 

‘Whether it’s good quality skincare, laser skin resurfacing, 

injectables or medical-grade facials, my philosophy to 

achieving the best possible results involves what I refer to 

as ‘the layer cake’ approach. In my experience, smaller, 

incremental changes that target different layers of the 

skin yield the most satisfying and natural-looking results,’ 

says Dr Mooney. 

‘Subtlety is key. ‘Natural” is always going to be more 

attractive than looking artificial or “too done”,’ he continues. 

‘By addressing the skin in layers, much like the cake 

metaphor, we can correct areas of concern and get the skin 

looking and functioning its best – for many years to come.’ 

At Face Plus, Dr Mooney and his team of qualified 

nurses and aestheticians tailor an innovative treatment 

menu according to each client’s needs. ‘We offer a free 

skin assessment, whereby we discuss the current state 

of the patient’s skin, their areas of concern, the aesthetic 

treatments most appropriate for them, as well as their 

lifestyle habits.’ 

‘Importantly, not everything has to be done at once; 

patients can pick and choose from their customised 

menu the treatments or skincare products they wish to 

use according to their wishes and budgets. We draw up a 

Dr Mooney’s top 3 tips 

when visiting a medispa 

1. Go somewhere reputable, with a highly skilled 

and experienced team that offers the whole 

suite of cutting-edge, evidence-based aesthetic 

treatments and results-driven skincare. 

2. Aim for a natural look – smaller incremental 

changes are paramount to achieving this. 

3. Do something that’s within your budget – stress 

and worry are some of the biggest premature 

agers around, so make sure your treatment plan 

is within your means. 

longer term treatment and skincare plan for them – what’s 

right for them in their 20s and 30s won’t necessarily be as 

effective in their 40s and 50s.’ 

According to Dr Mooney, the benefits of a long-term 

anti-ageing skincare plan, incorporating smaller changes 

into a person’s beauty regimen now, can help avoid the 

need for invasive cosmetic surgery and lengthy downtimes 

further down the track, while also allowing them to retain 

their natural look and individuality. 

‘The concept of waiting until gravity and the ageing 

process have really taken hold is antiquated. Now, with 

such advances in skincare and non-surgical treatments, we 

can help turn back the clock on ageing, sun-damaged skin 


feature face 

so that each client looks good for their age in their 30s, 40s, 

50s and beyond,’ he says. 

The first step, says Dr Mooney, is to repair and optimise 

the skin itself. ‘There’s no doubt that Australia has a beachloving 

culture – but unfortunately all those years spent 

baking in the sun become evident more and more over 

time,’ he explains. ‘Sun-damage is the number-one culprit 

of poor skin quality, especially among those 40 and older. 

So, using the layer cake analogy, we first optimise the 

surface of the skin to fix solar damage and improve nonuniform 

skin, pigmentation, redness and dyschromia. Then 

we start looking at correcting the deeper skin layers.’ 

‘Whether you’re in your 20s or 50s, we always start with 

a skincare plan targeted to your particular needs, severity 

of skin ageing and skin type. This always includes a good 

quality broad-spectrum sunblock to help prevent further 

damage,’ says Dr Mooney. 

skin care In your 20s 

In your 20s, incorporating nourishing facials, such as the 

Dr. Spiller Biocosmetics Enzyme Facial, into a skin treatment 

program is beneficial to help even skin tone and texture, 

improve acne and acne scarring, and enhance the overall 

health and look of the skin. 

skin care in your 30s 

‘In your 30s, it may be appropriate to start alternating facials 

with laser skin rejuvenation,’ says Dr Mooney. ‘Face Plus 

offers the Laser Genesis, a non-ablative laser that resurfaces 

the skin and stimulates new collagen production. Not only 

does it improve the general appearance of your skin but 

it also reduces pore size and blackheads, targets active 

acne, tightens skin, diminishes the appearance of scars 

and reduces rosacea. Many people in this age bracket also 

start to consider subtle use of injectables to minimise fine 

lines and wrinkles.’ 

skin care in your 40s+ 

In this decade and beyond, the signs of ageing can really 

begin to manifest. Loss of volume, skin laxity and deeper 

lines and wrinkles on the face all become more noticeable. 

With ageing, fat pads diminish in the face and can cause 

hollowing in the cheeks, and a sunken or gaunt look. 

Dr Mooney explains there are many innovative nonsurgical 

treatments that can achieve significant results that 

replace lost volume and turn back the clock. 

‘In addition to the Laser Genesis, the Titan skin tightening 

laser targets the deeper layers of the skin to tighten, tone 

and lift sagging, loose skin without surgery, while also 

improving the condition of the skin and minimising fine lines 

and wrinkles,’ he says. 

Platelet-rich plasma (PRP) therapy is another modality 

the medispa offers. This is a treatment that harnesses the 

patient’s own blood platele ts to stimulate new cell growth. 

Extracted from the patient’s blood, platelet rich plasma 

contains high concentrations of growth factors, which 

are bioactive stimulators known to accelerate the natural 

healing process. Injected into areas such as the face and 

décolletage, PRP activates the skin’s stem cells, enhancing 

the formation of new collagen at the site. The result is a 

natural rejuvenation from the inside out that continues to 

improve over time. 

‘With PRP, we are enhancing the structure and integrity 

of the skin from within,’ Dr Mooney explains. ‘Once we 

have the optimised foundation for the skin, we may look at 

addressing specific areas with fillers and muscle relaxants. 

I find, though, after other skin rejuvenation techniques have 

been employed such as PRP or laser therapy, a much 

smaller amount of injectables is required to achieve the 

best result.’ 

‘Judicious use of injectable fillers can replace the 

volume that has been lost – nothing more, nothing 

less – we want you to look like “you”, just years younger,’ 

he continues. 

With a ‘less is more’ philosophy, Dr Mooney believes 

the key to achieving – and maintaining – a youthful- and 

natural-looking appearance is offering subtle, incremental 

treatments tailored to each individual. csbm 


face 

Building 

beauty 

from 

within 

Sculptra is a deep facial 

injectable designed to fortify 

facial structure and stimulate 

collagen production in the 

dermis. Caitlin Bishop reports. 

As we age, the natural production of collagen slows, 

resulting in a loss in volume and an increase in 

skin laxity. By stimulating the production of dermal 

collagen, and rebuilding the facial foundations, Sculptra 

from iNova can regenerate the skin and refine facial 

contours for a natural-looking, more youthful result. 

Sculptra, which is a deep facial injectable, targets 

the underlying causes of ageing in redefining the facial 

structure and stimulating the production of new 

collagen in the skin. Dr Kate Howsan from Queensland 

explains this two-fold effect can achieve effective results 

in facial rejuvenation. 

‘I believe Sculptra is the most potent collagen 

stimulator we have,’ says Dr Howsan. ‘As we age, there is 

a loss in the facial skeleton and deep fat. Sculptra is 

effective in replacing this, to create a more youthful version 

of the facial structure.’ 

Sculptra Aesthetic is made from poly-L-lactic acid, 

which is biocompatible and biodegradable. Dr Howsan 


face 

injects Sculptra deeply on to the bone, and explains the 

product can be used on all areas of the face. 

‘The results are outstanding because Sculptra can be 

injected so deeply; the product communicates with the 

skin to produce collagen and create a youthful looking 

glow,’ she continues. ‘It really is a global, whole face 

treatment. I divide the face into upper, middle and lower 

thirds to decide which areas need the most attention.’ 

As Sculptra settles into the tissue and begins to stimulate 

the production of new collagen – or neocollagenesis – in the 

dermis, the foundation of the face is fortified. This restores 

volume and gradually counters the appearance of shallow 

and deep facial wrinkles on the skin’s surface. 

I believe Sculptra is the most 

potent collagen stimulator we 

have; it regenerates skin and 

fortifies the facial structure 

‘Because Sculptra builds upon the natural facial 

foundations, it is applicable to a wide variety of cases,’ 

Dr Howsan explains. ‘The skeletal and deep fat reduction 

associated with ageing begins in the late 20s, though, due 

to skin resilience and elasticity, the effects are generally not 

seen until a decade later. I advise we begin to rebuild the 

facial structure before the loss is even noticed. Optimum 

results are usually seen in patients between 30 and 50 

years of age.’ 

The amount of treatments needed varies between 

patients, and is typically dependent on age. Dr Howsan 

commonly recommends between five and seven vials of 

product per patient, which would be administered over three 

to four treatments, around six weeks apart. 

During treatment, topical anaesthetic is applied 

before injection, though Dr Howsan explains the 

level of discomfort is not severe. 

‘Topical anaesthetic helps psychologically, 

but I don’t think it has too much effect on 

the level of discomfort, simply because the 

injections are so deep,’ Dr Howsan explains. 

‘In my experience, the treatment feels more like 

an ache, it isn’t a sharp pain; it just feels like a 

little bit of pressure applied to the bone.’ 

Following treatment, patients generally 

experience some swelling – which usually gives 

BEFORE 

an indication of the final result, as the swelling 

mirrors the pattern of the deeper injections. 

Some redness, bruising and numbness can be expected 

post-procedure, but Dr Howsan explains the downtime is 

typically minimal. ‘Because the injections are administered 

so deeply, I find bruising is quite rare after Sculptra,’ she 

says. ‘Some people can experience slight numbness but 

most patients can return to work straight after treatment.’ 

The volumising, regenerative and refining effect 

takes time to appear following treatment with Sculptra. 

Neocollagenesis typically takes around 12 weeks to occur, 

and patients can expect results to continue to improve in 

the four to five months after the procedure. 

Results typically last up to two years, and Dr Howsan 

generally recommends re-treatment after 15 to 18 months. 

In a more thorough approach to facial rejuvenation, 

Sculptra can be used alongside other procedures for a 

more universal result. 

‘I often use Sculptra in association with other modalities,’ 

Dr Howsan says. ‘Sculptra cannot be used in the lip, 

so I may use filler to plump the lips. Similarly, not much 

Sculptra is used on the forehead so I will use fillers and 

anti-wrinkle injections to counter fine surface lines in this 

area. It is important to balance all aspects of the face, so 

I commonly use a combination of injectables to achieve a 

natural-looking, all-encompassing result.’ 

Sculptra simulates the body’s natural regenerative 

response and reforms a more youthful facial support 

structure. It replaces lost collagen to boost skin integrity and 

resilience, while also recreating more aesthetic contours. 

‘I like to explain it to my patients as a table and tablecloth 

effect,’ Dr Howsan says. ‘The skeletal structure and 

deep fatty tissue represent the table, and these elements 

determine the state of the tablecloth. Using Sculptra, 

the table is fortified and the tablecloth is refreshed and 

rejuvenated also, in an all-encompassing and long-lasting, 

anti-ageing effect.’ csbm 

25 months AFTER Sculptra treatment (5 vials) 

Photos courtesy of iNova. Individual results may 

vary. Photos untouched. 


face 

The skin revolution 

One pATIent shares how treatment with Infini helped improve her skin 

tone and texture, counter skin laxity and refine facial contours. 


As the quality of collagen in the dermis deteriorates 

with age, the resilience and integrity of the skin’s 

support structure declines also, leading to volume 

loss, skin laxity and facial folds and wrinkles. 

Seeking a solution to combat this process, Desi 

approached the Australian Skin Face Body clinic in Geelong. 

After an extensive consultation she was recommended 

a new procedure, designed to leave the skin refreshed, 

smoothed and volumised. 

The Infini from Lutronic is new to Australian shores and 

signifies the world’s first dual-mode fractional radiofrequency 

(RF) platform, delivering both microneedling fractional RF 

and superficial fractional RF. 

‘My major concern was that, over time, I had begun to 

lose volume from the fat pads in my face, which left me 

with an aged appearance,’ says Desi. ‘Because Infini has 

two modes, it grants rejuvenation both inside and out. I 

therefore hoped it would improve both the contour of my 

face and the texture of my skin.’ 

Infini is unique in its approach to treating both the 

superficial and deeper layers of the skin. It combines 

microneedling fractional radiofrequency (MFR) and 

superficial fractional radiofrequency (SFR) to create a 

stronger skin structure, and a firmer and more youthfullooking 

complexion. 

MFR uses insulated microneedles to deliver RF energy 

to the dermis (the connective tissue layer of the skin located 

below the epidermis). This causes controlled areas of 

coagulation, or tissue shrinkage, and triggers the body’s 

natural healing response, promoting collagen production 

without damaging the skin’s superficial layers. 

Complementing this, the SFR technology delivers 

thermal energy via two channels to penetrate both the 

epidermis and the dermis. SFR also provides micro ablation 

on the skin’s upper layers, to illuminate the complexion and 

homogenise skin texture. 

By combining radiofrequency energies, at different levels 

in the skin, a thorough and effective regeneration can be 


face 

achieved. This is complemented by the use of microneedles 

in MFR, as microneedling, even without radiofrequency 

technology, can stimulate collagen production in the dermis 

and improve skin tone, structure and texture. In this unique 

amalgamation of technologies and delivery levels, Infini 

affords a 3-D facial rejuvenation. 

‘Infini treatments commonly address wrinkles, facial 

and neck skin quality, and acne scars, though it’s also 

been tested on stretch marks and skin laxity,’ says Dr 

Calderhead, director of scientific affairs at Lutronic. ‘Infini 

Two to three weeks after one 

Infini treatment I saw a 

tightening and firming of my 

skin and overall rejuvenation 

is not the answer to everything, however it I believe it is a 

bridge between non-surgical and surgical procedures.’ 

During treatment, multiple passes of the Infini are 

performed to target different levels in the skin and address 

the patient’s skin complaints. More aggressive parameters 

are used on areas of concern – for example to refine the jaw 

line or combat wrinkles on the forehead. 

‘Before treatment, a dermal therapist examined my skin 

and I explained the areas I really wanted to improve,’ Desi 

says. ‘Going into treatment, my face was cleansed, dried 

and I was given high-grade, topical anaesthetic. This was 

left on for 45 minutes underneath a coating of cling wrap, 

which was removed just before the treatment began. The 

practitioner then methodically treated sections of my face, 

using more aggressive settings on those areas I was most 

concerned about.’ 

Similarly, the parameters are adjusted according to 

the depth of targeted tissue. It is important to use lower 

parameters on the skin’s superficial layers, to avoid 

damaging the epidermis, while higher energy is used to 

trigger a healing response in the deeper dermal layer. 

‘In the first pass, the needle depth could be anywhere 

between 0.5 and 3.5mm,’ Dr Calderhead explains. 

‘Typically, females have 2 to 2.5mm of facial skin, so we 

would normally start at 2mm for the cheeks and 1.5mm for 

areas over bony tissue. After the first pass, the physician 

will go to the next depth, which might be 1mm deep, and 

use slightly lower parameters.’ 

Patients can generally expect some swelling, redness 

and sensitivity in the days following treatment. In some 

cases, Infini will induce mild bruising – particularly under 

the eyes. 

Dr Calderhead recommends some aftercare following 

the procedure, to optimise results and assist in healing. 

‘The tiny microneedle wounds should heal within 12 

hours, so the patient can go home and gently wash at 

night before giving themselves a thorough wash the 

following day,’ Dr Calderhead says. ‘We discourage 

patients from using aggressive cleansers or any products 

containing powerful scrubbing agents for a couple of weeks 

following treatment.’ 

As with most non-invasive therapies, multiple 

treatments are generally required to achieve the desired 

outcome. Typically, two treatments, four weeks apart, are 

recommended for optimal results, though patients will often 

select to undergo more treatments to further enhance results. 

According to Dr Calderhead, new collagen fibres begin 

to form around four weeks after treatment and results from 

Infini should be evident within 10 weeks. 

Desi chose to undergo four treatments with Infini 

and now, as the results of new collagen production and 

remodelling become clear, she is more than satisfied with 

the results. 

‘Even after one Infini treatment, I noticed a difference in 

my complexion,’ she says. ‘After two to three weeks I saw 

a tightening and firming of my skin. I’ve found it to be a 

fantastic treatment for overall facial rejuvenation.’ csbm 

BEFORE 

BEFORE 

BEFORE 

AFTER acne scar treatment with Infini. 

Courtesy of S. Savant, MD, India 

AFTER scar revision with Infini. Courtesy of 

Devrim Gursoy, MD, Turkey 

AFTER skin laxity treatment with Infini. 

Courtesy of Devrim Gursoy, MD, Turkey 


Introducing 

INFINI 

Sydney plastic surgeon Dr Darryl Hodgkinson says the non-surgical 

Infini treatment uses breakthrough technology to deliver amazing 

results for all skin types. 

Infini is a non-surgical, minimally invasive treatment to 

induce skin tightening, skin remodelling, as well as collagen 

and elastin stimulation for optimal skin rejuvenation. 

Recently introduced to Australia – and currently only 

available in NSW at the Cosmetic and Restorative Surgery 

Clinic – Infini from Lutronic is the world’s first 2-in-1 fractional 

radiofrequency (RF) platform, capable of delivering both 

microneedling fractional RF and superficial fractional RF. 

In my experience, what makes INFINI different to other 

fractional radiofrequency systems is that it provides complete 

control over treatment depth and energy levels to enable a 

multi-layered treatment approach with no electrothermal 

damage to the skin, making it a treatment that can be used 

year round as opposed to some treatments which are best 

avoided in the summer months. 

Infini’s two handpieces allow for the delivery of the RF 

energy to be precisely targeted and controlled into a specific 

layer of the dermis up to 3.5mm in depth. csbm 

One machine, two treatments 

Infini MFR. Micro needling fractional radiofrequency 

(MFR) has fine needles which puncture the skin 

to deliver the radiofrequency to the deeper levels 

of the dermis, providing a 3-D delivery of energy 

to maximise skin volumisation while dramatically 

tightening and rejuvenating the skin. 

Infini SFR. Superficial fractional radiofrequency 

(SFR) employs a minimally invasive delivery of 

radiofrequency to the epidermis and dermis for 

resurfacing the skin and stimulating the production of 

collagen for more toned and refined skin. 

By combining both technologies, Infini targets the 

superficial and deeper layers of the skin and can be 

tailored to address a variety of skin concerns. 

Infini treatment can 

be used for: 

• Photoaged skin 

• Skin rejuvenation 

• Skin tightening and lifting 

• Skin laxity 

• Large pores 

• Active inflammatory acne 

• Acne scars 

• Excessive sebum secretion 

BEFORE 

AFTER treatment with Infini 

(photo courtesy of Franco Lauro, MD, Italy) 


face 

Energise 

your skin 

Healite II from Lutronic 

can rejuvenate the skin and 

accelerate healing after more 

invasive procedures. Caitlin 

Bishop reports. 

Healite II is a therapeutic system that boosts skin 

health, heightens cellular activity, increases blood 

flow and stimulates collagen production in the 

dermis. It calls upon light energy to kick-start cellular 

processes in the skin and underlying tissue. It is effective in 

facial rejuvenation and commonly used to optimise healing 

following more invasive procedures. 

The system, by medical device company Lutronic and 

distributed by Allure Medical Group, harnesses light energy 

at a certain wavelength to stimulate cellular activity and 

enhance microcirculation. Blood, oxygen and nutrients 

flood the treatment area, increasing cellular activity for a 

non-ablative, and painless, skin rejuvenation. Healite II is 

used to help treat active acne, reduce the appearance of 

wrinkles, scarring and photoageing, and improve skin tone, 

texture and luminosity. 


face 

Treatment 

Rejuvenation with Healite II uses both yellow and infrared 

light. The yellow light, at 590nm, is designed to ‘precondition’ 

the tissue before treatment with infrared, at 830nm. This 

‘preconditioning’ enhances dermal responsiveness and 

maximises treatment effi cacy. 

During treatment, the fi rst minute involves only yellow 

light, which targets the epidermis. Following this, infrared 

is introduced to afford deeper penetration. Total treatment 

time with Healite II is 11 minutes. 

‘Yellow light is delivered at a low intensity and low dose 

to activate cells in the epidermis,’ explains Dr 

Glen Calderhead, director of scientifi c affairs 

at Lutronic. ‘We aim for keratinocytes and 

merkel cells, as both of these are highly 

endowed with mitochondria – which release energy. 

Following this, the infrared at 830nm is introduced. This 

penetrates the deeper dermis and beyond.’ 

Healite II uses a system called ‘optical lens array 

technology’ to concentrate the light energy and achieve 

faster, effective and consistent results. 

‘Optical lens array technology allows us to achieve the 

optimum level for tissue regeneration, which is 60 joules 

per square centimetre, more quickly,’ Dr Calderhead says. 

‘Studies have shown greater light concentration, over a 

shorter time period, induces a signifi cantly higher increase 

in cell activity compared with other systems. Eleven 

minutes with Healite II, compared with 20 minutes with 

another system, is good for the patient and for the doctor.’ 

Healing benefits 

Because Healite II is considered a therapeutic and healing 

treatment, it is commonly used following more invasive 

procedures such as laser treatment or cosmetic surgery. 

It assists in reducing post-procedure bruising, swelling and 

redness and can help prevent scar formation. Because of 

its regenerative properties, Healite II can help maximise 

results and minimise recovery time after certain procedures. 

Yet the benefi t of Healite doesn’t end at the treatment 

site. Dr Calderhead explains Healite II has a systemic effect 

that can impact the body as a whole. 

‘Healite II incurs a larger systemic effect due to blood 

fl ow,’ Dr Calderhead says. ‘During treatment, all sorts of 

interesting photoproducts, such as growth factors, are 

produced. These get picked up in the blood and carried 

throughout the body. Patients leave a treatment feeling 

revitalised and relaxed.’ 

About Healite II 

Non-invasive Low-Level Light 

Therapy 

Skin rejuvenating treatment 

Powerful enough to penetrate the 

dermis and beyond 

Works at a subcellular, cellular and 

tissue level 

Can be used alone or as an 

adjunct to therapy such as PDT 

Can help in wound healing, hair 

regrowth, facial rejuvenation and 

treating active acne 

Long-term results 

Arguably, one of the most remarkable results of treatment 

with Healite II is the way it boosts the body’s natural 

reservoirs of anti-ageing constituents. When it targets 

fi broblasts (which produce collagen and elastin), Healite 

II doesn’t just improve skin structure but also boosts the 

reservoir of collagen-producing stem cells. Similarly, the 

infrared light triggers the release of antioxidants in the 

dermis, which provide protection against UV stress. 

‘When the infrared light hits mast cells in the dermis, they 

release a product called Superoxide dismutase (SOD),’ Dr 

Calderhead says. ‘This is a super antioxidant that remains 

in the tissue for up to six months. The minute you’re 

exposed to some UV oxidative stress, the damaging effect 

is quenched because the SODs are waiting.’ 

Treatment with Healite improves skin radiance and 

fuels the body with energising cellular activity. By targeting 

the body’s natural regenerative processes, Healite II 

enhances skin structure, texture and resilience. ‘Healite II 

improves skin health, stimulates collagen production and 

increases cellular activity. The great thing is; the skin is 

doing it naturally, Healite II just accelerates the process,’ Dr 

Calderhead concludes. csbm 

For more information visit alluremedical.com.au 


face 

Face 

of the 

future 

The Angel Lift uses your own cells 

to restore volume and revitalise skin. 


Used in medical applications the world over for tissue 

rejuvenation, sports medicine and advanced wound 

care, platelet-rich plasma (PRP) treatment such as 

the Angel Lift is gaining popularity across the globe for its 

ability to restore volume and rejuvenate the skin. 

Platelet-rich plasma is a biological skin rejuvenation 

treatment that uses the patient’s own cells (in the form 

of platelet-rich plasma) to repair and regenerate new skin 

tissue and increase collagen production. 

Extracted from the patient’s own blood, PRP spurs the 

skin’s stem cells into action and contains high concentrations 

of growth factors, which are bioactive stimulators known 

to accelerate the natural healing process. Injected into 

areas such as the face, décolletage and upper arms, PRP 

triggers the skin’s stem cells, enhancing the formation of 


face 

new collagen at the site. The result is a natural rejuvenation 

that continues to improve over time. 

While it’s possible to use a range of devices to extract 

and concentrate PRP, a growing body of research suggests 

that the actual concentration of platelets in the PRP is 

critical to achieving optimal results. 

Recently introduced to Australia, the Angel Whole 

Blood Separation System used in the Angel Lift employs 

cutting-edge technology to extract only the highest quality 

and concentration of platelets. This customisable cellseparation 

technology affords clinicians greater control over 

the platelet concentrations they use, enabling them to tailor 

treatment to each patient’s individual needs. 

Platelet-rich plasma treatment 

uses the patient’s own cells to 

regenerate new skin tissue and 

increase collagen production 

The Angel Lift is suitable for full-face rejuvenation, 

treating fine lines and wrinkles, improving skin tone, texture 

and contours, and adding lost volume. 

‘In my experience, the Angel PRP system achieves a 

highly effective regeneration of connective tissue,’ says 

Sydney facial plastic surgeon Dr William Mooney. ‘As a 

result of Angel’s rich platelet count, patients are seeing 

restored volume in their skin, greatly improved skin texture 

and tone, improvement to their fine lines and wrinkles, as 

well as improved facial contours.’ 

During the procedure, blood is taken from the patient, 

spun in the Angel Whole Blood Separation System 

centrifuge to extract the platelets, before being reinjected 

into the treatment area. There, the activated platelets 

release growth factors, which facilitate cell growth, the 

formation of blood capillaries and, most importantly, the 

building of new collagen. 

In order to be effective in activating stem cells, the 

injected PRP concentration must be four to six times the 

patient’s whole blood platelet count. The Angel system 

achieves this benchmark using a double spin centrifuge 

system, while also affording an individualised approach to 

skin rejuvenation. ‘PRP is an exact science and cannot be 

guessed,’ Dr Mooney says. ‘Angel separates the red blood 

cells, white blood cells, plasma and platelets into separate 

compartments, enabling the clinician to design the exact 

recipe required for the condition of the skin presented.’ 

The fragile nature of platelets means injections must 

be performed with care and precision. The injections 

themselves are necessary because, in order to function, 

the growth factors in PRP must connect to cell membrane 

receptors below the skin. The method of injection can also 

be suited according to patient concerns; injections into the 

subcutaneous tissue can be effective in restoring volume, 

while shallow injections can improve the appearance of 

lines and degenerated skin texture. 

An added advantage of the Angel Lift is that the higher 

concentrations of platelets mean results can be achieved 

in fewer treatments. ‘With Angel, patients are seeing more 

significant results that are visible sooner,’ Dr Mooney 

explains. ‘This is because Angel produces very rich PRP 

concentrations – up to six times the body’s blood platelet 

count – which stimulates stem cells in the skin. We are 

also noticing patients require fewer treatments to see 

improvement in their collagen and elastin.’ 

The procedure itself takes about an hour and some 

patient preparation is required. It is important to be hydrated 

on the day of the procedure, as this makes it easier to take 

blood from the arm. ‘We will review a patient’s medical 

history before proceeding with the treatment and apply 

topical anaesthetic or local anaesthetic if required,’ says 

Dr Mooney. ‘A face rejuvenation will take approximately 45 

minutes, however larger areas such as the upper arms may 

take longer.’ 

Results are typically seen after one treatment, and will 

continue to improve over time. After this, maintenance 

treatments are usually recommended annually, although, 

depending on the patient’s skin complaint, a series of 

treatments closer together may be recommended. 

There is typically minimal downtime and, because the 

patient produces their own treatment serum (their own 

blood plasma), the risk of allergy or transmissible diseases 

with the Angel Lift is non-existent. 

Using technology that allows for an individual approach 

to facial rejuvenation, Angel’s system is designed to be 

time-efficient and effective, flexible in treating different 

conditions and precise in tailoring each treatment to the 

patient. The blood volume separation can be adjusted 

according to patient concerns, and the double centrifuge 

system ensures a high concentration of platelets will induce 

effective results with minimal downtime. 

It’s useful for full-face 

rejuvenation, treating fine lines 

and wrinkles, improving skin 

tone and adding lost volume 

The Angel Lift triggers a natural rejuvenation from 

within the skin, to brighten the complexion, improve the 

appearance of fine lines and wrinkles and boost the skin’s 

support structure. ‘I believe treatment with Angel PRP is an 

effective option for anyone looking to improve the integrity 

and overall look of their skin,’ Dr Mooney concludes. csbm 


Platelet 

Rich 

Plasma: 

The Gold 

Standard in PRP 

Only Angel PRP offers 

customisable cell 

separation for superior skin 

rejuvenation results. 

Angel PRP brings the most 

sophisticated autologous PRP system 

to Australia. It uses cutting edge 

technology to extract the highest 

concentrations of platelets for 

long-lasting skin rejuvenation. 

• Whole face rejuvenation 

• Crow’s feet and heavy eyelids 

• Frown lines and wrinkles 

• Lower face, jaw and lip lines 

• Chest, neck ageing and lines 

• Hands, upper and lower arms 

• Legs, thighs, knees 

• Abdomen, post-pregnancy and 

skin tightening 

• Legs, thighs, knees 

• Loss of elasticity and collagen 

• Post-surgery healing 

• Sports medicine 

info@medtel.com.au 

Call Medtel – Regenerative Medicine 

for more information 

1300 886 385 

www.medtel.com.au • www.prprejuvenate.com • www.cytomedix.com

face 

tailored 

results 

Skin Renu clinic offers a combination of minimally invasive treatments 

to rejuvenate the ageing face. Tara Casey reports. 

Ageing is a multi-faceted process, and can result in 

a number of changes to the appearance, including 

the emergence of fine lines, wrinkles, discolouration, 

surface veins and lax skin. At Skin Renu laser and skin 

clinic in Sydney, the staff take a holistic approach to antiageing 

and skin rejuvenation, not only offering patients a 

range of procedures to achieve the results they desire, but 

also offering skin cancer checks to ensure skin retains its 

optimum health and radiance. By targeting each of the 

concerns together, patients can look forward to an overall 

rejuvenated appearance. 

‘It makes sense as sun-lovers here in Australia to 

incorporate skin heath with rejuvenation treatments,’ says 

Dr Nada Kolak, one of Skin Renu’s doctors. ‘Healthy skin is 

beautiful skin. I like to make sure beauty is more than skin 

deep and to this end I offer all my patients skin checks.’ 

Given each age group has its common skin concerns, 

an experienced therapist who is familiar with procedures 

utilising the latest proven technology can help achieve the 

skin radiance a client is seeking. 

The Thermage non-surgical skin tightening system 

is one treatment the clinic employs to tighten existing 

collagen and stimulate the production of new collagen. The 

treatment can be used to address issues such as skin laxity 

and fine lines. Thermage can strengthen existing collagen 

and stimulate the production of new collagen to renew 

contours and improve the texture of the skin’s surface. 

According to Dr Kolak, the results of this non-invasive 

treatment vary from subtle to dramatic, depending on the 

individual person and the extent of ageing. 

Dr Kolak views injectables as another cornerstone of 

anti-ageing treatments. Volume loss and wrinkles are some 

of the major and inevitable changes that occur to our faces 

over time. Fillers and muscle relaxants can help restore 

facial volume, add contour to the face and relax away 

wrinkles and fine lines. 

A series of injectable wrinkle treatments to soften lines 

and prevent new ones forming can be performed in the one 

visit. These are particularly beneficial for correcting frown 

lines and crow’s feet at the corners of the eyes. 

The goal is improve the client’s 

appearance in a natural way 

so they look refreshed rather 

than overworked 

Experienced injectors such as Dr Kolak say their goal is 

to improve their client’s appearance in a natural way so that 

friends and family see a refreshed rather than overworked 

result. Skin Renu’s philosophy is to improve a person’s 

appearance, not change their overall look. 

‘To achieve a refreshed, natural-looking result, subtlety 

is the key,’ says Dr Kolak. ‘Non-surgical anti-ageing 

combination therapies which offer little or no downtime 

can effectively help delay the signs of ageing and turn back 

the clock to reveal a more healthy and beautiful-looking 

complexion.’ csbm 


cosmetic tattoo 

RESTORING 

CONFIDENCE 

SYDNEY COSMETIC TATTOOIST 

RITA PORRECA SAYS PERMANENT 

MAKEUP AND RESTORATIVE COSMETIC 

TATTOO TECHNIQUES CAN ENHANCE 

BEAUTY – AND SELF-CONFIDENCE. 

AIMÉE SURTENICH REPORTS. 

Permanent makeup has become a well-known and 

popular treatment in the beauty industry, but the 

benefi ts of cosmetic tattooing extend well beyond 

enhancing facial features. 

Medical tattooing 

Cosmetic tattooing can also be useful for people recovering 

from a medical condition or procedure. According to 

Sydney cosmetic tattooist Rita Porreca, paramedical tattoo 

techniques are often used to recreate the areola of women 

who have undergone reconstructive breast surgery. 

Areola re-pigmentation is often the fi nal stage of breast 

reconstruction and is also considered by those with areola 

colour loss. After the breast reconstruction is completed, 

the tattooing process may begin around six to 12 weeks 

after surgery. 

‘In my experience, paramedical cosmetic tattooing can 

help restore a woman’s self-confi dence, particularly for 

those who have undergone a mastectomy. It can signify a 

big step forward in the healing process, both physically and 

psychologically,’ she says. 

To this end, Porreca also offers Multitrepannic Collagen 

Actuation (MCA). This skin relaxation treatment helps to 

rejuvenate scar tissue and stimulate the skin to produce its 

own melanin in areas where surface scar tissue is present, 

further improving the appearance of skin post-surgery or 

improving the appearance of burns. 

Cosmetic tattooing can also improve the appearance 

of skin conditions such as vitiligo, a disease characterised 

by patches of skin discolouration where there is a loss of 

natural skin pigmentation. Intricate paramedical tattooing 


SPMUC FP(NEW) 30/4/07 1:30 PM Page 1 

techniques can camouflage the depigmentation, with longlasting 

results. 

It can also recreate the look of hair for alopecia sufferers, 

timeless and 

timeless 

a health condition deriving from the immune 


system (white 

effortless beauty 

blood cells), which results in the arrest of the hair growth 

stage, including facial hair and eyelashes. 

Cosmetic tattooing 

effortless beauty 

SPMUC FP(NEW) 30/4/07 1:30 PM Page 1 

‘In When 1984 it my comes dream to eyes, was to lips, create face, a 

Also called permanent makeup, cosmetic tattooing is most Centre body, skin that and provided training, personalised we are the 

well known for its ability to define eyebrows, contour and beauty experts’ solutions expert. With with more natural than and 22 

colour lips and emphasise the eyes with eyeliner. 

lasting years’ experience results – a world we have above developed 

‘With a range of pigments to choose from, eyeliner traditional an excellent beauty reputation salons.’ with doctors 

tattooing provides permanent makeup that allows the – and Rita surgeons. Porreca, We Founder also work & MDclosely 

timeless and effortless 

with surgeons in post-operative 

beauty 

wearer to sleep, swim and exercise without the smudge 

care. 

factor,’ says Porreca. ‘Eyebrow cosmetic tattooing also When – Rita it Porreca, comes to Founder Eyes, Lips, & MDFace, Body, Skin and 

can restore vibrancy to the entire eye area and help Training 

SPCP, 

we 

AAM, 

are 

AACT, 

the experts' 

APAA 

expert. We also work closely 

those who have plucked too much, or have scars or gaps with surgeons on post-operative care. 

in their eyebrows.’ 

Similarly, lip tattooing can be ideal for women lacking a ‘In 1984 my dream was to create a 

SERVICES WE PROVIDE 

defined lip shape, have pale lips or just want to enhance the 

Centre that provided personalised 


beauty solutions with natural and 

look of their pout. 

Cosmetic Tattooing 

lasting results – a world above 

Cosmetic ‘Whether Tattooing for cosmetic or paramedical reasons, when 

traditional beauty Medical salons.’ Tattooing 

performed Eyebrowsby Hair an experienced stroke to shaded and highly brows skilled to practitioner, give you more of a 

– Rita Porreca, Founder Skin & Needling 

MD 

long-lasting natural appearance cosmetic tattoo treatments can significantly 

enhance BEFORE 

Eyeliner a Subtle person’s to Dramatic appearance or to and, define turn, your their eye selfesteem,’ 

Porreca concludes. csbm 

When it comes 

Dermal Planning Peels 

shape 

Lips From lip liner to full lips & blends we make your lips look good with Non to Laser Eyes, Lips, Tattoo Face, Removal 

Body, Skin and 

Training we are the experts' expert. We also work closely 

an ideal shape and colour all the time. 

with surgeons Cosmetic on post-operative Tattooing care. Courses 

Medical Tattooing 

Areola re-pigmentation Is the final stage of breast reconstruction and is AFTER FULL LIP TATTOOING 

also What considered by is those permanent 

with areola colour loss. 


Corrective Camouflage Can bring a natural skin colour back to scars 

Cosmetic and makeup? 

burns Tattooing 

Eyebrows Hair stroke to shaded brows to give you more of a BEFORE FULL LIP COLOUR 

AFTER FULL LIP COSMETIC TATTOOING 

natural Skin Permanent Needling appearance makeup, also called cosmetic tattooing 

Eyeliner Needling Subtle treatment to Dramatic for wrinkles, or to acne define scars your & eye scar shape relaxation 

BEFORE 

or micro-tattoo, is the placement of solid particles 

BEFORE 

Lips Skin 

of From Rejuvenation 

colour lip (pigment) liner to full below lips the & blends skin to we create make the your lips look good with 

an Is ideal impression for shape the of rebuilding and cosmetics, colour of all new either collagen time. on the and face lightening to pigmentation. 

BEFORE EYE LINER TOP AND BOTTOM 

AFTER EYE LINER TOP AND BOTTOM 

enhance eyebrows, the lips or the eye line, or all 

Medical IPL over Hair the Tattooing Removal body to diminish the appearance of scars 

Areola Enables re-pigmentation hair removal from Is nearly the final every stage part of of breast the body reconstruction quickly and is AFTER FULL LIP TATTOOING 

and other skin imperfections. The pigment is placed 

also AFTER EYEBROW TATTOOING 

and in efficiently considered 

the skin with 

by 

a fine 

those 

needle. 

with areola colour loss. 

Corrective A primary Camouflage aim of permanent Can bring makeup a natural is to achieve skin colour back to scars 


Medical 

burns 

Skin Peels/Microdermabrasion 

BEFORE EYEBROW TATTOOING 

AFTER EYEBROW TATTOOING 

balance of the facial features by accentuating your 

Skin treatments ranging from Green Peel, CosMedix Peels 

best features, deaccentuating your worst and 

Skin & Microdermabrasion Needling to give you a natural healthy glow. 

harmonising skin tones. 

Needling treatment for wrinkles, acne scars & scar relaxation 

Cosmetic Clients Dermal should Fillers seek & the Mesotherapy 

help of a cosmetic 02 9569 BEFORE 7799 follow us on 

Skin tattooist Rejuvenation with extensive experience in cosmetic and 

Cosmetic Tattooing Courses 

Level 1, 157 Great North Road 

Is ideal paramedical for the rebuilding tattooing to of achieve new collagen optimal results. and lightening pigmentation. 

Learn, up-skill and expand with professional cosmetic tattooing Five training. 

AFTER AEROLA TATTOOING 

Dock NSW 2046 

IPL Hair Removal 

Email: info@spmuc.com.au 

Enables hair removal from nearly every part of the body quickly Web: www.spmuc.com.au 


AFTER EYEBROW TATTOOING 

and efficiently

feature 

skincare for all ages 

WITH A TUNED-IN SKIN ROUTINE IT’S POSSIBLE TO HAVE YOUR SKIN LOOKING ITS 

BEST, NO MATTER WHAT YOUR AGE. TARA CASEY REPORTS. 

We all know that age is just a number, but when it 

comes to our skin, time waits for no one. Certain 

skin concerns are more prevalent during different 

decades in our life – from pimples as a teen to battling dark 

eye circles thanks to those late nights of our 20s. The fi rst 

signs of ageing creep up in our 30s, with wrinkles becoming 

fi rmly entrenched in our 40s, and the inevitable effects of 

gravity starting to take their toll in our 50s. 

But the news isn’t all bad. Caring for your skin and 

putting your best face forward has never been easier 

with the huge range of targeted skincare products and 

treatments available. 

Teens 

Getting into a good skincare regime in your teens not only 

helps resolve some of the teen angst-causing skin issues 

but it also forms good habits for the coming decades. First 

up, ditch the bar of soap and switch to a facial cleanser that 

suits your skin type! 

Many teens fi nd oily skin is their main concern, so a gelbased 

cleanser is ideal – perhaps one that includes salicylic 

acid to help clear acne. Cleanse morning and at night – 

sleeping in your makeup after getting home from a party is 

a huge no-no. 

Whoever spread the rumour that those with oily skin 

don’t need a moisturiser is just plain wrong. Use a light, 

non-comedogenic, oil-free moisturiser after you cleanse. 

A clay mask applied once a week will deep-clean your 

pores, and use an exfoliator twice a week to remove the 

build-up of dead skin cells. Make sure you’re gentle – if you 

over scrub, your skin may break out. 

Not to sound like a mother, but you simply must use sun 

protection – the younger you start, the better. Not only does 

it protect your skin from the sun but 90 percent of premature 

ageing is caused by UV exposure – you’ll be thankful for 

this advice in 15 years. 

If you suffer from acne, a topical treatment using salicylic 

acid or tea tree oil can work wonders. For severe cases, a 

prescribed treatment from a GP may be a good option. 

20-something 

If skin has a heyday, your 20s is it. The worst of teen 

problem skin is typically behind you and you’re yet to 

bear the hallmarks of ageing. However, this decade is all 

about damage control. Your hormones are still balancing 

themselves, so stick to oil-free, gentle cleansers, 

moisturisers and makeup. 

Try adding some products with antioxidants to combat 

free radicals and balance the effects those nights out have 

on your skin. Green tea, soy, lycopene and Vitamin C are 

all good options. 

Foamy gel cleansers and light moisturisers are suffi cient 

at this age, perhaps a milky cleanser if you’re prone to dry 

skin. Sunscreen is essential, so apply a day cream with SPF 

and UV protection to your face and décolletage. 

Of an eve, use a hydrating fl uid or an oil-free moisturiser 

along with a mild hydrating eye gel to stave off early signs 

of ageing. 


feature 

Exfoliating speeds up the natural sloughing process of 

the skin and helps keeps you baby-faced and blackheadfree. 

A grainy mechanical exfoliator or something with alpha 

hydroxy acids (AHAs) will do the job. 

Many dermatologists suggest starting on Vitamin 

A-derivative retinoids, which are considered by many as the 

gold standard for reducing fi ne lines, stimulating collagen 

and treating acne. 

Microdermabrasion treatments and Vitamin C facials 

will keep your skin glowing. Secondly, introducing some 

products with Vitamin A derivatives is key at this age. 

Retinol can be found in low doses in many over-thecounter 

night creams and serums or, for stronger dose 

retinoids, creams and gels may be prescribed by your 

aesthetician, dermatologist or GP in some cases. 

Use your UVA/UVB sunscreen religiously, as it’s in your 

30s that the effects of more than three decades in the sun 

begin to become apparent in lost collagen and elasticity 

and the resulting fi ne lines around the eyes and lips. 

30-something 

Even if you’ve taken good care of your skin, it becomes 

a little drier and sun damage may begin to appear in your 

30s, so it’s motivation to start getting with the times. 

As you age, keep adjusting your routine. Your midto-late 

30s is a great time to start using nutrient-packed 

serums and active night creams. 

Use a creamy cleanser, perhaps with AHAs to encourage 

exfoliation in the morning; in the evening a calming milky 

cleanser can work wonders. Use creamy moisturisers to 

lock in hydration (apply over damp skin) and continue with 

eye creams at night. 

40-something 

Kick it up a notch as the signs of ageing deepen. In your 

40s you should seek products with plumping and fi rming 

benefi ts. Those beach holidays have started to catch up 

and your skin may lose tightness, begin to look dull and 

pores may enlarge. 

Spots and discolouration may appear and, because it 

doesn’t refl ect light evenly, your complexion is losing some 

of its glow. The gradual loss of collagen and elasticity is 

part of intrinsic ageing and becomes more apparent in the 

furrows and frown lines of 40-something skin. Vitamin C 

can boost the synthesis of collagen, especially when it is 

applied in a potent and active form. 


feature 

Additionally, prescription retinoids containing Vitamin A 

acid used topically help fi ght nasty free radicals and can 

reduce brown spots, increase exfoliation and collagen 

production, thicken the epidermis and improve sun 

damage. If your skin can’t tolerate a retinoid every night, 

use it every other night. 

You may also be considering anti-wrinkle injections to 

smooth your complexion and as a preventative method 

for future wrinkle formation. Injectables help diminish and 

softens lines and wrinkles on the face and can refresh your 

overall appearance. 

Vitamin A derivatives are 

considered by many as the gold 

standard for reducing fine lines 

Chemical peels are also good for refi ning the skin’s 

surface, and fi ller injections can replenish volume and boost 

collagen production. 

Of course, it’s essential you continue using rich face and 

eye serums on a nightly basis, with moisturising properties 

such as hyaluronic acid, shea butter or oils. Along with 

your broad-spectrum moisturiser, add in a couple of 

creams, lotions or serums containing at least two types of 

antioxidants. For crepey skin try a formula with peptides, 

which have been shown to strengthen collagen. 

50-something and onwards 

This is the time to put your skincare regime into high gear. 

Loss of oestrogen, which gives your skin its elasticity and 

hydration, sees deeper wrinkles form, drooping eyelids and 

expression lines around the mouth and forehead. 

Cell turnover is much slower and you’ll notice dryness 

and loss of suppleness. Expression lines start to remain 

static and pores are more visible. You also may have 

developed spider veins and hyperpigmentation (age spots), 

as well as pre-cancerous spots from sun damage. 

Wash morning and night with a creamy cleanser and 

apply a serum containing peptides or an antioxidant such 

as Vitamin C when your face is still damp. Anti-ageing 

or wrinkle-reducing prescription formulas containing 

retinol or glycolic acid products can reduce fi ne lines and 

wrinkles, improve skin texture, tone and colour and help 

boost hydration. 

Glycolic acid has been found to trigger new formation of 

collagen to plump cells and reduce wrinkles on the skin’s 

surface. Consider taking a coenzyme Q10 supplement 

every day. Studies have shown this may help prevent skin 

cancer, which commonly appears in this decade. 

Laser skin resurfacing can offer an effective solution 

to diminish wrinkles, scarring and age spots, as well as 

improving the overall appearance of your skin. This is 

also the age where cosmetic surgical procedures may be 

seriously considered to help restore your more youthful 

looks of yesteryear. csbm 


fit for a princess 

Give your skin the royal treatment 

with Princess Skincare 

DAILY YOUTH 

Moisturising Gel 

ANTI-AGEING 

Vitalizing Serum 

RECOVERY 

Soothing Essence 

REJUVENATION 

Hyaluronic Acid Mask 

Green Tea Mask 

Made with 100 percent rayon, 

non-woven fabrics 

CONTACT: INSIGHT AESTHETICS 

Ph: 1300 737 393 

info@insightsurgical.com.au 

www.insightsurgical.com.au

skin 

The royal 

suite of 

skincare 

PRINCESS SKINCARE OFFERS 

AN ALL-ENCOMPASSING APPROACH 

TO FACIAL ANTI-AGEING AND 

REJUVENATION. CAITLIN 

BISHOP REPORTS. 

Stemming from a holistic philosophy, Princess 

Skincare, distributed in Australia by Insight 

Aesthetics, provides a high-quality and 

professional pathway to skin health. 

With a history spanning 30 years, Princess 

was born when CROMA – a European leader 

in ophthalmology, orthopaedics and viscoelastics – 

decided to expand its expertise into the fi eld of aesthetics. 

Today, complete with a skincare range, treatment masks 

and dermal fi llers, Princess affords an all-encompassing 

approach to skin health and aesthetic rejuvenation. 

In a cutting-edge skincare line, Princess has infused 

a range of serums and gels with active ingredients 

designed to boost skin health and combat the signs 

of ageing. Princess has been diligent in including only 

ingredients that are shown to truly benefi t the skin, and 

the range is effective in helping to address a variety of 

skin concerns and conditions. 

Designed to extend the youthfulness of your skin, 

the Daily Youth Moisturising Gel provides gentle, longlasting 

hydration to homogenise skin texture and 

achieve a luminescent glow. The experts at Princess 

Skincare advise a quality moisturiser should be applied 

daily to replenish the skin and prevent the wrinkles and 

unevenness commonly associated with dehydration. 

In a two-fold effect, the Daily Youth Moisturising Gel 

is also designed to enhance the production of collagen 


skin 

and elastin in the skin, to improve skin integrity, structure 

and resilience. For a more direct, concentrated approach, 

the Anti-Ageing Vitalising Serum helps promote younger 

looking skin and reduce the common signs of skin ageing. 

The serum is formulated to brighten and tone – reducing 

the appearance of pores and uneven texture. Because of 

their consistency, serums achieve a higher penetration into 

the epidermal layers, meaning the ingredients are delivered 

deeply to act within the skin. This benefi t means the Anti- 

Ageing Vitalising Serum can help minimise the appearance 

of fi ne lines and wrinkles and increase the skin’s resilience 

to environmental stressors. 

One of the most compounding factors in skin ageing is 

sun exposure. Damage from ultra violet (UV) radiation works 

to magnify and accelerate the intrinsic ageing process, 

leading to pigmentation, increased skin laxity, wrinkles and 

uneven texture. To fi ght these premature signs of ageing, 

and counter the dermal stress brought on by sun exposure, 

the Recovery Soothing Essence from Princess Skincare 

improves skin health and is designed to relax, soothe and 

rejuvenate the complexion. 

Scientifi cally designed to complement the everyday 

skincare range, Princess Skincare Masks are an integral 

part of the Princess approach to anti-ageing. There are 

two Princess Masks: the Hyaluronic Acid Mask and Green 

Tea Mask. They can be used to optimise skin health and 

radiance, as well as to prime skin before surgery or to help 

Princess Skincare addresses 

a wide variety of skin concerns 

and conditions 

expedite healing post-procedure. These are cloth masks, 

designed to hydrate the skin, minimise the look of wrinkles, 

smooth the skin’s texture and brighten the complexion. 

The Hyaluronic Acid Mask uses hyaluronic acid 

(HA), a component that occurs naturally in the body, 

to boost hydration and activate cellular proliferation in 

the skin. It combines HA with Imperata Cylindrica for 

intense moisturisation, alongside liquorice root and algae 

extracts, which are high in antioxidant vitamins. This mask 

demonstrates high anti-ageing potential and helps maintain 

the skin’s elasticity and fi rmness. 

The Green Tea Mask has a soothing, revitalising and 

protective effect for general skin rejuvenation. It combines 

green tea with additional antioxidants to hydrate, strengthen 

and protect the skin against external stressors. csbm 

The Princess suite of injectables 

Sometimes, even with the most diligent, proactive and 

suitable skincare regimens, a slightly more aggressive 

approach is required to maintain facial youthfulness. 

During ageing, there is a loss in both the facial 

skeleton and deeper fatty tissue, meaning the 

skin’s structure is depleted and a loss in volume 

becomes evident. 

Dermal fi llers can be effective in replenishing 

this volume and reducing the appearance of deep 

wrinkles and folds. Insight Aesthetics has a range 

of Princess dermal fi llers, suitable for treating the 

lips, facial lines, wrinkles and facial folds. They are 

designed to typically last between six to twelve 

months and are effective in refi ning the facial contour 

and revolumising the face. 

In a collection of active skincare and complementary 

treatments, Princess from Insight Aesthetics affords 

an all-encompassing approach to anti-ageing and 

facial rejuvenation. 

The skincare is designed to boost skin health, and 

is effective both as a standalone treatment and to 

boost results following more invasive modalities. With 

skincare, facial masks and dermal fi llers, Princess 

signifi es a ‘one-stop-shop’ to facial rejuvenation and 

anti-ageing results. 


skin 

Spot-on skin 

Suzie Hoitink from Clear Complexions Clinics says customised skincare 

and treatment plans can go a long way in treating skin pigmentation. 


According to Suzie Hoitink, registered nurse and 

founder of the award-winning Clear Complexions 

Clinics, there’s no silver bullet when it comes to 

healthy, beautiful skin. 

‘It’s about knowing how to put the right combination 

of skincare and treatments together for each individual, 

and establishing a plan that keeps their skin healthy going 

forward,’ she says. 

A common skin complaint, particularly after a long hot 

Australian summer, is hyperpigmentation, or ‘sun spots’ on 

the face. Caused by increased melanin (the skin’s natural 

pigment), hyperpigmentation is triggered by sun damage, 

hormones, trauma and some diseases. 

‘Hyperpigmentation is typically caused by four factors: 

sun exposure; hormones (melasma); post-inflammatory 

hyperpigmentation caused by trauma to the skin such as 

acne scarring, surgery and over-aggressive skin treatments; 

and congenital or autoimmune diseases,’ Suzie explains. 

Darker pigmented spots on the skin are the end result 

of hyperpigmentation, but the true damage is seen below 

the surface. Patches of melanin can accumulate below 

the skin’s upper layer without any visible, tell-tale signs 

presenting on the surface. 

‘Pigmentation starts below the surface,’ Suzie continues. 

‘It’s usually only when people start to see brown patches or 

sun spots on the surface of their skin that they start looking 

at treatment options.’ 

‘Rarely in Australia do we have a patient who doesn’t 

have hyperpigmentation, and vascular or capillary damage 

as well,’ she continues. ‘Skin starts to act and look 

older than it should, leading to more wrinkles, more skin 

discolouration, and uneven skin texture and tone.’ 

Hyperpigmentation is one of the most difficult and 

volatile skin conditions to treat and, while there is no one 

‘cure’, with the right skincare and treatment plan, it can be 

controlled and managed. 

The first step is to have a thorough and detailed 

consultation with the client. Clear Complexions nurses 


skin 

address patient history, concerns, previous treatments 

and expectations. They also utilise the latest diagnostic 

software, which looks at the skin below the surface. 

‘Essentially, we want a “map” of the skin to ascertain 

exactly what is needed to bring it back to optimal health 

and radiance,’ says Suzie. ‘With the imaging results as a 

guide, the patient will be educated in understanding the 

true state of their skin and provided with a path forward in 

skin care and treatment. The process of diagnostic imaging 

is not only about safety and choosing the right treatment 

for the client but also about education. The patient needs 

to understand how and why we’re going to repair, maintain 

and prevent further damage to their skin.’ 

We don’t just want to improve 

your skin now; we want you 

to look good for your age in 

10 years time 

As no two skins are alike, Clear Complexions Clinics 

provide an individualised multi-modality approach to 

treating skin concerns. ‘Our nurses are trained in, and have 

access to, different ways to treat hyperpigmentation. We 

don’t want to just improve your skin now; we want you to 

look good for your age in 10 years time,’ Suzie says 

For example, Intense Pulsed Light (IPL) treatment 

can be used to gently lighten the appearance of visible 

pigmentation spots, while prescribed at-home skincare 

loaded with antioxidants such as Vitamin A can calm 

overactive melanocytes and slow down the surfacing of 

pigmentation. Mild peels can also be used to accelerate the 

removal of dead, pigmented skin cells. These treatments 

are complemented with advice on lifestyle changes to 

reduce the risk of hyperpigmentation stimulation. 

Suzie says Clear Complexions Clinic patients can 

expect to see and feel real improvements following any 

treatment. ‘Whether it’s treating hyperpigmentation, 

using injectables to help combat wrinkles or lost volume, 

or employing laser therapies and platelet-rich plasma 

treatment for all-over facial rejuvenation, we hold ourselves 

accountable,’ she says. 

‘The main focus of my team and I is improving the 

health and beauty of our clients’ skin. We are not just in 

the business of skincare; we are committed to our clients 

and believe real beauty comes from feeling confident in 

the skin you’re in,’ says Suzie. ‘Our personalised multimodality 

approach to skin health and beauty has made a 

real difference to the complexion of our clients.’ csbm 

BEFORE 

BEFORE 

Intrinsic vs extrinsic causes 

Hormonal hyperpigmentation. Also called 

melasma, this type can appear around the lips, eyes 

or in a band across or down the forehead. Referred 

to as the ‘mask of pregnancy’, melasma arises in 

response to oestrogen and progesterone fluctuations, 

as these stimulate melanocytes, which are pigmentproducing 

cells. 

Sun-induced hyperpigmentation. Pigmentation 

caused by sun damage is similar to freckling in 

appearance and sits more superficially on the skin 

compared with melasma. It occurs when melanin 

levels increase to protect against sun exposure. 

Post-injury hyperpigmentation. Acting like an 

‘umbrella’ to protect against DNA mutation, melanin 

levels rise in reaction to skin trauma, such as after 

surgery. These protective peaks of melanin can cause 

hyperpigmentation damage. Notably, these incidences 

of melasma, sun damage and post-inflammatory 

hyperpigmentation initially appear underneath the 

skin’s surface, invisible to the naked eye. 

AFTER pigmentation treatment (actual client 

of Clear Complexions Clinic) 

AFTER two IPL treatments for pigmentation 

(actual client of Clear Complexions Clinic) 


skin 

Vitiligo linked 

with Vitamin D 

Sydney cosmetic surgeon Dr Joseph Georghy believes he has 

untangled the mystery of what causes vitiligo and has pioneered a new 

medical treatment for the skin condition. AimÉe Surtenich reports. 

Vitiligo is a skin disorder that causes depigmentation 

from areas of the skin, resulting in white spots or 

patches. It occurs when melanocytes, the cells 

responsible for skin pigmentation, are ‘poisoned’ and die or 

are unable to function properly and produce melanin. 

Despite research, the cause of vitiligo is considered 

unknown. Dr Georghy believes that he’s got the answer: 

Vitamin D deficiency may be one, if not the main, cause 

of vitiligo. He has carried out numerous blood tests on his 

patients who suffer from vitiligo and has found that virtually 

all of them had Vitamin D deficiency. 

Dr Georghy proposes that the severity of the disease is 

directly related to the severity of the Vitamin D deficiency. 

‘Genetic predisposition and stress may be aggravating 

factors,’ he says. ‘However, from my research, children 

developing vitiligo early in their life have one or both parents 

who are Vitamin D deficient.’ He believes that children who 

develop vitiligo at a very young age are also Vitamin D 

deficient or they may have inherited ‘defective’ DNA from 

their parents. He attributes these findings to intrauterine 

Vitamin D deficiency, lack of sun exposure during developing 

years and nutritional deficiency or combination of both. 

‘Vitamin D is essential for normal melanocyte function,’ 

Dr Georghy explains, ‘so a deficiency may cause abnormal 

DNA methylation and genetic alteration, resulting not only in 

vitiligo but in numerous skin conditions.’ 

New combined treatment for vitiligo 

‘I use PhotoDynamic HelioTherm combined with MicroPen 

micro-needling and platelet-rich plasma treatment,’ says 

Dr Georghy. ‘This triggers a cascade of bio-stimulating 

processes that ultimately results in skin repigmentation. 

Patients are also treated with high doses of Vitamin D, 

CoQ-10 or other supplements they may be deficient in.’ 

Platelet-rich plasma (PRP). This plasma is a naturally 

occurring component extracted from your own blood. The 

concentrated platelets found in PRP have huge amounts of 

growth factors, bioactive and signalling proteins, which are 

released when PRP is injected into tissue. 

MicroPen micro-needling. ‘I believe the MicroPen has 

revolutionised the practice of treating skin conditions,’ says 

Dr Georghy. ‘It is a slim, cordless, light and ergonomic design 

which fits in the palm of your hand. During the procedure, tiny 

needles are used to create controlled micro-injuries to the skin 

in order to produce collagen and elastin. In my experience, it 

is much faster than any other device on the market, allowing 

a more comfortable treatment for my patients.’ 

PhotoDynamic HelioTherm. PhotoDynamic Therapy 

(PDT) is a treatment that uses a substance called a 

HelioTherm photosensitiser. It helps the light and the heat 

to be absorbed and accumulated in the skin and underlying 

tissues, resulting in better skin contraction and collagen 

formation. ‘I use a sensitiser I specifically developed, which 

is applied topically. PDT does not cause photosensitivity 

and overall has a good safety profile,’ says Dr Georghy. 

‘HelioTherm employs light and heat energy delivered 

simultaneously to the treated areas. It is the only device on the 

market that results in deep and homogenous heat penetration 

to the underlying skin structures: fat, muscles, ligaments,’ 

he continues. Dr Georghy believes that HelioTherm in 

combination with Vitamin D therapy, bio-stimulates the 

‘dormant’ melanocytic stem cells (stimulates your own stem 

cells), corrects the faulty DNA by improving DNA methylation 

and eliminates ‘oxidative stress’. 

The biological effects of HelioTherm have been published 

in the textbook of The American Academy of Anti-Aging 

Medicine, Anti-Aging Therapeutics, Vol IX. ‘The biological 

effects of this unique treatment are countless. The sky is 

the limit,’ he says. 

Dr Georghy says this combined treatment kickstarts 

a cavalcade of biological effects: immediate antiinflammatory 

effects, formation of new blood vessels, 

improvement of oxygen supply and metabolic turnover at 

a cellular level, resulting in stimulation or re-activation of 

your own dormant stem cells to produce new, active and 

functional melanocytes. 

‘Skin texture starts improving within several days. Repigmentation 

will begin within few months, with best results 

seen after 12 to 18 months,’ he concludes. csbm 


skin 

1 

BEFORE 

2 

BEFORE 

3 

BEFORE 

4 

BEFORE 

5 

AFTER IPL (PhotoTherm) and Photodynamic HelioTherm by Dr Georghy 




BEFORE 



skin 

On 

a 

roll 

The cordless Eclipse MicroPen is the latest advancement in skin 

needling technology and can correct a variety of skin concerns. 


Composed of medical-grade stainless steel, the 

Eclipse MicroPen is the first completely cordless 

fractional automated microneedling device for 

treating various dermatologic indications. 

For the right patient, microneedling with the MicroPen 

offers an effective alternative to common skin resurfacing 

techniques such as laser therapy and dermal rollers. 

‘I am very enthusiastic about the new MicroPen skin 

needling device,’ says Sydney cosmetic surgeon Dr 

Joseph Georghy, one of the first adopters of the MicroPen 

in Australia. ‘I believe it has the potential to revolutionise 

the practice of treating many skin conditions, as well as for 

overall facial rejuvenation,’ he continues. ‘Its slim, light and 

ergonomic design fits in the palm of your hand, enabling a 

more efficient and comfortable treatment.’ 

How does microneedling work? 

Microneedling creates multiple microscopic injuries in the 

epidermis, sometimes referred to as collagen induction 

therapy. The micro injuries trigger the production of collagen 

and elastin, the building blocks of smoother, healthier 

looking skin. The result is a more even toned, tighter and 

radiant skin as the new healthy skin cells work to rejuvenate 

skin from the inside out. 

In this way, it works like any fractionated procedure, 

perforating multiple pin-point holes at various depths in the 

skin to trigger the body’s natural healing response. 

The MicroPen’s fractionated turbo safety needle 

is designed to cause minimal trauma to the skin and 

surrounding tissue while still achieving desired end points 

necessary for collagen remodelling. 

Benefits include improved skin 

tone and texture, and overall 

younger looking skin 

The MicroPen consists of 12 32-gauge medical grade 

needles arranged in a fractionated pattern in order to cause 

the necessary skin injury while leaving healthy skin in tact in 

between each micro perforation. 

The turbo safety pistol pulsates at a rate of 8500 RPM 

to ensure optimal patient comfort and shorter treatment 

time. Needle depth is adjustable from 0 to 2.75mm, allowing 

the practitioner to adjust the level of treatment according to 

the patient’s needs. 

During the procedure, the pen is gently pressed 

against the skin while simultaneously gliding in one direction 


skin 

until the entire treatment area has been covered. The 

procedure takes around 15 to 30 minutes, depending on 

the area treated. 

‘Importantly, the MicroPen’s cordless, portable design 

allows the practitioner to move more freely during treatment, 

affording greater control and accessibility to the patient’s 

target areas,’ says Dr Georghy. 

The tiny microchannels created by the MicroPen are also 

ideal for the absorption of topical skincare products such 

as hyaluronic acid, lightening serums or wound-healing 

topicals, allowing diffusion of product into those deeper 

skin layers at a cellular level. 

Microneedling is also ideal to use in conjunction with 

platelet-rich plasma (PRP) treatment, to maximise the skin 

rejuvenation results of PRP. 

Results and safety 

The benefits of microneedling include a reduction in the 

appearance of fine lines and wrinkles, improved skin tone 

and texture, and an overall younger looking skin. 

Micro-needling also has a positive effect on 

hyperpigmentation as well as on hypopigmentation, acne 

and surgical scars, and stretch marks. 

The MicroPen is safe to use on numerous parts of the 

body, including the face, neck, décolletage, arms, hands, 

legs, abdomen and back. 

Patients can typically resume their everyday activities 

straight after treatment. Mild redness and some 

inflammation of the skin is typical, but this should dissipate 

after a day or two in most cases and can be covered by 

mineral makeup if desired. 

Visible changes to the skin develop over the course 

of several days and weeks. Results are cumulative, and 

continue to improve up to six months after treatment as 

collagen production continues. 

Some patients only require a single treatment, once 

per year to achieve, and maintain, optimal results. However, 

it is recommended for most patients to receive a series 

of two to three treatments spaced around six to eight 

weeks apart. For patients with deep-set wrinkles, advanced 

photoageing, stretch marks or acne scars, it is advised to 

receive six to eight sessions at six-week intervals. 

The MicroPen has an excellent safety profile, featuring 

a disposable tip and a cross-infection protection system 

to offer safe, reliable and consistent results. ‘I believe 

the MicroPen heralds a technological breakthrough in 

microneedling treatment,’ Dr Georghy concludes. csbm 

ROLL BACK THE YEARS 

WITH THE ECLIPSE MICROPEN 

A breakthrough for beautiful skin 

The Eclipse MicroPen uses tiny sterile needles to create 

controlled micro-injuries to the skin for radiant results. 

The MicroPen is a slim, portable, cordless design which fi ts 

in the palm of your hand. It gives the practitioner superior 

control during micro-needling treatment, while affording a 

faster and more comfortable procedure for the client. 

The skin benefi ts of micro-needling include: 

• Improving fi ne lines 

• Tightening skin and improving tone 

• Promoting collagen and elastin production 

• Reducing the appearance of acne scarring, 

pigmentation and stretch marks 

To learn more about the unique 

benefi ts of the Eclipse MicroPen call 

1300 068 357 

www.aventionglobal.com 


skin 

Your best skin ever 

Sydney aesthetician Eva Karpati says a personalised approach to skin 

rejuvenation yields the best results. AimÉe Surtenich reports. 

Sydney aesthetician Eva Karpati takes an individualised 

approach to skin rejuvenation. ‘There’s no set routine 

when it comes to beautifying the skin,’ she says. ‘I 

work with each client to assess their specific skin type and 

concerns and then devise a bespoke treatment plan to 

achieve ultimate skin radiance.’ 

The first step is a thorough consultation to accurately 

assess the condition of each client’s skin and to listen to 

their concerns. ‘The consultation process is paramount,’ 

explains Karpati. ‘It is so important for me – and the client 

– to first thoroughly understand what we are dealing with 

and how to deal with it effectively. To this end, I always use 

visual imaging software in my consultations to ascertain the 

extent of the problem and the best way to address it. Every 

person needs an individualised approach. What’s right for 

someone in their 20s and 30s may not be right for someone 

in their 40s and 50s.’ 

The Karpati Medispa offers an array of treatments 

utilising the latest in advanced non-surgical IPL and LED 

machinery to treat a variety of skin conditions. 

‘To achieve optimal results that really target specific 

concerns, a state of the art and powerful machine is 

necessary,’ says Karpati. ‘The laser I use has two fractional 

heads: the 1410nm is effective for fine lines and open 

pores, while the 1540nm is useful for skin tightening and 

reducing the appearance of acne scarring.’ 

The non-ablative microfractional laser offers three 

treatment depths, enabling the practitioner to customise 

each treatment according to the client’s individual 

cosmetic concerns. 

‘We use different wavelengths, which allow us not only to 

meet different needs – whether it’s to address pigmentation, 

vascular spots, acne scarring or overall skin rejuvenation – 

but also to treat different skin types safely, from the darkest 

to the lightest,’ says Karpati. 

Fractional skin resurfacing uses laser energy to create 

microscopic injuries in the skin. In non-ablative treatments, 

the laser coagulates the affected tissue, and the body’s 

natural healing mechanisms kick in to create new, healthy 

tissue to replace the coagulated tissue. The result is 

healthier, younger looking skin. 

According to Karpati, fractional laser systems have 

revolutionised skin rejuvenation. ‘Rather than “burning” 

the surface of the skin, fractional lasers work in the deeper 

layers to promote collagen renewal, leaving the surface 

virtually untouched,’ she says. 

‘Unlike ablative laser procedures, which vaporise, rather 

than coagulate the tissue, in most cases non-ablative 

procedures involve minimal to no redness and swelling, 

and patients can return to their day-to-day activities 

immediately,’ she adds. 

Patients will typically see a noticeable improvement to 

the appearance of their skin after just one laser therapy 

session, although Karpati usually recommends four to six 

treatments spaced four to six weeks apart in order to see 

maximum benefit. 

‘Results will continue to improve over time as new 

collagen is produced,’ she says. ‘Best of all, as patients 

have more treatments, results will just keep getting better 

and better.’ 

‘With age, the cumulative effects of lifestyle choices can 

take their toll on the face. Skin loses firmness and radiance, 

wrinkles can become ingrained and uneven pigmentation 

can mar the complexion,’ says Karpati. 

‘Advances in laser technology over the past five 

years have meant the visible signs of chronological 

and environmental ageing can be significantly reduced 

and sometimes reversed, with treatments that take the 

equivalent of a lunch hour and require little or no downtime,’ 

she concludes. csbm 


Hair removal revolution for 

blonde, red, grey and white hair 

Until recently, the effectiveness of laser and IPL 

permanent hair reduction depended on factors such 

as darker hair colour and paler skin types. 

With the Adéna IPL system, there’s now a solution 

to treating grey, blonde, white and red hair, as well 

as darker skin types – heralding a breakthrough in 

these notoriously difficult-to-treat hair colours and 

skin types. 

The Adéna is able to target blonde, grey, white and 

red hairs because it doesn’t rely on the hair pigment 

to absorb the light energy. Instead, the Adéna IPL 

directly targets the blood vessels at the bottom of 

the hair follicle. 

Unlike other light depilation treatments, hairs are 

not vaporised by IPL. Rather, the heat coagulates the 

blood vessels in the bottom of the hair follicle but the 

hairs remain in the skin and often become attached 

to the epidermis. They will fall out after one to three 

weeks as the epidermis renews itself. 

Because the additional wavelengths emitted by the 

Adéna system target haemoglobin and not melanin, 

it can also effectively work on darker complexions 

without risk of burning or hypopigmentation. 

‘For fair-haired or dark-skinned people wishing to 

remove unwanted body hair, the Adéna offers a giant 

leap forward in permanent hair reduction technology,’ 

concludes Karpati. 

BEFORE 

AFTER non-ablative fractional rejuvenation 

BEFORE 

AFTER non-ablative fractional rejuvenation 

www.cosbeauty.com.au

skin 

Tattoo 

removal 

revolution 

PICOSURE SIGNALS A BREAKTHROUGH 

IN LASER TATTOO REMOVAL, OFFERING 

FEWER AND FASTER TREATMENTS 

WITH SUPERIOR RESULTS. 

AIMÉE SURTENICH REPORTS. 

Thanks to the advancement in tattoo removal 

technology, regrettable tattoos don’t have to last a 

lifetime. The new PicoSure laser from Cynosure is the 

fi rst and only picosecond laser for tattoo removal and is set 

to become the new standard in clearing tattoos. 

Signifying a breakthrough in laser technology, PicoSure 

delivers ultra-short bursts of energy to the skin in trillionths 

of a second. 

‘I believe the PicoSure laser is the new technological 

advancement in laser tattoo removal,’ says US dermatologic 

cosmetic surgeon Dr Raminder Saluja. ‘In my experience, 

it provides safer and more effective treatment for patients 

looking for tattoo and pigment removal.’ 

In the past, tattoo removal has typically been diffi cult, 

involving multiple treatments and falling short at completely 

removing stubborn blue and green inks. ‘PicoSure’s main 

BEFORE 

AFTER seven treatments with traditional Q-switched 

nanosecond laser 

AFTER one treatment with PicoSure laser 

(photos courtesy of Dr Raminder Saluja) 


skin 

advantage is that energy is pulsed in the trillionths of 

seconds,’ says Dr Saluja. ‘Its primary mode of shattering 

the ink is from the intense photo-mechanical wave that is 

created, and not as much from photothermal effects as 

seen with traditional nanosecond lasers. Clinically, what 

makes it superior for me (and my patients) is the greater 

degree of clearance of ink per treatment, which means less 

time going from having a tattoo to clearing the tattoo.’ 

Because of the intense wave that is created, lower 

fluences (the energy delivered per unit area) can be utilised 

to achieve ink particle fragmentation. ‘We have found 

that the smaller the particles are, the more efficient the 

body’s ability to clear the ink particles,’ explains Dr Saluja. 

‘Additionally, because of the lower fluences used, the risk of 

scarring and fibrosis is also reduced.’ 

I believe the PicoSure is the 

new technological advancement 

in laser tattoo removal 

PicoSure is equipped with an Alexandrite wavelength 

(755nm). This wavelength has the ability to target difficult 

colours, including green, blue, purple, black and brown 

inks. ‘I find the PicoSure laser to be exceptional in treating 

green, blue, purple and black ink,’ says Dr Saluja. ‘I do 

caution my patients, however, that while I cannot promise 

total disappearance of the tattoo, the PicoSure is the best 

technology we have in trying to achieve that outcome.’ 

PicoSure uses the patented PressureWave technology 

to shatter the smallest of target ink particles, meaning it 

can remove tattoos in fewer treatment sessions than with 

traditional lasers. ‘Tattoos can be cleared in as little as one 

to three treatments, depending on the location, layering 

and colour of the tattoo,’ says Dr Saluja. ‘I fire the laser at 

a repetition rate of 10hz so the treatment itself is very fast.’ 

Dr Saluja says that while PicoSure is more comfortable 

than previous lasers, patients may still experience some 

discomfort. ‘I typically use cold air on the area being treated 

to make patients more comfortable, and if I am treating a 

tattoo around the axillary area, flank or spine, I may also use 

a topical anaesthetic.’ 

Patients may experience some blistering immediately 

post-laser, purpura (purple or red-coloured patches at the 

treatment site) and skin redness, especially if it is their first 

treatment, but this should subside over the next day or two. 

‘If a patient does blister, in my experience these heal well, 

with no residual scarring seen thus far,’ says Dr Saluja. 

‘All in all, I believe PicoSure has transformed the 

category of tattoo treatment,’ she continues. ‘Patients 

have been very happy, especially those that have had 12 

or more treatments with a Q-switched nanosecond laser 

and know the amount of lightening they typically achieved 

BEFORE 

AFTER two PicoSure treatments (photos 

courtesy of Dr Alex Kaplan) 

between their previous laser treatments. When they have 

one PicoSure treatment, they are amazed at the level of ink 

reduction in comparison to their previous treatments.’ 

‘I always ask my patients what their initial motivation was 

to have their tattoo placed and, equally, what motivated 

them to now have it removed. 

‘My most amazing story was an inner city teenager who 

cleaned up her life and decided to go into the military. She 

had a tattoo on her neck and needed to have it removed to 

continue on her career path. She is the first in her family to 

set goals and create a vision towards a better life. To be a 

small part in helping her achieve her goals is both humbling 

and rewarding.’ csbm 

On the pulse 

What is PicoSure? 

PicoSure is the first picosecond aesthetic laser 

specifically designed to treat tattoos. It delivers ultrashort 

pulse bursts of energy to the skin in trillionths of 

a second, making it 100 times shorter than traditional 

tattoo removal lasers. 

How does it work? 

PicoSure creates an intense photo-mechanical 

impact to shatter the target ink with fewer treatments 

and less fluence. 

How does it compare? 

Traditional Q-switched nanosecond lasers typically 

rely on photothermal action to deliver heat to the 

pigment and surrounding tissue and generally 

produce a small fraction of the power generated by 

a picosecond laser. 

PicoSure uses the patented PressureWave 

technology to shatter the smallest of ink particles, 

clearing even stubborn blue and green inks, as well 

as previously recalcitrant tattoos that failed to clear. 


skin 

First line 

of defence 

Allmedic skincare protects 

the skin against environmental 

damage and helps slow the 

natural ageing process. 


From prohibiting infection to regulating water loss, the 

body’s largest organ – the skin – plays a diverse and 

essential role in protecting the body and maintaining 

its homeostasis. 

Yet the skin’s frontline role in immunity makes it extremely 

prone to damage from environmental factors, the effects 

of which can accelerate the ageing process. 

Quality skincare plays a pivotal role in delaying and 

even reversing the appearance of ageing. The allmedic 

products, which are specifically designed to strengthen 

the epidermis, go a long way in combating age spots, 

blemishes, dry and scaly skin, and fine lines brought on by 

environmental damage. 

‘The allmedic range has been formulated with several 

goals in mind: to help repair and normalise the skin and to 

help protect and maintain the skin in a healthy condition,’ 

says Queensland cosmetic physician Dr Douglas Grose. 

‘They are designed to help stabilise the skin’s pH, remove 

dead skin cells, as well as repair, protect and strengthen 

the epidermis.’ 

Cornified 

envelope 

Epidermis 

stratum 

corneum 

Cornified 

envelope 

stratum 

corneum 

Epidermis 

dermis 

dermis 

Micrograph of the stratum corneum showing dry, rough and scaly skin 

Micrograph of a normal, stable and stratified stratum corneum 


The acid mantle 

The acid mantle is a slightly acidic film on the skin’s 

surface. It’s controlled by the skin’s sebaceous glands 

and is responsible for the dewy, smooth and even tone of 

healthy skin. Dr Grose explains the acidity of the acid mantle 

– with a pH between 4.5 and 5.5 – is vital in the process 

of skin cell renewal. ‘The epidermis is continually renewing 

itself from the bottom layer up,’ he says. ‘The old skin cells 

fall off as part of this renewal process, and this is achieved 

by an enzyme called stratum corneum chymotryptic enzyme 

(SCCE). For this enzyme to function regularly, it requires a 

skin pH on the acidic side.’ 

When the skin becomes more alkaline, as opposed to 

acidic, its ability to preserve water is reduced because the 

bilipid layer responsible for retaining water in the skin requires 

an acidic environment. This layer, found in the outermost layer 

of the skin, is designed to retain moisture in the skin and at 

the same time repel noxious chemicals. Normal function is 

essential to skin health. Breakdown of this layer results in the 

dry, itchy skin commonly seen in people as they get older. 

Dr Grose says allmedic’s face and body cleanser, and 

the non-soap bar, bring the skin to the correct pH. This 

helps maintain the natural epidermal barrier, without causing 

dehydration, while effectively cleansing the skin of any makeup, 

dirt and grime in the process. 

Exfoliation 

As the skin renews itself, and keratinocytes (skin cells) 

move up through the epidermal layer, the removal of dead 

cells from the skin’s surface is essential. When this process 

slows down, the epidermis becomes thinner and a buildup 

of damaged skin cells can occur, causing unevenness, 

dehydration and, in some cases, triggering the process 

of skin cancer formation. Both chemical and mechanical 

exfoliation can assist in increasing skin cell turnover, 

removing damaged cells and thickening the epidermis. 

The allmedic scrub is a mechanical exfoliator that uses 

cellulose beads to gently remove dead skin cells. This can 

be combined with either allmedic Body Repair Cream or 

Face Repair Cream, which are chemical exfoliants that 

contain active concentrations of alpha hydroxy acids. 

These are naturally occurring compounds, which help break 

the bonds that hold skin cells together and speed up the 

process of skin renewal. 

Sun protection 

Environmental damage manifests itself in everything from 

wrinkles to skin laxity through a process called photoageing. 

By either reflecting or absorbing UV radiation, ingredients in 

sunscreens work to protect the skin against sun damage and 

inhibit the effects of photoageing. The allmedic SPF 50+ Face 

and Body Moisturising Sunscreen provides broad-spectrum 

UVA and UVB protection but also contains Niacinamide, or 

Vitamin B, which works to help hydrate the skin, reduce the 

appearance of skin pigmentation and improve its elasticity, 

tone and texture. csbm 


Doctor Designed, 

Developed & Recommended 

When 

BIGGER 

o Exclusive supply to doctors only 

o Supported by science and research 

Convenience · Optimal Results · Reduced Risk 

· Improved Satisfaction 

Contact us on: 

1300 652 969 

admin@allmedic.org.au 

www.allmedic.org.au 

is better 

Introducing the New allmedic TM 

Super ContourFlex LED 

ü 

ü 

ü 

o Red and Blue LEDs in a large, flexible head, which 

moulds around the treatment area so PDT can be 

performed on large or multiple areas in one 

illumination (shorter treatment time) 

üo Optimal power and illumination for reduced risk of 

immunosuppression, incubation and patient 

discomfort during PDT 

üo Blue LED wavelength matches peak absorbtion 

and activation of ALA 

üo Soft touch control panel and distance sensor for 

convenience and ease of use 

Follow us on 

www.facebook.com/ 

allmedic

feature 

Safeguard 

your skin 

There’s no such thing as a safe tan. Here’s how 

to choose the best sunscreens for blocking 

damaging UV rays. Nicola Donovan reports. 

With Australia’s warm and sunny climate, many 

of us are intrinsically drawn to lying in the sun – 

but be warned. According to the Department of 

Health and Ageing, approximately two in three Australians 

will be diagnosed with skin cancer before the age of 70. 

One of the best ways to protect yourself against the sun’s 

harmful rays is by using a sunscreen. But it’s important to 

know the differences in how they work in order to choose 

the best option for your skin. 

Organic vs inorganic sunscreens 

Inorganic sunscreens, also known as ‘mineral’ or ‘physical’ 

sunscreens, work by reflecting or scattering UV rays and 

radiation. Some sunscreens combine both organic and 

inorganic components. Two types of inorganic sunscreens 

available are zinc oxide and titanium dioxide. Both provide 

broad-spectrum UVA and UVB protection and are gentle 

enough for everyday use. Zinc oxide is especially useful for 

people with sensitive skin, as it rarely causes skin irritation. 

Organic, or ‘chemical’, sunscreens are composed of 

several active ingredients because no single chemical 

ingredient blocks the entire UV spectrum (unlike inorganic 

spectrum). Instead, most chemicals only block a narrow 

region of the UV spectrum – the majority of chemical agents 

used in sunscreens work in the UVB region but only a few 

chemicals block UVA rays. 

The choice between organic and chemical is a personal 

preference and may depend on your usage and skin type. 

What does SPF 50+ mean? 

Last summer saw Australia introduced to SPF 50+ sun 

protection. But how much stronger is this super-strength 

sun protection really? According to Ric Williams, research 

and development manager at NexGen Pharmaceuticals, a 

sunscreen with SPF 15 blocks 93.3 percent of UVB rays, 

whilst a sunscreen with SPF 50 blocks as much as 98 

percent. However, that doesn’t mean that it should be used 

less or not applied as often. 

‘The difference of 4.7 percent between an SPF 15 and 

SPF 50 would not seem significant to most people,’ says 

Williams. ‘However, the higher the SPF, the better protected 

you are from UVA, and especially UVA II radiation. 

Although UVB is the primary cause of sunburn and skin 

cancer, UVA radiation is what causes photoageing – ageing 

from the sun that can result in wrinkles, sunspots and 

uneven skin tone and texture, and pigmentation. 

No matter what level of protection you choose however, 

the best advice is to apply your sunscreen properly. ‘The 

prudent course of action is to reapply your sunscreen at 

regular intervals during the day to ensure an adequate film 

is maintained,’ says Williams. 

The purpose of routinely reapplying sunscreen is to 

ensure that it is still covering the skin properly. Even if a 

SPF 30 sunscreen is reapplied regularly, if the intensity of 

the UV radiation is high enough and if the skin is exposed 

for long enough, invisible damage, or even sunburn, could 

occur.’ csbm 

What is SPF? 

Sunscreens are merely filters, and all of them will let 

some UV radiation through at varying rates indicated 

by the Sun Protection Factor (SPF) rating. The level 

of SPF given to each sunscreen is measured using 

a complex mathematical equation, and refers to 

the amount of ultraviolet radiation required to cause 

sunburn with the sunscreen on, as a multiple of the 

amount required without the sunscreen. 

The protection given to individuals by a certain level 

of sunscreen will vary depending on: 

• The amount applied 

• The frequency of application 

• The skin type of the user 

• Immersion in water through swimming 

• The extent a person sweats 

• Amount of sunscreen absorbed by the skin 


skin 

CHANGE 

YOUR SKIN 

A LEADER IN SKIN HEALTH AND 

BEAUTY, OBAGI SKINCARE 

LOOKS SET TO REVOLUTIONISE 

COSMECEUTICALS IN AUSTRALIA. 

CAITLIN BISHOP REPORTS. 

Built on the philosophy of changing the skin to 

optimise skin health, Obagi Skincare, distributed 

by iNova, brings established credibility, cuttingedge 

science and a selection of revolutionary ranges to 

Australian skincare. 

‘Originally, Obagi was developed by a small group of 

physicians in the US who wanted to prepare a patient’s skin 

for cosmetic procedures,’ says International Obagi Trainer, 

Aimee DeMarais. ‘So the very origination of the brand as 

a skincare line was to boost skin health and help maintain 

results following treatment.’ 

The Obagi ideology is built 

around changing skin, and 

boosting skin health, from the 

inside out 

Today, it’s become a great standalone product; the 

Obagi ideology is built around changing skin, and increasing 

skin health, from the inside out,’ she continues. 

Effective in treating a range of skin concerns, Obagi is 

formulated to help reduce and prevent pigmentation and 

improve the appearance of fi ne lines, wrinkles and scarring. 

The products are designed to counter skin laxity and 

enhance skin tone and texture. Certain ranges are specially 

formulated to effectively treat adult acne and combat 

specifi c signs of ageing. 

SKIN TRANSFORMATION 

Obagi’s transformation ranges are complete skincare 

regimes designed to effectively address and improve all 

elements of skin health. The Nu-Derm, Clenzi Derm and 

Obagi-C RX System ranges all incorporate active ingredients 

that work within the skin to purify the complexion and help 

combat the signs of ageing. 

Nu-Derm is an anti-ageing therapy designed to transform 

skin behaviour at a cellular level. The range is used to help 

reduce the appearance of age spots, fi ne lines and wrinkles, 

skin laxity, pigmentation, uneven texture and redness. 

The Clenzi-derm is specifi cally formulated to remedy 

adult acne, and the Obagi-C RX System uses Vitamin C 

to help counter the early signs of ageing. 

These transformation systems are available alongside 

targeted solution creams, which are formulated to address 

more specifi c areas of concern – for example, décolletage 

treatments and eye contour products. 

‘It is the combination and balance of active ingredients, 

growth factors, antioxidants and alpha hydroxy acids that 

ensure each component in an Obagi product is working 

at an optimum level. By partnering different ingredients 

and products, Obagi changes skin from the inside out,’ 

DeMarais concludes. csbm 

VITAMIN C: 

A SKINCARE ESSENTIAL 

Used to boost results as an adjunct to the 

transformation systems, the Obagi Professional-C 

Serums protect the skin against environmental 

damage and help reduce the signs of skin ageing. 

The serums are available in three strengths 

– 10, 15 and 20 percent – and are formulated to 

deliver maximum antioxidant protection against 

harmful free radicals. Professional-C Serums can 

be tailored to suit any skin type, for a brightening, 

protective and rejuvenating effect. 


skin 

Reprogram 

your skin 

DNAEFG Renewal is the latest skincare range from Advanced 

Cosmeceuticals and is designed to reprogram the skin to look, act 

and feel more youthful. Caitlin Bishop reports. 

While dynamic wrinkles can be linked to overexpressive 

brow muscles, sunspots to ultraviolet 

radiation and skin laxity to those ever-deteriorating 

collagen fibres, the way these factors manifest to impact the 

rate and extent of skin ageing is related to DNA damage. 

During the process of ageing, damage occurs to the DNA 

of skin cells and, as these damaged cells renew, the quality, 

resilience and integrity of the skin deteriorates. 

In targeting this process and helping the skin to look and 

feel more youthful, US dermatologist and former president 

of the American Academy of Dermatology Dr Ronald Moy 

has developed a results-driven skincare line. The range, 

called DNAEGF Renewal, is distributed by Advanced 

Cosmeceuticals and is formulated to help repair and correct 

for anti-ageing effects. 

‘The link between DNA damage and ageing is seen in 

all the components of the skin,’ Dr Moy explains. ‘When 

collagen fibroblasts are damaged in their DNA, they will 

replicate and continue making abnormal or insufficient 

collagen, which causes the skin to become thinner. The 


skin 

enhance natural skin regeneration. While the use of GFs in 

skincare is not new, skincare products typically use growth 

factors derived from E. Coli, or bacteria. DNAEGF Renewal 

is the first range to use barley-derived growth factors, which 

are touted to be more stable, pure and effective in repairing 

damaged skin. 

‘E-coli products should be refrigerated because they’re 

not very stable,’ says Dr Moy. ‘This is due to contaminants 

called endotoxins that develop in bacteria over time. We 

were the first to look at barley-derived growth factors from 

a cosmetic perspective. They’re stable, don’t have to be 

refrigerated and, quite simply, they just work.’ 

The range is clinically 

proven to help decrease wrinkles 

and pore size, as well as lift 

and tighten the skin of the eyes 

and lower face 

same process is seen when DNA damage occurs in 

pigment cells, which eventually become pigmented lesions. 

The range stemmed from Dr Moy’s work into preventing 

the development of skin cancers in sun-damaged skin. 

In using DNA repair enzymes to reverse pre-cancerous 

sunspots, Dr Moy found the treatment held significant antiageing 

benefits. 

‘It was really the prevention of cancer that we started 

with, as there are several articles on the treatment and 

prevention of cancer using DNA repair enzymes,’ Dr 

Moy explains. 

‘When we started using the first version of the creams, 

we found it to be effective in helping to prevent skin cancers 

but we also saw dramatic anti-ageing results,’ he says. 

‘Ageing and cancer go hand-in-hand: DNA damage leads 

to cosmetic concerns, and DNA damage in its severest 

stage leads to cancer. This range cosmetically enhances 

the skin, while also helping to slow down skin ageing and 

unwanted skin conditions.‘ 

Alongside DNA repair enzymes, the range uses growth 

factors (GF) to help stimulate the skin’s stem cells and 

Yet the key to any skincare range, Dr Moy explains, is 

concentration. The use of active, anti-ageing ingredients 

is immaterial if the concentration of these ingredients isn’t 

strong enough to make a difference. 

‘The concentration has to be sufficient,’ he continues. 

‘I established the GF concentration by reviewing literature 

– GFs have been used in wound healing and I chose the 

concentration that was found to be an optimal dose for 

effective results in wound-healing studies.’ 

The DNAEGF Renewal range features seven products: 

Growth Factor Serum; Intensive Renewal; Night Renewal; 

Eye Renewal; Intensive Moisturiser with Sun Protection; 

Foaming Cleanser; and Scar Therapy. 

Because of its protective nature and blanket influence 

– helping to reverse damage in everything from pigment 

to collagen – the range is suitable for all skin types and 

results are  typically seen within a month of regular use. 

The ingredients possess anti-inflammatory ingredients, 

meaning the products can be adopted easily and irritation 

is rare. The effects of DNAEGF Renewal can be seen in the 

tone, texture and integrity of the skin. 

‘By helping to replenish those DNA repair enzymes 

that have been compromised by our environment and 

bad habits, DNAEGF Renewal is clinically proven to help 

decrease wrinkles and pore size, as well as lift and tighten 

the skin of the eyes and lower face,’ Dr Moy says. 

‘At the end of the day, youthful skin is the result of 

repairing the damage already done and preventing further 

damage in the future,’ he concludes. csbm 


skin 

The SEED 

principle of 

formulating 

skincare 

SYNERGIE FOUNDER AND COSMETIC 

CHEMIST TERRI VINSON SHARES HER 

APPROACH TO FORMULATING QUALITY 

COSMECEUTICAL SKINCARE. 


skin 

Formulating cosmeceutical skincare is based on 

complex chemistry. It’s not simply throwing together 

various active ingredients and expecting a result. 

Any cosmetic formulator must respect and have a deep 

understanding of: 

• How ingredients interact with human cells 

• How ingredients react with each other 

• Clinical data (both in vivo and in vitro) to support scientific 

claims 

• Advances in technology and cosmetic science. 

Most over-the-counter (OTC) products are created for a 

budget and often more money is spent by the manufacturer 

on marketing and packaging than the contents on the 

bottle! Consumers are now becoming aware of the media 

hype and are savvier than ever in understanding ingredients. 

When I begin a new formulation, I always refer to my 

‘SEED’ acronym, a principle I have followed for many years. 

In short, for a finished product to exert the desired benefits, 

each active ingredient must adhere to my SEED principle of 

formulating. These are the fundamental parameters I require 

in each active ingredient when I consider formulating with 

it. In my opinion, viable ingredients and finished products 

must exhibit the factors outlined below. 

The SEED principle 

Stability. The ingredient/finished product must not be prone 

to oxidation or breakdown under normal environmental 

conditions. This includes UV light, heat, oxygen or water. 

For example, when considering Vitamin A topicals, pure 

retinol and retinaldehyde are relatively unstable forms of 

Vitamin A. However, Retinol Molecular, the next generation 

of retinol, is stabilised into a molecular film which is highly 

penetrating and does not break down. 

Vitamin C, according to White Paper data, is most 

effective as L-ascorbic acid and not the derivatives (such as 

MAP and ascorbyl palmitate). However, the pure L-ascorbic 

acid molecule is highly unstable in water and in solution; it 

begins to oxidise within hours, rendering it ineffective. The 

ideal method of delivering stable Vitamin C is by keeping 

the L-ascorbic crystals dry and adding the aqueous 

liquid at time of application. There is also a new oil-based 

(anhydrous) L-ascorbic acid which is highly stable due to 

encapsulation and protection from air and water. 

Effectiveness. The ingredient/finished product must 

exhibit skin benefits and actually work! The benefits are 

as diverse as the needs of the client and include reducing 

fine lines and sun damage, and improving blemishes, 

pigmentation, redness, irritation and dryness. Clinical data 

must be available to support the benefits. I strongly advise 

all skin professionals to read and evaluate clinical data 

when considering new products. 

Elegance. The finished formulation must have that elegant 

‘feel good’ tactile quality and must not have an offensive 

fragrance. No matter how good the product is, the customer 

simply must find using it a pleasant experience. I learnt this 

valuable lesson long ago! 

Delivery. The cosmeceutical active ingredients must be 

able to reach the target cell to create the desired biological 

effects. The delivery method depends on a number of 

factors, including: 

• The depth and location of the target cells (epidermis 

or dermis) 

• The size and structure of the cosmeceutical molecule. 

Large protein particles such as collagen and stem 

cells do not penetrate the outer layers. 

• The acidity/alkalinity of the ingredient and finished 

product. Formulating guidelines must be adhered to 

and the final pH of the product must be compatible 

with all other ingredients. For example, Niacinamide 

(Vitamin B3) is a very stable molecule at a certain pH 

level. However, it must not be included in a highly 

acidic solution as it will hydrolyse to nicotinic acid and 

become ineffective. Furthermore, low molecular weight, 

highly acidic or highly alkaline ingredients more readily 

penetrate the skin. However, this may also lead to skin 

irritation so it must be carefully evaluated. 

Developing cosmeceutical skincare isn’t simply taking a 

collection of ingredients, mixing them together and sealing 

the bottle! It is an exacting science whereby formulators 

must understand the chemistry and synergy of ingredients 

and perform extensive research and trials before eventual 

release to the market. 

My SEED principle summarises and highlights what 

I base my formulating principles on. It is also what skin 

professionals should base their decisions on and educate 

their clients with, to ensure the most effective skincare 

results. csbm 


skin 

Renew your 

complexion 

The new Love Life skincare 

range from Hovan’s Group helps 

optimise skin HEALTH and fight the 

signs of an ageing complexion. 


The most significant step in creating a flawless 

complexion is first ensuring your skin is in good 

health. Besides a nutritious diet and drinking enough 

water, your largest organ relies on a quality skincare regime 

to guarantee it looks its best. 

As we age, our skin requires extra care and support, and 

the new Love Life skincare range from Hovan’s Group can 

go great lengths in keeping the signs of ageing at bay. 

The Love Life range offers four results-driven anti-ageing 

products. Inspired by industry veteran Val Glover-Hovan, 

the cosmetics have been formulated after years of research 

with Australian bioscientists, offering ‘results not promises’. 

Ingredients have been hand-selected for their ability to 

protect skin cells from environmental stresses, support skin 

metabolism and promote rejuvenation from within. 

Perfect Day – 

Anti-Ageing Moisturiser 

Moisturising is crucial when it comes to warding off fine lines 

and keeping skin well hydrated. A potent herbal formula, 

Perfect Day Moisturiser helps to reduce the signs of ageing 

and enhance skin appearance. The formula contains 

a complex of collagen-promoting glucosaminoplycans 

and galactomannans; linoleic acids, which assist rapid 

penetration while helping to firm the skin; and stem cells of 

apple fruit to help stimulate the renewal of skin cells. 

Perfect Night – 

Retinol Renewal Complex 

Serums typically penetrate the skin deeper than creams, 

and contain more active ingredients to target specific beauty 

concerns. The Perfect Night Retinol Renewal Complex is a 

soothing night serum that addresses ageing concerns. The 

formula contains Vitamin A to enhance collagen synthesis; 

linoleic acid to promote and maintain skin health; Vitamin 

E and Tamanu oil to restore skin health; seabuckthorn 

seed oil as an antioxidant; passionflower to sooth and calm; 

and licorice to reduce inflammation and irritation. 

Eyes Best – 

Exotic Eye Gel 

Eye creams are essential for helping to keep the thin, 

delicate under-eye area hydrated and smooth. The Eyes 

Best Gel formulation is a potent eye cream that helps to 

reduce the dark areas under the eyes, while reducing the 

appearance of crow’s feet. The formula contains Tamanu oil, 

which is known for its healing properties, and a mix of herbs 

to stimulate collagen synthesis. It’s also fortified with kiwifruit 

enzymes, antioxidant grape seed, Vitamin E and green tea. 

Beauty Light – 

Lightening Cream 

Hyperpigmentation can develop due to a variety of reasons 

– from sun damage to hormones during pregnancy. Often 

making skin tone uneven, pigmentation is a common beauty 

concern. Alpha fruit acids and citrus extract in the Beauty 

Light Lightening Cream target darker skin spots to help 

reduce their appearance. The cream has a broad-spectrum 

sunscreen to help prevent further pigmentation, as well as 

the triple action of urva-ursi (bearberry), arbutin and zinc 

glycinate to help stop the browning action of melanocyte 

production. csbm 


SUBSCRIBE NOW! 

The fi rst 10 subscribers receive a free pack 

from Synergie Skin valued at $129 each 

Synergie Skin offers the ultimate Anti-Ageing Skincare Kit 

The pack contains the essentials needed to help promote overall skin 

health and radiance: Gentle Cleanser; Ultimate A Serum; Vitamin B 

Serum; Pure-C Crystals; and Reclaim Anti-Ageing Moisturiser. 

Synergie Skin’s newest product, SuperSerum, is also included in the 

kit. It combines the power of scientifi cally generated peptides and 

microbial biotechnology to create the ultimate anti-ageing serum, 

with clinical data to support results. This revolutionary serum is the 

culmination of years of scientifi c research into the biology and 

natural ageing processes of skin. 

SUBSCRIPTION (tick option) 

1 year subscription for issues 63 - 66 

❏ Within Australia $50 (includes p&h) 

❏ International $110 (includes p&h) 

2 year subscription for issues 63 - 70 

❏ Within Australia $100 (includes p&h) 

❏ International $220 (includes p&h) 

DELIVERY DETAILS 

Name............................................................................................ 

Address........................................................................................ 

.......................................................Postcode............................... 

State...............................................Country................................. 

Telephone no............................................................................... 

Email............................................................................................. 

BACK ISSUES 

I wish to receive.............................. (indicate number of copies) 

of Issue(s)........................................... (indicate Issue number) 

PAYMENT OPTIONS 

❏ Cheque/money order payable to Bella Media Group Pty Ltd 

OR 

❏ MasterCard ❏ Visa ❏ American Express 

❏ Within Australia $14.95 + $5 (p&h) = $19.95 per copy 

❏ International $14.95 + $15 (p&h) = $29.95 per copy 

Card no 

CCV Number......................... 

SPECIAL OFFER Back Issues – Set of 10 

❏ Within Australia $65 + $50 (p&h) = $115 

❏ International $65 + $150 (p&h) = $215 

TO SUBSCRIBE 

Name on card.........................................Expiry date ...../...../..... 

Signature....................................................................................... 

Final total $............................................................................... 

by PHONE +61 2 9398 2755 

or FAX +61 2 9398 2855 

or POST Level 1, 42a Frenchmans Rd, Randwick, NSW, 2031 

or ONLINE www.cosbeauty.com.au

eauty & spa 

That’s a wrap! 

LOSE 15 CENTIMETRES FAST WITH THE INTERNATIONAL BODY WRAP FROM 

NICOLE’S BEAUTY SALON. AIMÉE SURTENICH REPORTS. 

If you want a last-minute centimetre-stripping option for 

a special occasion or to kick-start your body after the 

party-fuelled festive season, the International Body Wrap 

offers a solution. It’s guaranteed to take 15cm off your total 

body circumference. And the best part? The treatment is 

free if you don’t blitz the minimum 15cm. 

Detox your body 

The International Body Wrap uses Dead Sea clay to cleanse 

and detoxify your body of impurities such as toxins and 

free radicals. 

Your body is fi rst measured and marked up so that your 

exact centimetre loss can be calculated after the treatment. 

Then you are wrapped from head to toe with bandages 

soaked in natural Dead Sea clay. 

‘The all-natural clay solution acts like a giant poultice 

and draws out toxins and impurities from your body while 

cleansing your skin and leaving it softer, smoother and 

more toned,’ says Nicole Gruodiene from Nicole’s Beauty 

Salon in Double Bay, Sydney. ‘As the clay particles become 

hydrated, they expand and absorb many times their own 

weight in body toxins.’ 

After an hour, the wraps are removed to reveal skin 

that is more radiant and toned with an improved overall 

appearance. Skin tissue is compressed and the soft fatty 

tissues are compacted, resulting in a reduction of body 

circumference. The result? Your body ends up trimmer and 

more toned without any weight loss. The centimetres lost 

are not a result of water loss and therefore results should 

last at least 30 days – and signifi cantly longer if you watch 

your weight and lead a healthy lifestyle. 

‘A full body wrap is a great treatment to detoxify, hydrate 

and slim the body,’ adds Gruodiene. ‘It produces results 

after just one treatment, or you can opt for a course to gain 

even greater results.’ 

The benefi ts don’t stop there. Detoxifying the body offers 

a host of beauty and health advantages, including improved 

circulation, refi ned skin texture and higher energy levels. 

Detox your skin 

If the festive season is taking a toll on your body, it’s 

likely your face will also benefi t from a little detox. A 

summer treatment plan incorporating sea salt scrubs and 

moisturising facials can help combat sun damage, dullness 

and skin dehydration. 

‘Sun can damage the skin cells deep in the dermis, 

diminishing the production of collagen and elastin,’ says 

Gruodiene. ‘The damaged cells do not renew properly and 

skin becomes dull, thick and sallow.’ 

With the right salon treatments and at-home skincare, 

you can reclaim radiant, hydrated and more even-toned 

skin. For best results, ensure you visit a highly trained, 

qualifi ed aesthetician – and look forward to your best skin 

yet. csbm 


LOSE 15CM AND KEEP IT OFF! 

Nicole’s Beauty Salon offers only the very best treatments available, 

including the International Body Wrap which improves the appearance 

of cellulite, stretch marks and scar tissue and is guaranteed to take 15 

centimetres off your entire body size - or your money back! 

With highly trained aestheticians and stunning surroundings, any 

treatment you have at Nicole’s Beauty Salon will be a luxurious 

experience you’ll long for time and time again. 

02 9327 7728 

mobile 0410 627 767 

nicole@nicolesbeautysalon.com.au 

Shop 8, 401 - 407 New South Head Rd, 

Double Bay NSW 2028 

www.nicolesbeautysalon.com.au

eauty & spa 

the 

mane 

attraction 

Let your hair down this summer with the latest in 

the hair extension evolution. Nicola Donovan reports. 

Long, luscious locks can have you oozing confidence 

and style instantly. And while going from short to long 

hair in the same day has in the past been reserved 

for Hollywood starlets, everyday women now also have 

the same luxury. 

For more than six years, Joseph Mourad of Joseph 

Mourad’s Hair & Beauty in Double Bay, Sydney, has offered 

his sought-after hair extension techniques to clients all over 

the world, most recently including celebrities Mel B and 

Grammy award-winning recording artist Mya. 

‘Hair extensions are about giving people beautiful and 

strong hair,’ says Mourad. ‘Hair extensions provide volume, 

length and manageability.’ 

Mourad prides himself on using only the highest quality 

human hair extensions. He is skilled in all hair extension 

techniques but his preferred method is the innovative 

ultrasonic cold fusion technique, which uses ultrasound 

technology to attach the hair extension to the client’s 

natural roots. The result is natural-looking hair extensions 

that are virtually non-detectable. 


eauty & spa 

BEHIND THE SCENES 

Sydney hair extension specialist 

Joseph Mourad with Mya (left) and Mel B 

The ultrasonic fusion technique 

The ultrasonic cold fusion technique allows for multistrand 

bonding, making the whole process effi cient and – 

importantly – leaving the natural hair undamaged. Bonding 

clinical keratin with the natural keratin found in the hair 

shaft, the extensions are attached to the natural hair very 

close to each other so they look completely natural. 

‘The technology is so advanced,’ says Mourad. ‘It 

achieves impeccable results and the actual extensions 

can be completely undetectable to the eye because of the 

elimination of heat, glue and clips. Bonding is so seamless 

that when my clients visit other top salons around the 

world, often a stylist cannot detect the extensions until 

they look closely.’ 

When applying the extensions, emphasis is placed on 

properly blending colour and thickness with the natural hair. 

In a matter of mere hours, hair is transformed from short, 

thin strands to thick, long locks. ‘The latest advances in 

technology provide long and voluminous hair without the 

need to wait for natural hair to grow out,’ says Mourad. ‘It 

can completely transform your look.’ 

Attached strand by strand, the extensions can be 

attached to long, short, straight or wavy hair as long as the 

natural length is more than 2cm. Each strand has about 20 

hairs in it and a full head can take from 100 to 300 strands, 

depending on the required thickness. 

Extensions can last anywhere between six and 12 

months. Once attached, the extensions can be treated 

as normal. ‘Care for your extensions the way you would 

your natural hair,’ Mourad advises. ‘It’s important to be 

particularly careful when combing and blow-drying your 

hair. However, hair extensions can be cut and coloured 

just like your natural hair.’ 

Smooth sailing 

The humidity of summer can bring about frizzy, unruly curls. 

Keratin Complex Hair Therapy by Coppola, a revolutionary 

smoothing treatment, can tame tresses in an instant. 

Offered at Joseph Mourad Hair & Beauty in Double Bay, 

the treatment works by infusing keratin deep into the hair 

cuticle, coating and relaxing the hair, eliminating up to 95 

percent of the frizz and curl. 

If you’ve spent too much time with heat stylers, the 

good news is that the more damaged hair is, the better the 

treatment works. The treatment isn’t suitable for pregnant 

women or children under the age of 16. 

After the hair is washed, blow-dried, brushed and 

sectioned off, the keratin solution is then applied to strands 

of the hair and each section is straightened with a fl at iron. 

This infuses the solution into the hair, which stays in the hair 

for around 72 hours, after which the hair is washed and 

ready to be styled. Lasting anywhere between two to four 

months, the hair will retain volume while looking and feeling 

silky, smooth and shiny. csbm 

For more information visit www.josephmourad.com.au 


feature 

deadly 

7make-up sins 


feature 

Don’t fall foul of the seven sins of makeup. Correct your mistakes 

and brush up on your skills with these simple tips. 


The vast majority of us wear makeup on a day-today 

basis, spending an average of $15,000 on 

lip-gloss, foundation, eye shadow and more during 

our lifetime. Yet we’re all guilty of committing some common 

sins when it comes to applying the products that spill from 

our cosmetics bags – forgetting to blend, making poor 

colour choices and combining the wrong products. 

Here, we run down the seven most common makeup 

mishaps, and get tips from an expert to help ensure none 

of us sin again. 

1Thou shalt not forget to blend your 

foundation beyond the jaw line 

The first and most important step in avoiding this sin 

is to select the right colour foundation. ‘When choosing a 

foundation, you should always go for your natural match, so 

your skin looks like skin,’ says Doreen Yon, education and 

artistry executive at Bobbi Brown. ‘Swatch three shades of 

foundation on the cheek starting from the side of the mouth 

and blend – the colour that disappears is the best fit.’ 

Most cosmetics counters offer colour-matching services, 

so pay them a visit if still unsure. 

For discreet blending along the jaw, use a makeup 

sponge or foundation brush, adding a dab of moisturiser. 

2Thou shalt not wear too much makeup 

Never is the saying ‘less is more’ more true than when 

it comes to makeup, with heavy layers of product only 

accentuating fine lines, wrinkles and pores. 

‘Heavy makeup doesn’t necessarily make a woman 

look better, and quite often it enhances the wrong things,’ 

says Yon, who recommends investing in a few staple 

products such as a concealer, a natural-look foundation, a 

cream rouge for the cheeks and lips, and a long-wear eye 

pencil and mascara. 

3Thou shalt not overload on BLUSH 

Summer weather may be upon us, but that’s no 

excuse to overdose on bronze and blush. ‘Blush 

should always give the appearance of a healthy natural 

flush on the cheek, not a circle or a stripe. And too much 

bronzer can look unnatural and actually flatten and dull the 

face,’ says Yon. 

To apply correctly, Yon recommends sweeping bronzer 

on the highest point of the face – cheekbones, forehead and 

chin – where the sun naturally hits. ‘Then add a pop of colour 

to the apples with a touch of bright blush to lift the look.’ 

4Thou shalt not combine a strong eye 

with a strong lip 

Eye and lip makeup can be worn together, but it’s 

important to do so subtly to avoid a makeup catastrophe. 

‘Women should choose one feature to accentuate in 

order to create a fresh, clean and modern look,’ says Yon. 

‘For standout eyes, team a smokey eye with a nude lip. Or, 

for gorgeous lips, create a soft classic eye with a strong 

bold lip colour.’ 

5Thou shalt not over pluck the brows 

Well-groomed brows can add structure to the face, 

framing the eyes. Yet many of us overpluck in an 

effort to shape and trim wayward brows. ‘Always go with a 

shape that works with your style and features,’ says Yon. 

‘If you’ve overplucked or have naturally thinner brows, a 

powder is a great way to softly fill them in.’ 

6Thou shalt not apply HEAVY concealer 

Heavy concealer under the eyes will only magnify any 

fine lines or crepey skin, bringing unwanted attention 

to the area. 

‘Always use an eye cream first to soften and smooth 

delicate skin under the eyes,’ says Yon. ‘Follow with a 

creamy concealer to brighten up circles, then set with a 

powder to keep it bright and in place all day.’ The aim is 

to lighten the under-eye area and diminish the depth that 

dark circles create, so choose a concealer that’s one to two 

shades lighter than your foundation. 

7Thou shalt avoid clumps of mascara 

Mascara is a makeup must-have for widening the 

eyes, but apply it in clumps and it can leave spidery 

lashes that cluster together. 

‘To get the best clump-free application, look down, lift 

your eyelids from the brow bone and grab lashes deep into 

the wand as close to the base of the lash as possible and 

wiggle as you coat to the end of the lash,’ recommends Yon. 

Another common mistake that leads to clumps on your 

lashes is pumping the wand in and out of your mascara – 

which dries it out. Instead, try winding the wand in the tube 

to load up the brush. csbm 


eauty & spa 

beauty buzz 

THESE TRUSTY PRODUCTS WILL HAVE YOU LOOKING (AND SMELLING) 

YOUR BEST. RICKY ALLEN REPORTS. 

Fragrances for her 

1. 2. 

3. 

4. 

1. Caligna by L’Artisan Parfumeur Paris (RRP $188 

for 100ml EDP). A classically beautiful scent housed in a 

gorgeous bottle. 2. Boss Jour Pour Femme (RRP $76 

for 50ml EDP). Modern sophistication meets timeless 

elegance. 3. Pleats Please by Issey Miyake (RRP $115 

for 50ml EDP). A joyful and truly feminine perfume for any 

woman who is bursting with happiness. 4. La vie est Belle 

by Lancôme (RRP $120 for 50ml EDP). This fl oral and 

fruity fragrance encapsulates the beauty of life. 

5. 

7. 8. 

10. 11. 12. 13. 

6. 

9. 

Skincare 

5. La Prairie Anti-Aging Eye and Lip Perfection a 

Porter (RRP $180) 

6. Nivea Q10 Plus Anti-Wrinkle Day Cream with 

SPF 30+ (RRP $19.95) 

7. Lancôme Dreamtone Ultimate Dark Spot 

Corrector (RRP $105) 

8. L’Occitane En Provence Immortelle Divine Cream 

(RRP $145) 

9. Kiehl’s Super Multi-Corrective Cream (RRP $78) 

10. Jurlique Herbal Recovery Advanced Serum 

(RRP $75 for 30ml) 

11. Uriage Aquaprecis Moisturizing Refreshing 

Cream Gel (RRP $49.95) 

12. Garnier Skin Naturals Anti-Dark Spot Renovator 

Night (RRP $18.95) 

13. Sisley Supremya Yeux – The Supreme 

Anti-Aging Eye Serum (RRP $290) 


14. 

15. 

beauty & spa 

For contour 

14. Napoleon Perdis Couture Contour (RRP $149) 

15. Clarins Splendours Summer Bronzing Compact 

(RRP 52) 

16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 

For the lips 

16. Mavala Lipstick in Cherry Purple (RRP $24.50) 

17. Giorgio Armani Rouge Ecstasy in Night Viper (RRP 

$52) 

18. Clarins Instant Smooth Crystal Lip Gel in Crystal 

Plum (RRP $30) 

CC creams 

19. Ultraceuticals CC Cream (RRP $59) 

20. Jane Iredale Dream Tint CC Cream (RRP $72) 

25. 

22. 

23. 24. 

21. 

35. 36. 

27. 

28. 29. 

30. 31. 

32. 33. 34. 

For the hands and nails 

21. Crabtree & Evelyn Verbena and Lavender De 

Provence Hand Therapy (RRP $28) 

22. Glasshouse Fragrances Manhattan with Shea 

Butter & Argan Oil Hand Crème (RRP $24.95) 

27. Essie Nail Polish in Avenue Maintain (RRP $18.95) 

28. OPI Nail Polish in You’re Such a Budapest (RRP $19.95) 

29. Orly Nail Polish in Pixie Powder (RRP $18.95) 

30. Designer Brands Nail Polish in Lava (RRP $6.99) 

31. Colour by TBN in Amethyst (RRP $2.50) 

32. L’Oreal Salon Riche Nail Polish in A Tonic Purple 

(RRP $6.95) 

33. Mavala Nail Polish in Samarkand (RRP $8.99) 

34. Giorgio Armani Nail Lacquer in Greige (RRP $39) 

For the eyes 

23. Sisley Metallic Eye Shadow with botanical extracts 

(RRP $55) 

24. Couleur Caramel Pearly Eye Shadow (RRP $24.95) 

25. Designer Brands Ultimate Brow Palette (RRP $12.99) 

35. Lancôme Limited Edition Hypnose Mascara 

(RRP $52) 

36. Maybelline New York The Mega Plush Volum’ Express 

Mascara (RRP $19.95) 


eauty & spa 

37. 

38. 

39. 

40. 

41. 

42. 

43. 

For the Body 

37. Crabtree & Evelyn Verbena and Lavender 

De Provence Body Lotion (RRP $32) and Bath 

and Shower Gel (RRP $26) 

38. Greenland Milky Yoghurt & Cucumber Shower 

Foam (RRP $29) 

39. Glo Therapeutics Cyto-Luxe Body Lotion 

(RRP $95) 

40. Sisley Self Tanning Hydrating Body Skin 

Care (RRP $120) 

41. Pure Tan Pure Moisture Coconut Oil Body 

Crème (RRP $27.95) 

42. La Prairie Skin Caviar Luxe Cream (RRP $355) 

43. Elemis Frangipani Monoi Salt Glow (RRP $82) 

46. 47. 

45. 

44. 

48. 

49. 

44. YSL Eyes Palette Limited Edition with eyeshadow, liner 

and brushes in a reusable mini wallet (RRP $72) 

45. Lancôme Noel Lipstick (RRP $49) 

46. Shu Uemura Princess Enchanted Black Parallel Palette 

with eyeshadow, blush, face colour by Takashi Murakami 

(RRP $98) 

47. Glasshouse Fragrances Montego Bay Jet Set Duo in 

Coconut Lime, with candle and hand crème (RRP $24.95) 

and Christmas Collection Mini Candle Trio (RRP $44.95) 

48. MOR Little Luxuries Lychee Pop Duet with hand cream 

and soap (RRP $19.95) and Mesmerizing Marshmallow 

Hexagon Trio with hand cream, soap and mini fragrance 

(RRP $29.90) 

49. Crabtree & Evelyn Noel Home Fragrance Porcelain 

Diffuser (RRP $59) and Great Escapes in Pomegranate 

containing bath and shower gel, body lotion, hand therapy 

and nail buffer (RRP $29.95) 


BEAUTY 

1. 

beauty & spa 

3. 

4. 

5. 

2. 

B L I N G 

ADD A LITTLE LUXE TO YOUR BEAUTY 

CUPBOARD WITH THESE PRODUCTS 

INFUSED OR ENCASED IN NOTHING BUT 

BLING. LIZZY FOWLER REPORTS. 

6. 

7. 

9. 

8. 9. 

These days you don’t have to turn to your jewellery box to 

add a little bling to your outfi t – beauty and skincare is all 

about glamour, too. From crystal-encrusted packaging to 

products laced with gold and infused with diamonds, if you’ve got 

the budget, you can enjoy the skincare benefi ts of some of the 

precious metals more commonly found adorning the necks of the 

rich and famous. 

Diamond powder, rich caviar and sparkling champagne, for 

example, are just three of the luxurious ingredients found in the Dr. 

Spiller Cellebration Range. ‘These elite ingredients are crowned 

with a combination of highly bioactive peptides formulated to 

penetrate deep into the epidermis,’ explains skincare expert Sue 

Dann. ‘They are a key component in the Cellebration Compound, 

formulated to help you achieve fl awless, glowing skin.’ 

Gold, too, is now found in a wide range of skincare products. 

Thought to boost blood fl ow to the skin, speeding cellular 

processes and activating regeneration, gold is often touted as a 

powerful anti-ageing ingredient with added antioxidant and antiinfl 

ammatory properties. 

Whether you want to improve your skincare regime, or just 

indulge in a little luxury, take your pick from these products that 

are all about beauty bling! csbm 

1. Babor HSR Lifting Extra Firming Eye Cream, RRP $138.00 

2. Jane Iredale 24-Karat Gold Dust, RRP $27.00 

3. Tony&Guy Serum Drops, RRP $15.99 

4. Eles Liptox Lipgloss, RRP $67.25 

5. LaGlam Minerals Gold Collection Lipstick, RRP $40 

6. M.A.C Pressed Pigment, RRP $40.00 

7. Giorgio Armani Code Femme, RRP $95.00 

8. Lancôme Absolue Precious Cells Eye Cream, RRP $185.00 

9. Estée Lauder Re-Nutriv Softening Lotion, RRP $100.00 


eauty & spa 

Perfect 

summer hair 

& makeup 

GET SASSY THIS SUMMER WITH THE 

LATEST MAKEUP AND HAIR TIPS AND 

TRICKS. RICKY ALLEN REPORTS. 

Summer is a time of new beginnings, including 

wearing the newest makeup looks. 

Lloyd Simmonds, creative director of makeup for 

YSL Beauty, says this season it’s all about a smoky eye and 

a near-nude, luminescent lip. 

First, make the foundation almost invisible. Shu Uemura 

The Lightbulb (RRP $64) is ideal as it gives a beautiful, 

healthy glow to the skin. 

Make a good base for the smoky eye by applying 

foundation and some powder on the lid fi rst. Then apply 

either a brown or grey up to the brow bone and extend out 

to the edge. 

Next apply your eyeliner. The key to the look is then 

blending or smudging the colour using a brush. 

To create that perfect lip colour, Lloyd says to apply your 

lip product liberally and then blot away the excess with 

absorbent paper. Wait 20 seconds before reinforcing the 

colour effect with a second coat. Try YSL Vernis A Levres 

Rebel Nudes gloss stain in Pink No Taboo or Naughty 

Mauve (RRP $50 each) 

Finish with a near invisible fl ash of colour to the brow 

bone and add a fl ash of colour to your nails with YSL La 

Laque Couture Nail lacquer in Orange Afrique (RRP $39). 

MODEL - IMG MODEL MANAGEMENT; MAKEUP - MOLLY OAKFIELD 

HAIR BY: PALOMA ROSE GRACIA & MICHAEL KELLY FOR OSCAR OSCAR SALONS 

PHOTOGRAPHER: SAM HENDEL 


eauty & spa 

Top 5 carefree colour tips 

1. The trend for blondes is less is more. Work with 

some of your natural hair colour as your lowlight 

to minimise the regrowth and give a softer look. 

2. Go gold – avoid brassy, orange or red 

undertones. A great gold colour will give the 

illusion of warmth to the face. 

3. If you have long hair, softer tones will lend a 

luminous effect. 

4. Try ‘invisible highlights’ – these are highlights 

just slightly lighter than your natural hair colour. 

5. Eradicate over-processed, frazzled hair! Speak 

to your colourist so they can prescribe the best 

at-home hair care products to repair your hair 

and add shine and vibrancy. 

Try Redken Diamond Oil Shatterproof Shine (RRP 

$49), Kerastase Forme Fatale (RRP $40), Terax 

Hydrate Color-locking Leave-in Conditioner (RRP 

$29.95) 

HAIR WITH FLAIR 

To complement the strong makeup look, summer hair 

should look glamorous yet low-maintenance, taking you 

from the beach to the bar. 

Paloma Rose Garcia and Michael Kelly from Oscar 

Oscar hair salon in Sydney share their tips for this season’s 

hair trends: 

1. The textured long bob is in (think Sofi a Coppola). To keep 

it modern, it should all be one length. 

2. The short bob, which Chloë Sevigny sports. The perfect 

length is to the hairline at the back and the jaw line at 

the front. 

3. Classic long layered hair, which has a full base with no 

texturising. 

4. The mid-length cut, as worn by Kate Moss and Diane 

Kruger. It sits between the shoulders and the bust. 

5. The textured short bob really must have Ginnifer Goodwin 

as the poster girl. The ends should be cut in to hug the 

shape of the face and they should be cut very soft to 

create texture. csbm 


eauty & spa 

1. 

3. 

2. 

4. 

GET GLOWING 

A GOOD SKINCARE AND FOUNDATION ROUTINE CAN CREATE A CLEARER 

COMPLEXION, BUT BRIGHTENERS AND ILLUMINATORS ARE KEY IN ACHIEVING 

LUMINOUS SKIN. NICOLA DONOVAN REPORTS. 

5. 

As we age, our skin tends to become less refl ective 

of light. Brighteners work to address this dulling 

of colour, while illuminators act to refl ect light and 

defi ne your facial features. Discover the important roles of 

these glowing products in this showcase of brighteners 

and illuminators. 

A good face brightener will hydrate and rejuvenate the 

skin as well as illuminating it. But if you want to create even 

more luminosity and contour, an illuminator will highlight 

your skin and refl ect light as well as contour facial features 

such as the cheekbones, brow bones and the bridge of 

your nose. 

For example, a wide nose can seem smaller when 

illuminator is applied down the centre of the nose. Applying 

illuminator to the edge of a smaller feature, such as the 

cheekbones, will help that feature stand out. csbm 


6. 

13. 

11. 

10. 

1. 

12. 

14. 

7. 

8. 

15. 

9. 

1. Babor Perfect Skin Illuminator, RRP $68 2. YSL 

Touche Eclat (Radiant Touch), RRP $55 3. YSL Touche 

Eclat Concealar Pen, RRP $55 4. Eles Mineral Sheer Veil, 

RRP $89.50 5. M.A.C Bronzing Powder, RRP $41 6. 

Arbonne Sheer Glow Highlighter, RRP $55 

7. ST. Tropez Skin Illuminator, RRP $29.95 

8. Phyt’s White Bio Active Crème de Nuit (Whitening 

Night Cream), RRP $127 9. M.A.C Strobe Cream 

Hydratant Lumineux, RRP $55 10. Clinique Uplighting 

Liquid Illuminator, RRP $48 11. Estée 

Lauder Illuminating Perfecting Primer, RRP $48 

12. Luminesce Cellular Rejuvenation Serum, RRP 

$89.95 13. LaGlam Glitterbug Highlighter, RRP 

$35 14. Pevonia Botanica Renewing Glycocides 

Cream, RRP $118 15. Dermalogica Chroma 

White TRx Pure Light SPFC30, RRP $86.50 16. 

Societe Brightening Serum, RRP $114.40 17. 

Sanctuary Spa Brightening Facial Illuminating 

Moisture Lotion SPF 15, RRP $19.99 18. 

Becca Bronzing Skin Perfector, RRP $50 

19. Jane Iredale Smooth Affair Facial 

Primer & Brightener, RRP $72 20. 

Lancôme Blanc Expert Crystal Derm 

Serum, RRP $150 21. Shu Uemura 

Whitefficient Pen 56, RRP $80 

16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 


eauty & spa 

New Year 

Beauty 

Enter 2014 with the latest products to add to 

your beauty bag – and enhance your appearance. 


Makeup 

1 

The New Year is the perfect time to try a different 

makeup look. Whether you decide to up the ante with 

a bold lipstick or experiment with winged eyeliner, 

it goes without saying that makeup can transform 

your look. 

Catwalk trends for 2014 saw very accessible 

makeup looks reaffirm themselves for another season. 

Bold lips are all the rage, but the most prevalent 

colour strutting down the runway was orange. While 

numerous designers had their models rocking a citrus 

lip, fuchsia pink and the always-glamorous red also 

brightened catwalks. For everyday wear, find shades 

of these colours in lip-gloss and lip balm; for added 

nighttime drama, opt for a lipstick in these bold and 

bright hues. 

A good base is always important. During the warmer 

months, it can be trickier to keep makeup in place all day 

long. The first step to achieving long-lasting makeup is 

by applying a primer. The gel-like liquid is designed to 

smooth and conceal fine lines and uneven skin texture, 

while hydrating your skin. After applying your foundation, 

use a concealer to camouflage dark under-eye circles 

and blemishes. Use a patting motion rather than a 

dragging one when applying cover up, as this will 

ensure you don’t rub off any existing product. 

Finish up by adding colour to the apples of 

your cheeks, giving you a natural flush of colour. 

Ensure you don’t overload your brush with product 

by tapping off excess product before applying. 

5 

2 

9 

6 

3 

7 

8 

10 

4 

1. Clarins New Instant Concealer, RRP $42.00; 2. Ella Baché Great 50+ Lipsaver, RRP $19.00; 3. Clarins 

Instant Smooth Crystal Lip Balm, RRP $30.00; 4. Benefit Rockateur Cheek Powder, RRP $51.00; 

5. Estée Lauder New Double Wear Stay-in-Place High Cover Concealer SFP 30+, RRP $33.00; 6. The 

Gloss Bar Peep Show Lipglaze, RRP $31.00; 7. The Gloss Bar Petal Lipgloss, RRP $31.00; 8. The Gloss 

Bar Mistress Lipstick, RRP $31.00; 9. Benefit Stay Flawless Primer, RRP $47.00; 10. Benefit Hydra- 

Smooth Lip Color, RRP $28.00 


eauty & spa 

11 

15 

Body 

12 

13 

14 

With bikini season well and truly amongst us, it’s time to 

take off our layers of clothes. First up, is smooth, hairfree 

legs, and it’s never been easier with the variety of 

hair removal methods now available. You can now even 

purchase shaving creams that don’t require water to use, 

which is ideal for those who need to de-fuzz on the run! 

Once you’re fuzz-free and smooth, enhance your look 

and minimise the look of imperfections with a bronzed glow. 

The healthiest and safest way to do this is with fake tan. 

Choose one that is enriched with moisturising ingredients, 

and ensure to hydrate your skin each day following your tan 

to prolong its life. If there are still some trouble areas you’re 

not ready to flaunt, you might want to try a firming cream. 

These creams contain ingredients formulated to help target 

cellulite, aiming to reduce its appearance and firm the skin. 

The only thing left is to make sure you smell as great as 

you look. Layer fragrance for lasting freshness by using a 

matching shower gel, body lotion and perfume. 

11. L’Occitane Almond Shaping Delight, RRP $62.00; 12. L’Occitane Verbena Fresh Roll On, RRP 

$30.00; 13. Amele Women Quick Fix Shave Cream, RRP $9.99; 14. L’Occitane Verbena Fresh 

Shower Gel, RRP $28.00; 15. Ella Baché Great Spray Tan, RRP $45.00 

Skincare 

17 

18 

Both the cooler and warmer seasons can suck the moisture 

out of your skin, so it’s vital to replenish your skin’s hydration 

year-round. Moisturising creams and serums can be used 

to restore moisture, while targeting other specific beauty 

concerns you may have. Your chosen serum should be 

worn underneath your moisturiser, as it penetrates the skin 

deeper. Use a moisturiser that contains SPF over the top 

during the day, and a thicker one to increase hydration 

during the night. However, if you have an oily skin type, you 

may benefit more from a lightweight substitute. 

16 

19 

16. Jurlique Calendula Redness Rescue Restorative Treatment Serum, RRP $80.00; 17. Jurlique 

Calendula Redness Rescue Calming Mist, RRP $55.00; 18. Jurlique Calendula Redness Rescue 

Soothing Moisturising Cream, RRP $85.00; 19. Phytomer Phytomer XMF Cream, RRP $246.00 

20 

21 

22 

Hair 

Whether you’re planning to ring in 2014 with a change of 

style, or you’re leaving your locks untouched, healthy hair 

can enhance your overall appearance. During the warmer 

months, hair can become more damaged than usual. The 

mixture of sun, salt water and chlorine can take their toll on 

your strands and leave them looking limp and dull. 

Nourishing oils and repair masks can help keep split, dry 

and brittle hair at bay. The warmer seasons are also a great 

time to ditch heat stylers and embrace the all-natural trend. 

Products such as texturising sprays can help you style your 

hair into instant, sexy beach waves without causing trauma 

to your tresses. 

20. David Babaii Miracle Elixir Nourishing Oil Spray, RRP $29.95; 21. David Babaii Boho Beach 

Texturising Spray, RRP $24.50; 22. David Babaii Intensive Repair Potion, RRP $24.50 


JOIN US ON OUR 

LIFESTYLE SITES 

COSBEAUTY.COM.AU 

CosBeauty.com.au is Australia’s premium online 

destination for all things cosmetic surgery, 

non-surgical enhancement and beauty. 

It’s packed with authoritative articles, before and 

after photo galleries, educational and entertaining 

videos, competitions and giveaways, event 

listings, beauty features and blogs, product and 

treatment reviews, and a practitioner directory 

– allowing you to stay connected to the latest 

beauty news anytime, anywhere. 

SAGE 

LIVING 

SAGE 

LIVING 

WWW.SAGELIVING.COM.AU 

Designed for those of you who are old enough to 

know better, SAGE Living shatters the image of 

the mature and ageing population as a greying 

and retiring audience. 

We’ve built an online destination packed with 

inspirational travel ideas, daily online puzzles, 

the latest must-read books and delicious 

recipes, as well as everything you need to stay 

fi t and strong, in your body and mind. 

WWW.SINGLEFILE.COM.AU 

Whether you’re living the single life by choice 

or searching for a partner, Single File has 

everything you need to make the most of life on 

Planet Single. 

Savvy up on solo travel, learn how to plan a 

dinner party, read hints on making small talk and 

how to tell a good joke, plus proven ways to live 

a happier, more fulfi lling life – Single File has it all. 

• Win prizes • Receive special offers • Join the conversation • 

• Stay up-to-date with news and happenings • Choose your newsletter •

1. 

2. 3. 

beauty 

4. 

5. 

7. 

6. 

8. 

Editor’s 

faves 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

THE BELLA EDITORIAL TEAM 

REVEAL THEIR PICKS FROM THIS 

SEASON’S BEAUTY MUST-HAVES 

13. 

1. Clinique All About Eyes, RRP $58.00 

2. Rimmel London Apocalips Lip Lacquer, RRP $15.95 

3. Revlon Just Bitten Lipstain + Balm, RRP $17.95 

4. YSL Mascara Volume Effet Faux Cils, RRP $52.00 

5. Lancôme Hypnose Doll Eyes, RRP $52.00 

6. Napoleon Perdis Neo Noir Liquid Liner, RRP $32.00 

7. Bobbi Brown Everything mascara, RRP $44.00 

8. Ultraceuticals Complete Correction Powder, RRP $69.00 

9. M.A.C Penultimate Eye Liner, RRP $32.00 

10. Kiehl’s Clearly Corrective White, RRP $65.00 

11. Estée Lauder Advanced Night Repair, RRP $140.00 

12. Benefit High Brow, RRP $39.00 

13. Dermalogica Intensive Eye Repair, RRP $68.00 

14. L’Oreal Nude Magique BB Cream, RRP $26.95 

15. SMC Aspect Moisturising Complex, RRP $77.00 

15. 

14. 


Directory 

Angel PRP 

Medtel 

Phone +61 3 8564 0866 

Allmedic 

Phone 1300 652 969 

admin@allmedic.org.au 

www.allmedic.org.au 

Australasian College of 

Cosmetic Surgery (ACCS) 

Phone 1800 804 781 

admin@accs.org.au 

www.accs.org.au 

Bella Media 

Phone +61 2 9398 2755 

info@bellamedia.com.au 


Biodermis 

Statina Healthcare Australia 

Phone 1300 365 404 

www.statina.com.au 

Bras n Things 

Phone +61 2 9774 8000 

www.brasnthings.com 

CareFix 


Phone 1300 365 404 


Clear Complexions 

Suzie Hoitink 

Canberra +61 2 6251 8889 

Sydney +61 2 9555 7287 

Eridanle +61 2 6231 0003 

Gungahlin +61 2 6241 7660 

www.clearcomplexions.com.au 

Cosmetex 

Ice Australia 

Phone +61 02 9368 1200 

cosmetex@cosmetex.org 

www.cosmetex.org 

Cosmetic Beauty Directory 

Bella Media 


Cynosure 

www.cynosure.com 

Definitive Guides 

Phone +61 2 9398 2755 


DNA EGF Renewal 

Advanced Cosmeceuticals 

Phone 1800 242 011 

www.advancedcosmeceuticals. 

com.au 

Eclipse Micropen 

Avention Global 

Phone 1300 068 357 

www.aventionglobal.com 

Dr John Flynn 

Cosmedic & Skin Clinic 

Phone 1300 881 388 

info@cosmedic.com.au 

www.cosmedic.com.au 

Dr Joseph Georghy 

North Shore Cosmetic Clinic 

Phone +61 2 9956 7200 

www.northshorecosmetic. 

com.au 

Dr Paul Gerarchi 

The Face Institute 

Phone +61 2 9412 4599 

www.thefaceinstitute.com.au 

Val Glover-Hovan 

Cosmetic Tattoo Australia 

Phone +61 2 9938 2111 

www.cosmetictattooaustralia. 

com 

Dr Darryl J Hodgkinson 

Cosmetic & Restorative 

Surgery Clinic 

Phone +61 2 9362 7400 

info@cosmeticsurgeryoz.com 

www.cosmeticsurgeryoz.com 

Eva Karpati 

Karpati Medispa 

Phone +61 2 9363 2395 

info@karpatimedispa.com.au 

www.karpatimedispa.com.au 

Exilis 

Device Technologies 

Phone 1800 429 551 

www.device.com.au 

Isavela 


Phone 1300 365 404 


Joseph Mourad Hair & Beauty 

Phone +61 2 9328 2277 

contact@josephmourad.com.au 

www.josephmourad.com.au 

Dr Steven Liew 

Shape Clinic 

Phone +61 2 8356 2888 

nola@shapeclinic.com.au 

www.shapeclinic.com.au 

www.breastshape.com.au 

Liposonix 

Solta Medical 

www.liposonix.com 

Lutronic 

Phone +61 2 8208 7778 

www.lutronic.com.au 

Dr Vladimir Milovic 

Phone +61 2 6260 4882 

www.drmilovic.com.au 

Dr William Mooney 

Phone 1300 DR WILL 

(1300 379 455) 

www.rhinoplastysydney.com.au 

Dr Colin Moore 

The Australian Centre for 

Cosmetic Surgery 

Phone 0414 251 234 

info@austcps.com 

www.drcolinmoore.com 

Dr Pouria Moradi 


Phone 1300 SILKWOOD 

(1300 745 596) 

www.silkwoodmedical.com.au 

Dr Sarkis Nalbandian 

Designer Smiles 

Phone +61 2 9953 4189 

www.designersmiles.com.au 

Dr Warwick Nettle 



(1300 745 596) 


Nicole’s Beauty 

Phone +61 2 9327 7728 

Phone 0410 627 767 

www.nicolesbeautysalon.com.au 

Obagi 

iNova Pharmaceuticals 

Phone +61 2 8918 6322 

www.inovapharma.com 

Dr Oseka Onuma 

Laser Vaginal Rejuvenation 

Institute of Adelaide 

Phone +61 8 8344 6085 

rooms@dronuma.com 

www.dronuma.com 

Dr Alex Phoon 



(1300 745 596) 


Rita Porreca 

Sydney Permanent 

Makeup Centre 

Phone +61 2 9569 7799 

info@spmuc.com.au 

www.spmuc.com.au 

Precise Medical Supplies 

Phone 1800 689 400 

tim@precisemedical.com.au 

www.precisemedical.com.au 

Regenesis Fitness 

Phone +61 2 9363 0376 

info@regenesisfitness.com.au 

www.regenesisfitness.com.au 

Regen PRP 

Australasian Medical & Scientific 

Phone 1800 201 760 

www.regenlab.com 

www.amsl.com.au 

Dr Michael Rich 

Phone +61 3 9500 9500 

info@mrich.com.au 

www.mrich.com.au 

Smartbleach 

High Tech Laser 

Phone 1300 309 233 

www.smartbleach.com.au 

Shortcuts 

Phone 1300 66 73 74 

www.shortcuts.com.au 

Silimed 

Device Technologies 

Phone 1800 429 551 

www.device.com.au 



(1300 745 596) 


Skin Clinc @ Blyss 

Phone +61 2 9664 8011 

www.blyssclovelly.com.au 

Skin Renu 

Phone +61 2 9555 9506 

info@skinrenu.com.au 

www.skinrenu.com.au 

Synergie Minerals 

Terri Vinson 

Phone 1300 689 619 

info@synergieminerals.com 

www.synergieskin.com 

Dr Kourosh Tavakoli 

Phone 1300 368 107 

info@drtavakoli.com.au 

www.drtavakoli.com.au 

Titan Fitness 

Phone +61 2 9665 4058 

admin@titanfitnesscoogee.com.au 

www.titanfitness.com.au 


A + B + C 

GETTING BACK TO BASICS 

SILKWOOD ESSENTIALS BIOACTIVE SKINCARE

Cosmetic Surgery and Beauty Magazine #62

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?